Tumgik
#something something the stars make it so the trio is all on the same page at the same time.. possibly
chryzure-archive · 1 year
Text
no fucking wonder evangeline does nothing in the books. apparently stephanie plotted the second novel from jacks’s pov. girl, you forgot your main character needs shit to do while jacks is off scheming
#memorie.txt#if i were to do this it would jst end w jacks coming home expecting chrysi sitting waiting for him#but he sees a note on the kitchen table that’s like ‘got bored. went ghost-hunting. xoxo’ HE WAS SUPPOSED TO BE THE ONE DOING COOL STUFF#…..also epilogue—commencement & closure is written from jacks’s pov and it’s him doing stuff for chrysi#BUT chrysi’s at home tracking azure down. the ending (that you won’t see in the fic itself) is jacks coming home to an empty house#withOUT the information he wanted—and chrysi comes home a couple days later w the knowledge of her past life bc she found out as well#something something the stars make it so the trio is all on the same page at the same time.. possibly#anyway what i’m getting at is this: whenever jacks is off doing something i don’t leave chrysi in a white void#she’s ALWAYS doing something#she can’t NOT be doing something. she’s too antsy#god. that’s not how you plot out a novel!!!!!!!!! fuck!!!!!!#i’m just so irritated by authors lately bc it’s like… no. don’t do your craft that way#like ali hazelwood confessing that her agent tells her what tropes to write and how to write them#why are you an author then??? go develop a fucking story from your own brain#and that whole lightlark thing.. fucking hell.#i’ve got strong feelings on books and writing as a whole#i should find an ask game abt books but flmdjfkhska. i have work.#hopefully i can write some more when i get home though!!
3 notes · View notes
gffa · 1 year
Text
It’s been over half a year since I did a set of STAR WARS fic recs that weren’t pairing-focused, but I have been reading fic along the way! And sometimes you want fic that’s not about ships, no matter how much you love them, sometimes you just want to read about friendships or you want to read some cool worldbuilding or you only want the plot, and Star Wars fandom has been lovely about that. Hell, sometimes you just want to cry about how much you love the Jedi and you want to share that affection with other people, through the incredible experience of telling stores about them, like they were trying so hard and they were right about so many things and they were dying for years to try to help the galaxy, and teaching about how emotional regulation is good actually, and sometimes you want to show that through the disaster trio and sometimes you want to yell about how good Mace Windu is and sometimes you want to love frog grandpa and sometimes you want to get into a fistfight to defend Luminara’s honor and sometimes you want the whole Order sitting down to a family dinner and sometimes you want fic where Anakin and Mace actually get along and so many other things! So, here’s a collection of some excellent fic that I think most people should be able to find at least something to enjoy, whether you’re looking for fun disaster lineage shenanigans or heartbreaking pain because Star Wars Is Pain or some awesome Jedi Order worldbuilding or some all too rare Mace Windu Appreciation fic, I HOPE YOU ENJOY. WHAT KIND OF FIC YOU’LL FIND HERE: 
FICS THAT PUNCHED ME IN THE FACE WITH HOW GOOD THEY WERE
CANON-COMPLIANT (MOSTLY, UP TO A CERTAIN POINT, WHATEVER) DISASTER LINEAGE
JEDI CULTURE AND WORLDBUILDING AND CELEBRATION
I AM A PREQUELS ERA BITCH AND I’M MAKING THAT EVERYONE ELSE’S PROBLEM
FOR THE OBITINE SHIPPERS, OF WHICH I AM ONE
MULTIGENERATIONAL STAR WARS IS THE BEST STAR WARS
NOBODY NEEDS THEIR HEART TODAY ANYWAY
FRIENDSHIP WITH CANON ENDED, THIS COOL AU IS MY NEW BEST FRIEND NOW
FICS THAT PUNCHED ME IN THE FACE WITH HOW GOOD THEY WERE: ✦ fill pages with scribbled ink by magneticwave, obi-wan/padme & anakin & cast, 9.8k    A year after the Invasion of Naboo, Jedi Knight Obi-Wan Kenobi is invited by Queen Amidala to return to Naboo and participate in a rite known as the Night of Fireflies. Things kind of snowball from there. ✦ Stars of Tatooine by Be_Right_Back, ahsoka & kanan & mace & rex & obi-wan & cast, 10.5k    After the end of the world, Ahsoka more or less kidnaps a child, has to air some old grievances, and tries to find whatever peace the universe can still offer. All paths in the Force lead home, eventually. ✦ A Discussion of Choices by Peppermint_Shamrock, mace & luke, 2k    Mace Windu has traveled the galaxy since the fall of the Republic, keeping out of the Empire’s sight and teaching where he can. Upon the request of a ghost of an old friend, Mace finds himself instructing Luke Skywalker, who is still reeling from the truth of Vader’s identity. CANON-COMPLIANT (MOSTLY, UP TO A CERTAIN POINT, WHATEVER) DISASTER LINEAGE: ✦ stars lean in a little closer by gigglesandfreckles, obi-wan & ahsoka, 3.9k    Ahsoka is struggling with nightmares after returning from Felucia, but her pesky grandmaster won’t leave her to deal with them alone ✦ Four Walls and Two Jedi by hellowkatey, obi-wan & anakin & cast, 10k    Obi-Wan and Anakin get exposed to a deadly virus and must spend two weeks in quarantine battling sickness, ghosts from the past, and worries for the future. ✦ Care, Trust, and the Force (of course) by hellowkatey, obi-wan & anakin, whump, 1.7k    Anakin takes a tumble during a battle that brings about a lot of old fears. ✦ Chains Bound and Broken by PhenomenalWoman, obi-wan & anakin & ahsoka, 6.3k    Where Anakin goes undercover and learns that being a 9 year-old slave is not the same as being a 22 year-old slave. ✦ Anakin’s Birthday by Peach_Bitters (peachybitters), obi-wan & anakin, 1.3k    Anakin is about to celebrate his first birthday as a Jedi Padawan and Obi-Wan helps to make it special. Pure fluff. ✦ Not Much Has Changed, Except for Everything by hellowkatey, obi-wan & anakin & qui-gon, time travel, 4.4k    Anakin is angry at Obi-Wan, and the Force decides to intervene by throwing him back in time. ✦ cause a commotion (jump in the ocean) by loosingletters, anakin & ahsoka, 1.2k    Ahsoka worries about finding a Master and instead finds a friend haunting the ponds in the Room of a Thousand Fountains. ✦ still much that is fair by RaineyDay, obi-wan & anakin & ahsoka & qui-gon & bant & tahl & cast, time travel, 21.1k    Anakin Skywalker was used to following the commands of the Force in his daily life. But a lot of the time, that didn’t really mean much. Until the day the Force nudged him to catch a kid falling through the sky- and through time. ✦ unbalanced, triumphant, and trying again by katierosefun, obi-wan & anakin, 2.6k    sometimes you just want to go home, wherever that may be. ✦ Haste Has No Blessing by Peach_Bitters (peachybitters), obi-wan & anakin, spanking, 3k    Ten-year-old Anakin Skywalker becomes impatient with the speed of his training and defies his master’s instructions. ✦ to be better by gigglesandfreckles, obi-wan & anakin, 1.8k    the Council has lost a planet, much to Anakin and Obi-Wan’s dismay. they’ve been tasked with finding it, but after nine hyperspace jumps and a painful discovery, Obi-Wan teaches his former Padawan one more lesson. ✦ And The War Never Sleeps by soft_but_gremlin, obi-wan & anakin & ahsoka, 1k    As the war goes on, it gets harder to get any sleep. ✦ Keeper of the Force by Pandora151, obi-wan & anakin & ahsoka & bant & plo & vokara & cast, read the warnings, 93.9k    Thirty years before the Clone Wars began, the Force selected its Keeper. Now, in the face of the intense turmoil plaguing the galaxy, the Force acts again. Anakin just wants everything to go back to how it was before, Ahsoka doesn’t completely understand what is happening but is willing to do whatever she can to help, and Obi-Wan’s past comes back to haunt him in a way he never expected. ✦ Moving by SingManyFaces, obi-wan & anakin & plo, 3k    Obi-Wan’s new padawan is having difficulty learning to meditate but, together, they find a way to make it work. ✦ unthinkingly by katierosefun, obi-wan & anakin & ahsoka, 1.1k    Ahsoka felt her entire body grow cold as she whirled around for them, opened her mouth to shout a warning— She saw Anakin tense first, saw him lift his face to the sky, and then his eyes met Ahsoka’s briefly—and then she saw him race for Obi-Wan, shove him out of the way, and— Ahsoka’s shout joined Obi-Wan’s. ✦ what they grow beyond by gigglesandfreckles, obi-wan & anakin & ahsoka & qui-gon, 2.7k    Obi-Wan learns there is just as much learning in teaching. ✦ Deepest Rivers by TexasDreamer01, obi-wan & anakin, 1.5k    “The deepest rivers flow with the least sound.” - Quintus Curtius Rufus ✦ Inactions Have Consequences by stolen_pen_name23, obi-wan & anakin & mace, 2k    Losing Qui-Gon was the hardest thing Obi-Wan ever endured. He can’t bear to do it to Anakin. OR: Obi-Wan tries to keep Anakin at arm’s length. It doesn’t work. ✦ Aftercare by AdaliaK, obi-wan & anakin & quinlan, spanking, 3k    When Anakin feels resentful of Obi-Wan after a punishment, “Uncle Quin” steps in and smooths things over between master & padawan. JEDI CULTURE AND WORLDBUILDING AND CELEBRATION: ✦ Festival of Light by dendral, obi-wan & anakin & ahsoka, 8.7k    During his first year at the Jedi Temple, Anakin learns that even the Jedi celebrate holidays. ✦ Songs for Little Jedi by soft_but_gremlin, mace & jedi, ~1k    The initiates are having nightmares, so Mace sings a lullaby to comfort them. ✦ Mace Windu Appreciation Week by Redminibike1, mace & obi-wan & anakin & yoda & qui-gon & ponds & cody & cast, 12.5k    Set of unconnected ficlets for Mace Windu Appreciation Week, because he deserves it :) ✦ a thin thread of hope by wrennette, shaak & clones, ~1k    Shaak Ti introduces some cadets to one of her favourite crafts, under the guise of training. ✦ everyone comes home by nightdotlight, anakin & mace, 1.1k    Anakin laughs, drowsy with the painkillers the IV feeds into his veins, and smiles at Mace. “You’re funny,” he says. “Nobody ever says it, but— you’re funny. I like the jokes you make.” ✦ Masters and Apprentices by silveryink, obi-wan & cody & rex & cast, 1.8k    “You’re overthinking this.” Rex stared at his brother. “Okay, but – consider this, what if I’m not?” Cody snorted. “Rex. We’ve had a Padawan Commander before. We’ve also worked with cadets before. We managed with Skywalker, I’m sure that the Jedi shiny will be fine.” ✦ a comedy in four acts by jesuisdeux, obi-wan & yoda & mace & dooku & cast, time travel, 17.2k    This was what time-travel is: staring at the dark sockets of skulls everywhere your gaze lands on. Being haunted by ghosts long gone. The apprehension of the slow yet sure approach of the inevitable which is sending chills down your spine. ✦ when the world is on your side by loosingletters, obi-wan & anakin & feemor & cast, 1k    Feemor and his Padawan meet Obi-Wan Kenobi and his Padawan. ✦ rah kat by js71, obi-wan & anakin & aayla, 1.6k    “Aay’shee,” Obi-Wan murmurs into her ear, rocking her gently, like when jaieh was off on a mission she couldn’t go on, so her jaieh-raheniel would take turns having her over at their apartments. ✦ Lessons on Attachment by Siri_Kenobi12, obi-wan & anakin/padme & cast, 2.7k    “Anakin once told me that a Jedi is actually encouraged to love.” She said after Obi-Wan had settled. ✦ settle down by loosingletters, yoda & jedi, 1.9k    Five times Yoda cooks for somebody and one time someone cooks for him. ✦ at our gardens (during the eye of the storm) by gingerbeer, rainsoaked_benevolence (oceans_bluem), obi-wan & shaak & mace & yoda & feemor & cast, 7k    Obi-Wan and his (almost full) family gathers to drink tea. ✦ in our kitchen (after the war) by gingerbeer, rainsoaked_benevolence (oceans_bluem), obi-wan & ahsoka & mace & yoda & depa & shaak & cast, 5.4k    Or, (almost) all of the Jedi High Councilors (plus Ahsoka) gather to eat dinner together. ✦ with our family (after the dust has settled) by gingerbeer, rainsoaked_benevolence (oceans_bluem), obi-wan & ahsoka & yoda & mace & depa & kanan & quinlan & aayla & shaak & plo & cast, 6.2k    Or, after the war ends (for real this time!), the (actually full!) Council gathers to eat mooncakes. ✦ Straw Dogs by Cymbidia, obi-wan & jedi & cast, 2.9k    An old Jedi Master imparts some wisdom concerning Mercy, Balance, and the Will of the Force to young Padawan Obi-wan Kenobi and a gaggle of other younglings. It is a lesson that haunts Obi-wan for the rest of his life. I AM A PREQUELS ERA BITCH AND I’M MAKING THAT EVERYONE ELSE’S PROBLEM: ✦ netanalo by js71, cal & tapal & rex & fives, 2.4k    The Senate had sent a child to see into the past. A Padawan, Ahsoka’s age, not much older. Rex’s heart pounded in his chest, climbing towards his throat, because damn the Senate, did they know how this would affect the kid, or did they just not care? ✦ what’s in a birthday (another year you live) by Ro29, luminara & barriss & gree & cast, 2.1k    The Jedi view life as something precious, and Commander Gree learns he has value for the simple fact that he is alive. ✦ Direct Action by silveryink, luminara & barriss & kix & cast, 4.3k    Upon investigating the health of her new battalion, Barriss discovers tumours located in all their heads. It’s a bigger problem than it appears to be. ✦ oh that dissolving light by wrennette, obi-wan/luminara, NSFW, 1.1k    Luminara and Obi-Wan enjoy an evening of relaxation together during the war. ✦ I Feel Glad When You’re Glad by Harpokrates, ahsoka & plo, 1k    Plo Koon considers his bright young charge. ✦ Non-Attachment and other Misconceptions by art_of_a_diffrent_color, obi-wan & anakin & ahsoka & plo & mace & qui-gon & cast, 3k wip    Plo Koon, fresh off the planet Shili with a two and a half-year-old girl in his custody, is sent to Naboo to collect the body of Qui-Gon Jinn and assess the mental health of his former Padawan. What happens that day changes everything. ✦ Battle Heavy by phoenixyfriend, anakin & padme (past anakin/padme), 2.2k    In which things are finalized, and emotions are settled. FOR THE OBITINE SHIPPERS, OF WHICH I AM ONE: ✦ atmosphere level by softredscrunchie, obi-wan/satine & qui-gon, 1k    As a joke, Satine tells Obi-Wan she thinks Mandalore is flat. He doesn’t take it well. MULTIGENERATIONAL STAR WARS IS THE BEST STAR WARS: ✦ Faith in Darkness by icarus_chained, luke & grogu & din & anakin & cast, force ghosts, 11.2k    Hindsight was perfect. And all nightmares came back, eventually. All nightmares came again. ✦ Paternal Relations by willowcrowned, obi-wan & anakin & luke, 1.2k    “No,” Vader says, “I am your father.” Every bit of the pain, the terror, and the rage that have been flooding Luke’s senses is completely drowned out by utter confusion. What, he thinks, the fuck. Oh shit, Luke thinks, Vader is my dad’s ex-husband. ✦ Burdening Fate by Be_Right_Back, obi-wan & din, 2k    There’s a wise old man standing in a field next to Din, with knowing eyes full of light. NOBODY NEEDS THEIR HEART TODAY ANYWAY: ✦ somewhere along in the bitterness by CallToMuster, obi-wan & anakin, read the warnings, 3.8k    It was probably the twelfth day floating alone in space that Obi-Wan and Anakin realized no one was coming for them. ✦ infinite sadness by billowypants, obi-wan & anakin, force ghosts, ~1k    You have always known what your purpose was in this world. Ever since you could think for yourself, you had somehow known that you were meant for infinite sadness. So what is unfolding in front of you right now makes no sense. ✦ this tired old elegy by grumpyhedgehogs, obi-wan & bly & jedi & clones, 2.4k    In which Bly is This Close to breaking out of the chip’s control by himself and Obi-Wan shows up to give him that extra push. ✦ programed to dream by ghostwriterofthemachine, obi-wan & anakin & ahsoka, 1.3k    The spaceship Comet-rider is the fastest, most efficient vessel in the galaxy, and is crewed by Separatist-funded pirates. Anakin Skywalker is missing. Unfortunately, these two things are connected. ✦ a trolley problem for jedi by nightdotlight, obi-wan & anakin & ahsoka & mace & depa & kanan, 4.1k    There’s this old problem. You may have heard of it. Something about a trolley, and a person, and a lever. A choice. ✦ premonition by grumpyhedgehogs, obi-wan & anakin, 2.6k    Anakin dreams of the future. (It isn’t bright.) ✦ Betrayal by Pandora151, obi-wan & anakin, read the warnings, 1.5k    Obi-Wan gets to Coruscant earlier than expected after escaping from Utapau. It changes things. ✦ Together or Not at All by Pandora151, obi-wan & anakin & padme, 2.7k    In the aftermath of the Battle of Geonosis, Anakin crashes, and Obi-Wan and Padmé struggle to keep him alive long enough to get him help, all while trying to face their new reality. The reality of war. FRIENDSHIP WITH CANON ENDED, THIS COOL AU IS MY NEW BEST FRIEND NOW: ✦ strip away my conscience (peel away my values) by gostaks, obi-wan & anakin & palpatine, sith!obi-wan, 1k    Obi-Wan Kenobi is an onion—he has layers. Beneath those layers, growing blacker every day, is the seed of the Republic’s fall. ✦ i am his brother, and i love him well by egeria, obi-wan/satine & anakin/padme, modern au, 2.9k    Anakin introduces Padmé to Obi-Wan. It goes well. Not that Anakin believes that. ✦ Tolnah kodaih kat delo anohrah'ak by loosingletters, obi-wan & anakin & jango & boba & cast, 4.2k wip    The one where Shmi is Jango’s older half-sister, Obi-Wan is raising a Mandalorian Padawan and Palpatine’s plans get ruined because four-year-old Boba Fett loves his cousin. ✦ No Death, Only the Force by ExtraPenguin, anakin & mace & depa & shmi, body swap, 2.8k    Anakin Skywalker is just about to to free his mother from the Tuskens when the Force rudely yanks him to the Jedi Temple on Coruscant – and into Mace Windu’s body. Mace, on the other hand, gets tossed into Anakin’s body on Tatooine.
842 notes · View notes
zapreportsblog · 9 months
Text
Sun, Moon & The Star
➥ summary : original fic is called “My Girl” this is both twins ending
➥ the other two endings are being made as we speak unless you see these all at the same time on my page then lucky you
Tumblr media
"So, wait! You like us both?" Miles - RJ asked, a mixture of surprise and curiosity in his voice.
Miles - the prowler couldn't help but smack his brother upside the head, rolling his eyes with a playful grin. "Of course she does, stupid. Otherwise, we both wouldn't have gotten a letter."
(Y/n) chuckled, finding their exchange adorable. "Well, you're both right. I like you both for different reasons."
Miles - RJ blushed, feeling a mix of excitement and shyness. "Different reasons? Like what?"
(Y/n) smiled affectionately at the twins. "RJ, you're kind, caring, and you always know how to make me smile. And Prowler, you're mysterious, strong, and I love the way you protect us. You both have your unique qualities, and I can't help but be drawn to both of you."
Miles - the prowler tried to act nonchalant, but his blush gave away his true feelings. "Yeah, well, you're not too bad yourself, (Y/n)."
Miles -RJ couldn't resist teasing his twin. "Smooth, Prowler. Real smooth."
(Y/n) laughed, enjoying the playful banter between the brothers. "You're both so adorable, you know that?"
Both Miles blushed even more, feeling a bit flustered but also incredibly happy. They had never expected to find someone who appreciated them for who they were, let alone find that person together.
"We should go hang out after school," Miles - RJ suggested, eager to spend more time with (Y/n).
Miles - the prowler, nodded in agreement. "Yeah, I know a cool place we could all go."
(Y/n) grinned, linking arms with both of them. "Sounds like a plan. Let's go on another adventure together."
As they walked down the school halls, hand in hand, a newfound sense of joy and excitement filled the air. The trio couldn't wait to embark on more adventures together, sharing laughter, friendship, and perhaps even something more.
•••
As the trio strolled through the mall, Miles - the prowler couldn't help but pick out various items he thought (Y/n) would like. He wanted to spoil her and make her happy, but he noticed her hesitation and concern.
"You don't gotta spend so much on me," (Y/n) said with a gentle smile, looking at the bags in Miles' hands.
Miles - the prowler chuckled, wrapping an arm around her shoulders. "I don't care, cariña. You deserve the best."
Miles - RJ grinned, chiming in playfully, "Yeah, what he said, baby!"
(Y/n) giggled at their antics, their love and adoration evident in their eyes. "You guys are too much."
But as Miles - the prowler reached for another item, (Y/n) quickly moved to stop him. "Hold on there. I appreciate the gesture, but we don't need to buy everything."
Miles - the prowler pouted, but he couldn't resist (Y/n)'s playful scolding. "Alright, alright. But just one more thing, please?"
(Y/n) sighed, shaking her head, but she couldn't help but smile at his eagerness. "Fine, just one more thing."
With a satisfied grin, Miles - the prowler selected one last item, and the trio continued their shopping adventure. As they explored the different stores, they tried on silly outfits, took pictures together, and made fond memories.
Throughout the day, both Miles tried to make (Y/n) feel special and loved. They showered her with attention and affection, and their bond grew even stronger. (Y/n) felt overwhelmed by their care and couldn't help but fall even deeper for the two brothers.
As the shopping spree came to an end, the trio sat down to rest and enjoy some ice cream. (Y/n) felt a wave of contentment wash over her as she looked at both Miles, their smiles mirroring her own.
"I had so much fun with you guys today," she said, genuinely grateful for the wonderful day they had shared.
Miles - RJ reached across the table to hold her hand, while Miles - the prowler wrapped his arm around her shoulders. "We're glad you did," Miles - RJ said, his voice filled with warmth.
"Yep, and we'll have many more fun days together," Miles - the prowler added with a wink.
(Y/n) beamed, feeling incredibly lucky to have both Miles by her side. "I'm looking forward to it."
As the day came to an end, the trio left the mall, hand in hand, ready to face whatever adventures the future had in store for them. They knew that no matter what happened, they would always have each other's love and support, and that was enough to make every day an exciting and joyful journey.
•••
Two years had flown by, filled with laughter, adventures, and unwavering love between the trio. Their bond had grown even stronger, and they were now inseparable. As graduation day arrived, the atmosphere was electric, and the excitement was palpable.
As Miles - the prowler and Miles - RJ received their diplomas, their mother, Rio, cheered louder than anyone else in the crowd. She was beaming with pride for her two accomplished sons, knowing they had worked hard and achieved so much.
After the diploma ceremony, Miles - the prowler and Miles - RJ were called up to give a speech as they were the most rewarded honor students in the school. The entire auditorium fell silent as the brothers stood together, side by side, at the podium.
"We stand here today, not just as brothers, but as friends," Miles - the prowler began, his voice clear and confident. "We couldn't have achieved all of this without each other's support."
Miles - RJ continued, his eyes shining with emotion. "And we couldn't have achieved all of this without (Y/n). She's been our rock, our inspiration, and our biggest cheerleader."
The audience erupted in applause as they turned to see (Y/n) beaming with pride from her seat. Her heart swelled with love for the twins, knowing that she was an essential part of their journey.
Miles - the prowler reached into his pocket and pulled out a small box, catching (Y/n)'s attention. "And now, we have one more thing to do together."
Miles - RJ followed suit, holding up another box. "We know that we are better together, and we want to spend the rest of our lives with you, (Y/n)."
Both Miles knelt down on one knee simultaneously, presenting (Y/n) with the two halves of a beautiful, intertwined ring. When connected on her finger, they formed a single, stunning ring.
"Will you marry us, (Y/n)?" they asked in unison.
Tears filled (Y/n)'s eyes as she nodded, her voice choked with emotion. "Yes, yes, a thousand times yes!"
The entire auditorium erupted into cheers and applause, celebrating the trio's love and commitment. Rio was cheering louder than anyone else, tears of joy streaming down her cheeks.
As they stood up, (Y/n) wrapped her arms around both Miles, pulling them into a tight embrace. It was a moment of pure happiness and love, surrounded by the people who mattered most to them.
From that day on, the trio embarked on a new chapter of their lives together, filled with love, laughter, and adventures. They faced challenges and celebrated triumphs as one, a united front that was stronger than anything they had ever known.
Together, they were an unstoppable team, ready to face whatever life had in store for them. They knew that with each other by their side, there was nothing they couldn't overcome.
As they walked into their future, hand in hand, they knew that their love story was just beginning, and they were excited to write each new chapter together, as a trio of lovers and best friends, forever intertwined.
212 notes · View notes
aashi-heartfilia · 6 months
Text
About the unfairness of Volume Covers.
Tumblr media
Ngl, I was so optimistic. All other final arc covers have been absolute bangers! Look at the Deku-Shigaraki one, or the BkDk one, they're sooo good! Plus, if we had, DkSk, DabiShouto, then why didn't we get a TogaChako? Like seriously? Was Toga that important that they decided to give her a solo cover when it could easily have been a TogaChako battle cover just to complete the Trilogy? Heck, this could have been a battle cover and no one would have a single complaint....
Tumblr media
Why is that, when it comes to Volume covers, Ochako gets the most shit treatment? Like she could have easily been a part of a lot of covers, and she could easily have gotten at least one solo Volume Cover but nope! 400+ chapters and not a single Ochako dedicated cover making her the only MC in MHA to not have a single volume cover.
Heck, even Toga, her antagonist got one but not Ochako.
Heck, even Star and Stripes got one but not our main female lead.
Heck, even Lady Nagant got one but not Ochako.
What's worse is that it's not even bad contextually but it's just soo random that it feels like a total disrespect to the amazing TogaChako arc that this volume covered.
Tumblr media
When, I saw the TogaChako colour page, I knew we weren't getting a TogaChako battle cover, plus it also had the Todoroki family drama, and Todoroki is Hori's favourite, so he had to be included somehow, despite already getting his cover in vol 36. But seriously this is so unfair.
If we count it chapter by chapter, TogaChako arc covers 5 CHAPTERS, i.e. 391 to ch 395 making it the CENTRAL arc for volume 39!! And not only that, her Quirk Awakening happened in this Volume!! She literally saved everyone's ass in the GUNGA battlefield!! (Yeah, she did that, it's not even an argument)
When Bakugo got an awakening, he got a solo cover. When Todoroki got an origins chapter, he got a solo cover. Then why not Ochako? The main trio literally appears in almost every other cover, then why not the same respect be extended to the main female lead?
Why is the unjust only to Ochako. It's not even the first time, this is happening. It happened in vol 22 too, when she saved Deku from BlackWhip in season 5 and Everyone was on cover, excluding her.
Tumblr media
Why? Because after the layout, Hori decided it looks better without her. What a shame.
Her own solo cover, is way overdue and what's worse is that since the series is on the verge of end, we will NEVER get a solo cover for her. All hope is lost.
And that's sad because Ochako is such a good character! And when people like SnS, Lady Nagant and even Mirio get a solo cover, then why not her?
I wasn't this angry with vol 33, because the art was phenomenal...Ochako was looking absolutely stunning!! The tears in her eyes, and the microphone in hands were the absolute highlight of that cover but this?
Tumblr media Tumblr media
They have some weird flag in the bg, they're sitting on that golden throne that is supposed to represent Mech AM or something....plus unlike Izuku-Chako-Iida, these three people have NEVER had a single interaction in the entire manga!! Vol 33 was about a young hero who has been overburdened with responsibility and his two best friends fighting the world to save him but vol 39?
It's meh.
28 notes · View notes
lunadeathbed · 11 months
Text
★ Popular ★
Tumblr media Tumblr media
I've only seen fics of Our Life Now And Forever MC’s being shy and quiet. So I decided to make a fc with a popular MC for fun. It occurs during step one.
BLUE : MC
PINK : Tamarak
ORANGE : Qiu
Tumblr media
★ Autumn Has Always Been My Favourite Season : 1) Popular ★
Yet again you sat on the plastic slippery red chair next to Tamarack. Mrs Murray was talking about… something? You hadn't really been paying attention, of course you enjoyed Mrs Murray's teaching but today…
Today you had been sucked into your imagination and thoughts.
You were popular.
You thought at least, Ma had said you were. She talked about how whenever you were around people they liked to hang around you.
The fact that you were new already dragged a lot of attention to you in the first place.
You knew Qiu was popular but you didn't think you were as popular…
Were you?
You hung around Qiu a lot. Ever since you arrived at Golden Grove you had stuck with him and Tamarack, and they chose to stick with you too.
It was only nature that you'd end up talking to Qiu’s fans and admirers at some point. Maybe they'd turned into your fans too?
Tamarack and Qiu said that you were cool, smart, kind, interesting, and all that stuff but you never thought about it too much. It was sort of hard for you to believe that you were actually all that, originally you thought they were just being nice but… Maybe you really were that and more, enough for people to actually want to get to know you.
Absentmindedly you taped your cool gell pen against the hard wood surface of your little desk.
Tap, tap, tap.
With every tap of your pen you seemed to get further and further into thought.
Maybe because Qiu chose to hang out with you people though you were cool too?
You flipped open you travel sized sketch book and began doodling aimlessly.
You smiled softly looking at it, Qiu and Tamarack had bought it together for your birthday.
It was sort of weird that people wanted to follow you around like minions.
You thought about lunch time. You routine was roughly the same every day but there was always a little fan group around you.
You didn't eaven notice until now.
You traced the edge of the small book. The cover was made of a sleek black leather with little painted on silver stars and moons. In the front page there was a note written by Qiu and Tamarack had drew you a little picture of all three of you.
You were pulled out of your thoughts as you felt someone tap your shoulder.
“What's up?”
You answered without looking at who it was first. You closed your scetchbook at looked at whoever needed you attention.
It was Qiu with Tamarack standing right next to him.
“Oh!”
“Hi.”
“Hey, are you coming it's lunch?”
Qiu looks at you with his trademark smile shineing brightly.
It never failed to make your heart race every time. You smiled softly at the both of them.
“Yeah.”
You stood up and pushed the hard plastic chair back into its place and of your little trio went to the cafeteria.
“Are you ok?”
“You seem spacy.”
“Yeah, you were zoning out for the whole of class.”
“I'm fine.”
You smile happily walking into the cafeteria and up to the line with them.
“Just thinking.”
“About what?”
“Being popular.”
“Popular?”
“What do you mean?”
Tamarak and Qiu both look puzzled by what you said.
“Well…”
You trailed of thinking about what to say next.
“I’ve noticed that there's always a group of people around us… sort of like fans or something. I dunno, it's stupid. Nevermind.”
“No! You've said it now you have to finish!”
Qiu looks at you teasingly and Tamarack bounced up and down on the balls of her feat.
“Yeah! Come onnnn.”
You laugh softly at there antics.
“mmh, ok then.”
“I mean, I think we're like a little exclusive group of cool kids to everyone else.”
Qiu shrugs before his trademark smile returned.
“We are cool.”
“Yeah! Super cool!”
“I guess we are.”
Tumblr media
This fic is sort of just a setup for a series I'm trying to write, I'm sick right now so I might get more writing done :)
40 notes · View notes
Text
Dreamers of Myths & Legends Chap. 1-The First Step to Adventure!
Here it is! My newest WTDW AU! Someone should stop me before I make 50 more AUs!
Here it is! My newest WTDW AU! Someone should stop me before I make 50 more AUs!
So because I’ve been a lover of Pokemon, I always love to make Pokemon AU’s for my hyper fixations and was nervous to create one for WTDW, though I told myself if I did it would sway away from the collect gym badges and battle trainers and more along the lines of Wiatt and the Founder Trio traveling all over the Pokemon world and exploring.
Then Pokemon Day happened and upon seeing the news something clicked in my brain and it told me to do this! So I did and ended up with a bunch of pages of ideas on what randomness Wiatt and The Founder Trio would do as well as bringing in some familiar Pokemon faces.
This is made for all in good fun and to just share my love for both Pokemon and Welcome to Dreamworld!
BIG thanks to @gigilefache for being my beta reader!
Enjoy!
Morning came as the sun rose throughout the land. A bit of sunlight sipped through the window of the house that belonged to a young trainer named Wiatt Nicholson.
The sunlight hit Eevee in the face, which caused him to yawn and stretch before turning to his trainer, who was still asleep. “Vee.” Eevee groaned. He went over to his sleeping trainer and used his paw to wake up his trainer.
Wiatt groaned and turned around wanting to sleep more. “Oddity, not right now.” He groaned.
The Eevee, nicknamed Oddity by his trainer, gave a pout as he tried to wake up his trainer again. He tried using his paws to nudge his trainer, jumping on the bed, and even pulling the blanket with his teeth.
Wiatt shivered as he tried to grab the blanket, but Oddity kept it away from him. “Oddity, give it back.” The boy groaned.
“Vee!” Oddity growled, pulling the blanket some more.
The boy growled and tried to reach over for the blanket, but the Eevee kept it away from him. Wiatt tried and tried reaching for the blanket only to fall off his bed with a thud.
Oddity flinched, dropping the blanket, and jumping off the bed to check on his trainer. “Eevee?” Oddity asked.
Wiatt rubbed his head and looked over at his partner. “Oddity, why did you do that?” He asked, as he reached for his glasses and put them on.
“Eevee! Vee!” Oddity exclaimed, pointing at the clock.
The boy looked up at the clock and saw the time change from 7:04 to 7:05.
“Oh, I guess today is the day isn’t it Oddity?” Wiatt asked.
“Eevee!” Oddity exclaimed.
The boy got up and got dressed out of his pajamas into something more comfortable. He wore a dark blue t-shirt with a star on it, a yellow-orange vest, brown jeans, and teal and white sneakers. He went over to his drawer and took out a blue cap with pink, white, and blue stars stitched on the side. Finally, he brushed his messy brown hair.
Oddity smiled, wagging his tail and holding a red scarf in his mouth. Wiatt smiled and put the scarf around his neck.
“Okay! Now we’re ready to go!” Wiatt exclaimed, getting his brown and white bag on.
“Eevee!” Oddity exclaimed.
Wiatt opened the door from his home, and two rushed out and headed straight to the start of their newest adventure.
That’s me, Wiatt Nicholson, I’m 17 years old and starting my days as a Pokémon Researcher with my partner Eevee whom I named Oddity. This is how our story begins with new friends and an adventure that awaits us!
Meanwhile, three young trainers were starting their journey too; they appeared to be around the same age as Wiatt. These trainers have been best friends for years.
The only female of the group, Sara Covetman, had brown hair tied into a bun with a pink streak on her bangs and pink eyes. Her outfit was a lilac sweater over a pink shirt, a pink scalloped tiered skirt, long pink and white socks, and pink sneakers. Her shoulder bag was pink with a huge light pink ribbon on the front
The first male of the group, Lewis Bright, had slicked back light brown hair with a few fringes hanging over his face, large round glasses over his green eyes, and a blue beanie with yellow and blue star pins on it. He wore a light blue vest over a long white-sleeved shirt, dark blue pants, and blue and black shoes.
Finally, the last male, Oliver Acrimony, was a bit taller than the two and had long messy orange hair tied into a ponytail and bright blue eyes. He wore a purple sweater over a black and white striped shirt, black pants, and purple sneakers.
“I can’t believe today is the day!” Sara exclaimed.
“It sure is, darling,” Lewis replied. “I’m excited to see the new facility Eric told us about.”
“Y-Yeah.” Oliver stuttered. “I wonder what kind of research we’ll be doing?”
Lewis turned to see a Cleffa and a Deerling playing with one another in a nearby field. “It’s a big world out there, who knows what we'll discover.” He said. “New Pokemon, new regions, and who knows maybe new friends.”
Back with Wiatt and Oddity, the two were racing each other to see who could get to the research facility first. Oddity started to take the lead, but Wiatt stepped up and kept on running to pass his Eevee.
The Evolution Pokemon saw Lewis and his friends up ahead and stopped to call out his trainer to slow down.
Wiatt chuckled, turning back to his Eevee. “What’s wrong, Oddity, afraid to lose?” He asked.
“Eevee! Vee!” Oddity yelled, telling Wiatt to look ahead. 
However, he didn’t listen and instead ran into Lewis and his friends causing the four to fall to the ground. They let out a groan as Wiatt got up and rubbed his head.
“S-Sorry.” Wiatt apologized.
“It’s fine darling. We’re…” Lewis paused as he got up and stared into Wiatt’s eyes. “Okay.”
Wiatt stared back and blushed a bit and soon the other boy did the same. “I-I’m glad.” He replied.
The two kept staring at one another as Oddity looked back between his trainer and Lewis wondering what was going on between the two.
“H-Hey!” Sara yelled as she pushed off her friend, and got up. “Why don’t you watch where you're going!”
“S-Sorry,” Wiatt replied. “I’m Wiatt Nicholson by the way.”
“Lewis, I’m Lewis Bright!” Lewis exclaimed in reply. “These are my two best friends Oliver and Sara.”
Oliver gave a nervous chuckle and waved, “Nice to meet you, Wiatt.” He replied.
Wiatt smiled until he felt Oddity nudged his leg. “Oh, by the way, this is Oddity, my Eevee.”
“Eevee!” Oddity exclaimed.
Lewis kneeled and petted the normal-type Pokemon. “Well, isn't he adorable,” He said.
“Vee,” Oddity replied.
“So where are you two going?” Lewis asked.
“We’re going to the new research facility that opened up near Celadon City,” Wiatt replied.
Lewis smiled and widened, “Well you're in luck!” He exclaimed. “The three of us are going there as well.”
“If you like, you can come with us,” Oliver added. “I mean if it's okay with you.”
Wiatt smiled, “of course!” He replied.
“Vee! Eevee!” Oddity cheered.
With that Wiatt followed the three to Celadon City. However, Sara felt uncomfortable traveling with the newbie in their friend group but decided not to show it in hopes of pleasing her friends.
Near Celadon City, a large building sat on top of a hill that overlooked the said city as well as the neighboring cities around the route. Looking out the window, was Eric Gale, a man with light brown hair, with the front part turning gray, and brown eyes, who was nervous about his students being lost.
Unlike most professors, he didn’t wear a lab coat. Instead, he wore a comfortable green hoodie with a blue heart on the right side.
His daughter, Carly, a young girl with dark skin, brown hair with the underside dyed pink, and green eyes wearing a pink shirt, light pink pants, and multi-colored pink and purple shoes, walked on by seeing her father nervous. “Relax dad, I’m sure they’re on their way.” She reassured him.
Eric sighed, “I know. I just hope they didn’t get lost or what if some wild Pokemon attacked them.”
Carly gave a concerning smile and put her hand on her dad’s shoulder. “Hey, you know those three. They’re gonna be fine.”
Eric gave a small smile, “I hope. I just know they don’t have Pokémon with them.”
Carly’s smile turned into a frown and turned away, “Well that’s their loss then.” She mumbled.
“Huh?” Eric asked, wondering what his daughter had said. Soon he saw three familiar faces as well as a new one arriving at the front of the facility. Eric sighed seeing his students had arrived safely.
“Here we are!” Lewis exclaimed.
“That’s Mr. Gale’s facility?” Wiatt asked.
“Yep! We were there when he was building it, and now we’re finally working as researchers.” Sara explained. “Although, I don’t know why Eric chose you to be a researcher with us.”
Wiatt went to his bag and took out an envelope, “Well Mr. Gale sent me this letter a week ago.” He explained. “Guess he needed an extra hand with the facility.”
Sara took the envelope from Wiatt’s hand and read it through. To her surprise, it was Eric’s handwriting and nothing Wiatt forged. She looked up from the letter glaring at Wiatt, before shoving it back at him.
“Well we're here now, let’s go in,” Sara said, walking up the steps to the facility.
Wiatt glared at her but felt Oliver’s hand on his shoulder. “Don’t worry about her, she’s like this…sometimes.” He said, his gaze turning away from Sara.
“Don’t worry darling, she’ll warm up to you,” Lewis said, nudging the other boy.
Wiatt gave a small smile as the three guys decided to catch up to Sara who was already at the front door. “Eric! We’re here!” Sara exclaimed, knocking on the door.
The door slowly opened, but instead of Eric, an Aipom wearing a multicolored ribbon answered the door.
“Aipom?” Aipom asked, tilting his head.
“Ridley?” Sara asked as she looked around for Eric. “Where’s Eric?”
“Right here,” Eric said coming to the door. “I’m glad you guys made it!”
The group smiled as they walked inside the facility. “Welcome the four of you to the Gale Research Facility!” He exclaimed.
Ridley cheered on to welcome the guest as well.
“Now you're probably wondering why I called you four here?” Eric asked.
Lewis nodded, “you needed help with the facility, correct?” He asked.
Eric nodded, “Right, and I picked the three best students to help me out.”
Lewis and his friends smiled knowing Eric was talking about them.
Wiatt being the odd one out spoke up, “Um… I know Lewis, Sara, and Oliver knew you as they were your students, but why me?” He asked.
“Well, your father was one of my colleagues. After he left on his journey, he told me he would like for you to be one of my researchers when I opened the facility.” Eric explained.
Wiatt’s eyes widened hearing that as he gave a small smile. His father left for his journey three years ago and hadn’t returned. Heck, he didn’t even tell Wiatt where he was going in the first place.
“I see. Makes sense.” Wiatt replied.
Eric smiled. “Now, are you four ready?” He asked. The four nodded and followed Eric to the heart of the facility.
The group was in awe seeing the heart of the facility. It was a large room with a giant computer showing a map of the entire Pokémon World.
“Here is where you guys will be researching the Pokemon World,” Eric said. “This map here shows the entire world, and where your field research tasks will take place.”
“Field Research?” Wiatt asked.
“Basically, the map will let you know what your guy's mission is,” Carly spoke up as she came into the room.
“Correct. Thank you, Carly.” Eric said. Seeing that Wiatt hadn’t met her yet, the professor decided to introduce the two, “Oh Wiatt, this is my daughter Carly.”
Carly smiled, “So you're the fourth researcher I heard about.”
Waitt nodded in reply.
 Seeing a new friend, Oddity decided to run and introduce himself. “Eevee!” Oddity exclaimed.
Soon, Carly froze before screaming and backing into a corner. This confused the four new researchers.
“Uh is Carly scared of Eevee?” Wiatt asked.
“Pokémon actually.” Eric said with a sigh, “She’s developed a fear of them.”
“Ai! Aipom.” Ridley added, almost saying “It’s true.”
“D-Dad. I like Pokémon. I just…don’t like them up close.” Carly corrected, nervously admitting her fear of them.
Oddity was confused tilting his head, “Vee?” 
Wiatt picked up Oddity and held him close. He did give one more glance to Carly who sighed as she left the room to cool off.
“Sorry about it. I’ve been trying to help her get over it.” Eric said.
“It’s fine. You're doing your best.” Lewis reassured him, smiling at the professor.
Eric then moved on to the next thing and pulled out a tray with four smartphones. The colors of these phones were pink, cyan, green, and yellow. “These are your Rotom phones. It doubles as your Pokedex as well as where you’ll be able to track your field research.”
The four took the Rotom Phone of their favorite color; Pink for Sara, cyan for Lewis, green for Oliver, and yellow for Wiatt.
Upon grabbing them, their Rotom Phones turned on and they smiled in glee.
Next Eric took them to the mess hall, which caused Oddity and Ridley's eyes to widen seeing some of the food left out on the table. “This is where you guys will be enjoying your meals,” Eric explained.
Ridley quickly went in took an apple from the fruit bowl and split it in half to share with Oddity.
“Eevee! Vee!” Oddity replied by taking half the apple and eating it. Oddity wagged his tail as he squealed in delight.
Finally, Eric took the four to their room. “This here is your room.”
The room had two bunk beds and it had a balcony view of the town. The four went inside and Lewis and Oliver took the bunk on the left. “Darling, do you want the top or bottom bunk?” Lewis asked.
“I-I’ll talk bottom bunk,” Oliver replied.
Lewis smiled as he was about to climb the top bunk only to be interrupted by bickering from Sara and Wiatt.
“I’m taking the top bunk!” Wiatt argued, pushing Sara down.
“No, I want it!” Sara argued back, as she struggled with Wiatt to get to the top bunk.
Lewis and Oliver sighed knowing those two would be arguing forever. The bickering duo kept arguing about why they should get the top bunk. However, the two shared a laugh knowing their group had gotten more lively now.
“You wanna rock, paper, scissors for it!?” Sara asked, yelling.
“Fine by me!” Wiatt answered, having his hand out.
“Ready?” Sara asked. “Rock, paper…” Before she could say scissors, she took her fist and hit Wiatt on the head. 
“Ow!” Wiatt exclaimed.
Sara chuckled, “I win!” She beamed as she climbed up the top bunk.
Wiatt glared already done with Sara’s behavior for the day. However, he smiled seeing Oddity had made himself comfortable in the bottom bunk.
“Alright, guess we’ll take the bottom then.” Wiatt sighed.
“Well, I’ll let you guys get comfortable, and then meet me back at the mess hall for dinner,” Eric said before closing the door.
“Okay!” Lewis beamed. 
The rest of the day the four unpacked, got their stuff put away, and relaxed. After dinner, Lewis stood outside the balcony watching the sunset.
“Hey,” Wiatt said as he came out onto the balcony. “Aren’t you gonna join us for dessert?”
“I will in a minute darling,” Lewis replied. “Just wanna watch the sunset and do some thinking that’s all.”
Wiatt walked closer to the other boy and decided to join him in watching the sunset. “Whatcha thinking about?” He asked.
“About what kind of journeys the four of us will go on,” Lewis exclaimed. “We’re going to be traveling all over, researching Pokémon, learning about the region they live in, everything.”
Wiatt smiled, agreeing with everything Lewis just said. “I wonder what new Pokemon we’ll get to see. Maybe legendaries or mythical Pokemon. There’s a lot of Pokemon out there.” He explained.
“It sure is darling,” Lewis said, putting his arms around Wiatt. “And we’re doing it together!”
Wiatt slightly blushed and nodded, “Right!” He exclaimed.
“Eevee!” Oddity exclaimed.
Wiatt and Lewis laughed seeing the Evolution Pokemon excited as well. Oliver and Sara came by looking at the two before being spotted by Lewis. The latter waved over to them to join the group.
Oliver took Sara’s hand and went up onto the balcony with Lewis and Wiatt. Sara gave a small smile to Wiatt before brushing it off when Oliver saw it, which made everyone laugh.
And so, Wiatt, Lewis, Sara, and Oliver start their Pokémon Journey as researchers. There they get to meet all kinds of Pokémon, travel to faraway places, and learn about the world around them. Who knows what these four are going to discover as their journey begins.
4 notes · View notes
sy-on-boy · 2 years
Text
Eden Academy — the Random Classmates
I’ve been rereading for a bit and I can see that Endo takes great care into making sure he uses the same classmates for the Eden scenes. Lots of them also have recognisable designs, and in a lot of crowd scenes, characteristics of each kid are carefully drawn. You can legitimately chart a lot of the nameless kids throughout the chapters. On the Eden Academy page on the wiki, there are even pics of recurring nameless kids.
Even a lot of the kids appear, the majority have no known personality or dialogue. So now I’ll try to chart the few that actually appear more than the others.
First, we have the Mean Boy Trio / Mean Girl Trio.
Tumblr media
These kids have consistently appeared since Ch9, each of them bearing recognisable designs. Outside of Damian and co, they’re are the classmates who are most likely to make fun of / undermine Anya. Sometimes they get individual panels, making them the most “commonly seen” nameless kids. The boys are usually shown together and same for the girls.
We don’t know any of their names, so for convenience’s sake I’ll try to assign them something lol. From left to right we have: Bald Boy, Slicked Hair, Curly Hair. Then Headband Girl, Forehead Ponytail, and Bob Cut. Curly Hair doesn’t appear as much as the other five though.
Tumblr media
We see Becky and Anya isolated, Damian and co in the upper left corner. Below them is the Mean Girl Trio. Note that Mean Girl Trio often sits close to Damian Trio, Damian Trio tends to sit at the back of class, Becky and Anya at the front of the class. Even from this tiny pic, we can note that most of these kids have designs. For example, the Long Rectangle Hair boy at the upper right corner is one of the kids living in Damian’s dorm. Directly below him, Braids Glasses Girl is featured in the Arts and Crafts chapter. To the left of Becky in the lower left corner is half of Long Hair Glasses Girl, another one in the Arts and Crafts chapter.
Anyway, Mean Girl Trio sits next to Damian probably because they want to suck up to him (esp Headband Girl).
Tumblr media
Here we see the Mean Girl Trio laughing at Anya. And then they seem flustered when Damain doesn’t agree with them.
Tumblr media Tumblr media Tumblr media
Then we see some of the mean boys. The boy with fluffy curly hair and exposed forehead seems to be a new recurring character (in both the Stellar Star Ch and when Anya returns to school post-cruise). We see Mean Girl Trio and a girl with a hair clip laughing at Anya in the Stellar Star Ch. In the other chapter, we see Bald Boy and Slicked Hair in a panel with actual dialogue. Fluffy Forehead Guy also has dialogue. The kid with parted hair is also seen next to him in both chapters.
The Arts and Crafts chapter shows close ups of some characters, most notably some girls. I especially took note of this cute Black Buns Girl who actually verbally defends Anya. Someone who isn’t Becky or Damian being nice to Anya?? Hmm?? This has potential! The girl next to her, the one with Long Hair Glasses (as I mentioned earlier), also seems concerned about Anya.
Tumblr media
Both girls also didn’t like it when Damian stole their paper, again with Black Buns Girl speaking to protest (even if it’s just a word).
Tumblr media
Becky sits next to Braids Glasses Girl and she’s shocked by Becky’s Loid figure lmao.
Tumblr media
Back to the Anya returns to School Ch. As we know, everyone thinks Anya’s story is ridiculous and chooses to get excited over Becky.
Tumblr media
Black Buns Girl is back, shown to be excited about Becky’s adventures. Hair Clip Girl, who previously called Anya a “psycho-girl” in the Stellar Star Ch, asks Becky to spill all that gossip. Long Hair Glasses is briefly shown as well. More notably, 2/3 of the Mean Girl Trio is here. Headband Girl and Forehead Ponytail are eagerly approaching Becky. This is interesting because if you scroll up, you can see that Headband Girl says “that other girl (Becky) must be in her (Anya’s) gang” in Ch9, showing she had an initial unpleasant impression of Becky.
… And I’ve hit the image limit. Well, I guess that’s all I have for today. It’s interesting to track the little movements of these characters and how you if you squint, you can see a tiny bit of personality.
Another interesting note is that George doesn’t appear a lot of ensemble scenes. Rip to his presence I guess haha
Anyways, still thinking about Black Buns Girl who’s one of the few who’s nice to Anya… 🥺
227 notes · View notes
bonesandthebees · 1 year
Note
Life has been stressful and I wanted to wait until I had a dedicated chunk of time to sit down and take it all in, so I'm here to finally talk about Through a Glass Divine before I go and read Stars 28.
I'm glad that I didn't read Someone Else's Dream beforehand, because I loved going in and having every line be something new and interesting. I had high expectation for the worldbuilding and you definitely did not disappoint. I felt fully immersed in the atmosphere. During the ballroom scene, it felt as if the radiance oozed off the page while simultaneously making Wilbur's discomfort clear. I'll leave some of the worldbuilding for my next ask, though.
Characters! Immediately, I loved the complicated dynamic between Wilbur and Schlatt (although I am dubious that he'll ever see Schlatt again, lol). The way that Wilbur's resentment leaks through his facade of respect the longer Schlatt ignores him. I enjoyed reading their conversations together. I wonder what Wilbur and Schlatt's dynamic was like when Schlatt was first crowned. I'm also curious about Wilbur's dynamic with Schlatt's father; if Schlatt's father listened to Wilbur more than Schlatt does, of if the father resembled the son in temperment.
(Also is Schlatt the replacement for Dream? If so, great choice)
Skipping around to Tommy. Wow, that was certainly a non-traditional kidnapping. It felt so chaotic and humorous but still tense in a way that's perfect for a scene with Tommy in an antagonistic role. I love how Wilbur simultaneously is scared out of his mind and is venomous with Tommy, yet also spews some comedic insults about Tommy's age and height. Then the realization that Tommy is not a monster, and does not want Wilbur to be hurt. That was great. SBI! SBI! (As a side note, I love that this is a fic where Phil, Techno, and Tommy are the preestablished trio and Wilbur is the outsider. I haven't found a lot of those, this will be really interesting!)
I'm wondering if Tommy's rabbit mask has any significance. I like that it's different from the animals that he's usually associated with, considering those animals are kind of used comedically when associated with him (raccoon, chicken). A rabbit is in the same vein yet more serious, which I enjoy
Finishing off this ask with Eret. I have absolutely no clue what their significance in the fic is, but I'm really interested to find out. I'll be keeping Eret in the back of my mind. King of Angia, hmm? Interesting
(1/3 hopefully) 🔥
HI FLAME sorry it took me so long to get to this but I'm so excited to dive into your thoughts. I'm so glad you felt so immersed!!! I wrote the first half of the chapter while I was traveling like a month ago lol so I was like I hope this is still good enough but I'm very happy with how it turned out
yes schlatt is the replacement for dream! and tbh I'm so glad I did that, it works so much better character-wise.
wilbur and schlatt's dynamic is so fun to write. wilbur has so much resentment and frustration for schlatt and the way he runs the government. when they were both younger before schlatt took the throne, schlatt didn't know much about the pythia and they didn't interact a ton. schlatt's father was quite a bit older and held respect for Clara and therefore for the pythia, so he listened to wilbur quite a bit more than schlatt does now, even when he was very young and still new to being the pythia.
lmao yeah tommy kidnapping wilbur was far from how most kidnappings would've gone. tommy's the antagonist in the sense that he's preventing wilbur's goals, but he's still tommy. he's not a cruel or mean person. he's just trying to kidnap this random oracle for the cult he's apart of lol. the banter between them was SO fun for me to write. if wilbur hadn't been drugged, he would've been a lot more afraid and probably not nearly as snappy, but because he was so out of it, it dropped a lot of his inhibitions leading to him bitching tommy out as much as he could
(I love writing stories with tommy - phil - techno as the preestablished sbi and wilbur as the outsider. it's so different and I have so much fun subverting the trope on its head)
I'll be honest, the rabbit mask doesn't have any special meaning outside of me feeling like it's an animal that really fits tommy and isn't commonly associated with him! also the idea of a rabbit masquerade mask just looked really cool in my head lol. I also thought like you said that it had a slightly more serious tone than a raccoon or chicken like we usually see tommy connected to.
7 notes · View notes
ambitionsource · 1 year
Photo
Tumblr media Tumblr media
AMBITION Season 4 ♫ “Thank You, Next” [ 4.05 ]
CREATED BY Esther (waterstribe) & Maggie (quincywillows) || Official Page || AO3
HOME, LOVE, FAMILY… OR SOMETHING LIKE THAT — The first major holiday break of the school year makes for interesting gatherings. Some relationships plan important steps forward, while others threaten to fall apart. Contentious parties find themselves stuck together; another unexpected duo hits the road. From coast to coast, together or apart, Thanksgiving forces contemplation as to what it truly means to be home.
100 Minutes (63K words) || No content warnings apply.
[ ← Masquerades ] [ S4 Synopsis ] [ ‘Tis The Damn Season → ]
( Follow along with the music on Spotify here! )
RECAP
Over a series of shots from the glamorous gala portion of “Masquerade”:
Farkle, voiceover: Previously, on AMBITION…
Halloweekend brought many surprises, both good and bad. Over in Hollywood, Maya was lucky enough to score an invite to the mysterious and glamorous Hollywood Haunt, giving her one shot to show off to a myriad of elite producers (which she did, in excellent Britney-homage fashion). She also extended her plus-one ticket to Yindra, giving her the chance to shoot her shot as well.
Yindra: You and me, Whitney and Britney of Triple A.
Maya: Cheers to that.
Clink those glasses, ladies! Especially since they were both talented enough to nab bids by producers in attendance -- though not quite at the same speed. Yindra’s prospective manager seems promising, but he has to temper the excitement as he works out details with his agency, leaving her in continued limbo and quickly losing steam. On the flip side, Justin and Melissa of Global Beat are very eager to get started milking Maya’s star power for all its worth -- much to the chagrin of Josh, who is now likely guaranteed to see Blondie’s face more frequently than ever.
Back on the east coast, the festivities were more mundane yet somehow even higher stakes. Riley was forced to come to terms with her anxieties about her friendships, confiding in Evan and strengthening that friendship in the process. Lucas had an unexpectedly frightful night of his own manning the candy at Jack and Eric’s, but he managed to turn it around (even after being mistaken for a thirty-six year-old father of two). Isa had a decidedly less enjoyable time having their world flipped upside down at a party, where they overheard Nigel talking shit about Riley with Imogen and Abby. The shock of petty betrayal is hard enough, but it was compounded by the fact that there is so much more that continues to change around them. Seemingly, the older they get, the more things may never be the same again.
Eric: So nothing happened?
Isa: Not really. It’s more like… things have been happening, slowly, for a long time. And I don’t think there’s anything I can do to stop it.
A few major things did happen, though, particularly in the world of romance. Farkle finally made some bold moves and told Jordan he wanted to be exclusive, officially snagging himself his first boyfriend -- in some snazzy Bowie threads at that. At the same time, Zay and Vanessa confronted the reality that their casual fling was not-so-casual, and there may be more feelings there than originally anticipated. Open to seeing their thing through for what it could be, Zay made the decision to try and move on from the past; to stop waiting, and see what happens next.
And after so long, with a whole new world of experiences under his belt, Charlie finally, finally determined he’s ready to head back to the city. How things will go, or what will be waiting for him when he returns is anybody’s guess, but there’s no doubt the next episode of AMBITION holds plenty to unpack. As the swell of Charlie’s Frank Sinatra rendition takes us out again…
Charlie: New York!
End of recap.
EXT. NEW YORK STREETS - DAY
Song Cue ♫ ♪ “Thanksgiving Theme” as performed by Vince Guaraldi Trio || Instrumental
The iconic, seasonal rhythms of Vince Guaraldi welcome us into the episode, setting the autumnal scene. New York is in crisp November, the grey concrete world awash in golden-brown hues. One of the most fascinating mysteries of the world on full, vivid display, how nature can make decay somehow look so undeniably gorgeous.
A cold snap is blowing in, rustling the leaves on the trees and speeding up their eventual descent. One in particular, a ruby red one, clings to the branch with everything it’s got, not ready to let go just yet…
But change happens whether we’re ready or not. Circle of life. A strong gust detaches the crimson leaf from the tree, sending it spiraling through Central Park and along the familiar streets.
EXT. JACK AND ERIC’S PLACE - DAY
The leaf careens past Jack and Eric’s door just as ERIC MATTHEWS steps outside. He’s finally taking down their few Halloween decorations, bringing the small standing scarecrow into the house. In its place, he hangs an autumnal wreath on the door.
As he steps back inside…
INT. JACK AND ERIC’S PLACE - DAY
He drops the scarecrow by the front door and makes his way back into the kitchen.
INT. JACK AND ERIC’S PLACE - KITCHEN - DAY
Which is where we find JACK HUNTER, sleeves rolled up and flipping through cookbooks. He and Eric are attempting to pull together their menu for Thanksgiving, getting preparation and organization done well in advance. It’s their first time hosting Thanksgiving, as a couple and as homemakers, and they don’t want to screw it up.
Jack gestures for Eric to bring him something from the fridge -- the calendar. Eric unpins it from the appliance and brings it over to the counter so they can use it to map out their plans better. As they get down to work, we focus in on the calendar, flipped open to the month of November.
Thanksgiving is circled, giving us a clue as to what we’re in for. But there’s plenty of days around that festive day of year, and in a good story, the flow of time isn’t always neat and linear…
Give thanks, everyone -- another packed episode of AMBITION is upon us.  
Cue title sequence.
Yes, it’s that time of season again, folks -- not just the holidays, but our annual segmented story episode! There’s plenty of stories to tell as always, so without further delay… let’s all give thanks…
PART I For Your Consideration
INT. L.A. APARTMENT - DAY
On the west coast, the excitement for the holiday comes predominantly from MAYA HART. She’s enjoying the transition to cooler weather in her baby pink cashmere sweater and impatiently waiting for Farkle to come back from class. She’s carrying her laptop on her arm, putting the finishing touches on a list of restaurants she’s curated.
She perks up when the front door opens, and FARKLE MINKUS enters. She raises her eyebrows, and he gives her a beam and nod. Farkle: Monologue delivered. One more pre-finals final down.
Maya puts down her laptop to give him applause, which he meets with a cheeky curtsy and bow. Just a day or so more of classes, and then he’ll officially be free for the Thanksgiving break. Five whole days of not having to think about class or rehearsal -- the reprieve every college student laments is far too short before the stretch of finals.
For Maya, though, she’s more excited on his behalf. No class and no rehearsal means he’ll actually be around, and it seems they’ve already made plans to spend the holiday break together.
Maya: I’ve started mapping out our plans, and I have to say, I’m outdoing myself. This will be a Thanksgiving we shan’t forget.
Farkle: I don’t know if that makes me nervous or excited.
Maya: Both are allowed.
Farkle: So you talked to Katy? She’s cool with you staying?
Maya: Yes. Obviously, I miss her, but it’s not as though both of us won’t be back in Manhattan for some chunk of December. She agreed she could withstand my absence for a bit longer so we could build our own traditions out here. And believe me, we will be creating a tradition out of this.
As far as Maya sees it, their Friendsgiving endeavor need not be simple. The whole turkey, gravy, mashed potato bit is so passé -- particularly when your budget allows for so much more. And why must their celebration of best friendship be consigned to just one day?
Maya: No, no, we will be getting much more out of it than one lousy meal. [ with jazz hands ] We’ll be making it a marathon.
Farkle listens, fondly amused, as he settles onto the couch. Maya is too keen to sit, continuing to pace while she lays out her concept for him. They’ll be using the days off for the holiday to sample the cuisine from all around Los Angeles, venturing to the best eateries and tasting the finest food their new home has to offer. It’ll be a miniature cultural tour of sorts.
All of the above sounds good to Farkle. He’s looking forward to getting to hang out too, and he’s not going to pass up getting more acquainted with the cuisine around town… especially if Maya is going to do all the leg work of planning it. Which she seems more than content to do, already building up her preliminary listings on Yelp.
Maya: I’ll be narrowing it down over the next couple of days, so by the time the big day rolls around, not to worry. It will all be mapped out -- all you’ll have to do is bring your adorable, eccentric self in your best autumnal sweater, and your very flexible wallet.
Farkle: I’d expect nothing less.
Even so, Farkle reminds Maya not to overdo it. Not that he isn’t looking forward to the plans, but she shouldn’t let planning all this eat up all her time. He would be fine even if they did just eat cold turkey in the apartment, and she has other stuff to be focused on now. She’s got management now -- certainly that should be taking priority!
INT. GLOBAL BEAT - RECORDING STUDIO - DAY
Indeed, that she does. Maya takes one of her first trips to Global Beat that week, JUSTIN MILLER and MELISSA SUZUKI managing to squeeze her in just before most folks take off for the holiday. They’re planning to really dive deep once they all get back, but they wanted to make sure in all the chaos following the Hollywood Haunt that they got her properly acquainted with the place.
Maya is more than agreeable, at this point too excited about actually being on the move that she couldn’t find it in her to complain. She follows along with wide eyes and a bright smile as Justin and Melissa show her the recording studio.
Justin: Probably a bit better than whatever you used to home record “OMG.” Don’t get me wrong, though, sounded slammin’.
Maya: No offense taken. I’ll happily take the upgrade.
Melissa: We’ll make sure you’re no stranger to it, trust. We’re already eager to get you in here and start recording. Unfortunately, it’ll have to wait just a bit longer though. Holidays are a weird time around here.
Justin: Seriously. For an industry that acts like we’re all working 24/7, this town just about clears out from Thanksgiving to New Years. But we’ll find some time in the middle there, no worries.
Melissa: We know you’ve got stuff to show, so we’re not gonna sit on that.
All this sounds perfect to Maya. She’s waited this long, she’ll be able to stomach a few paces longer so long as she’s already on the path. She approaches the recording booth, her reflection looking back at us through the glass and mirroring the enthusiastic glimmer in her eyes.
Maya: I’ll be ready.
She has been basically since birth.
INT. GLOBAL BEAT - OFFICES - DAY
JOSH MATTHEWS is at his desk, sifting through his inbox to get all loose ends tied up before the Thanksgiving holiday. He perks up when he hears Justin and Melissa coming back down the hall, but his interest doesn’t stay neutral for long.
Maya is with them. Maya Hart is here, in his domain -- will be often, now, since Justin and Melissa have taken her on. As if the sting of losing a bombshell client when he found her first isn’t grating enough, now he’s going to have to face the reminder of it every other day.
Which could be bad or very bad, depending on how Maya herself approaches it. She pauses as the trio rounds the corner into the box office, also suddenly remembering Josh exists in this space too. Justin and Melissa don’t notice, heading towards their office but halting to make an introduction.
Melissa: Oh, this is our junior producer, Josh. You may have run into him at the Haunt?
Justin: Yep, he’s the one who keeps the ship running around here -- or at least makes sure shit ends up on my calendar. You’d never see me otherwise.
Josh shifts his eyes from the producers to Maya, who has made her way towards his desk. They stare at each other for a long moment, silently debating how to play this. Do they reveal they already know each other, perhaps not for the better? Josh doesn’t really feel up to the task of having to defend his credibility in front of his bosses… but this is basically the golden opportunity for Maya to dig the knife in deeper. If she’s as much of a brat as her first impression forebode…
Maya offers a polite smile, extending a hand in greeting.
Maya: We haven’t had the pleasure. Maya Hart. You may have heard of me.
So she’s sparing him -- for now. It’s hard to tell if it’s a genuine kindness, or just biding her time in case she needs to take him down later. Doesn’t make Josh feel reassured, necessarily… but at this point, he’ll take it. He plays along, pointedly holding her eye contact as he returns the handshake.
Josh: May have. You’re making it hard to ignore you.
Maya’s smile sharpens just a bit at that. With introductions out of the way, Justin and Melissa conclude the tour by guiding Maya into their offices. Josh watches them go, expression tinted with only a little bit of resentment… and perhaps regret.
Josh, pre-lap: Okay, the disappointment I’m getting is not subtle. Just an FYI.
INT. JOSH’S APARTMENT - BEDROOM - NIGHT
Josh is on the phone with ALAN MATTHEWS and AMY MATTHEWS, but the conversation feels terse. It’s like they’re walking on eggshells, making small talk and dancing around the topic none of them seem to want to actually address. But after enough passive-aggressive comments, Josh cracks, prompting one of them to break the ice.
Amy: We’re not…
Josh: Mom, if you’re going to be upset with me, I’d rather you just be upfront about it rather than use your judgmental tone.
Amy: I do not have a judgmental tone.
Alan makes an “eh…” sound, which Amy clearly does not appreciate, but the dig works as intended. Amy comes right out with it, putting the frustration front and center.
Amy: I don’t understand why you’re not coming home for Thanksgiving!
Josh sighs, leaning back against his headboard and pressing his palm to his eyes. Amy takes off on her tangent, lamenting how Thanksgiving is supposed to be a time for family coming together yet Josh is never home. It’s like they haven’t had him home for the holiday since he scampered off to college. She thought they raised him better than that; they raised him to appreciate family.
Josh: This has nothing to do with that. This has nothing to do with how I feel about you, or about the family. 
Alan: Might’ve fooled us.
Josh: I don’t get what the big deal is. I come home for Christmas. It’s not like you don’t see me. And I’ve never really come home for Thanksgiving --
Amy: And that’s my point, Joshua! You never come home for Thanksgiving. And the first few times, I thought okay, he’s busy. He’s building his new life, he’s making new friends. But that was six, seven Thanksgivings ago. Now, it just feels like you’re doing everything in your power to stay far away.
Josh scoffs, but he stumbles over how to respond. That’s definitely not what he’s trying to do, but he doesn’t know how to explain his thinking either. Because in some ways, there is truth to her accusation -- he does avoid home, them, to some degree. But that has less to do with them specifically, and more to do with Josh himself. For reasons he doesn’t quite understand, he just can’t stomach the idea of it.
And with each passing year, that dread gets worse.
So Josh sticks to his old playbook, deflecting instead. He reminds them both that they’ll see him in less than a month, so clearly he’s not purposefully avoiding them. If he really wanted to, he could make it so they never see him.
Alan, wounded: You don’t mean that.
Josh: You’re right, I don’t. And that’s my point. You see me, you hear from me. I’m not doing what you seem to think I’m doing.
Still, Amy isn’t convinced. But the harder she fights, the more Josh recoils, until he snaps back.
Josh: You know, mom, I know I’m the baby of the family and everything, but I’m not a kid anymore. I’m not your golden boy! Don’t you get that? I’m not whatever it is you want me to be; I’m not your little baby.
Bits and pieces of that came out stronger than he intended, but they leave their mark regardless. The line goes quiet on the other end for a long moment, until Alan suggests maybe it’s time to call it a night for them. This conversation isn’t exactly productive. Josh hesitates, shaking his head and searching for what to say to make it right -- to make his complex feelings make sense.
But Amy beats him to it. She’s gentle, but firm, with a hint of hurt… and that passive-aggression Josh accused her of earlier (typical lethal maternal combination).
Amy: You may be grown up, but you will always be my baby, Josh. I hope you know that.
Loving or limiting (or both), it’s hard to say, but its impact is effective. Josh seems properly humbled as they say goodbye, and the sigh he lets out when he tosses his phone to the end of the bed betrays some hurt of his own.
Katy, pre-lap: So you’re sure you’re good to stay out there?
INT. L.A. APARTMENT - MAYA’S BEDROOM - NIGHT
Maya is having a parental check-in of her own, on the phone with KATY HART. She’s pacing the room in her cozy faux-silk pajamas, nodding along, much more confident in her Thanksgiving plans than Josh.
Maya: Never better. I’m excited, actually. Haven’t felt this jazzed about turkey day since we got to spend it with the one and only Valerie De La Cruz.
Katy: That was a fun one, yes. [ a beat ] Well, if you’re sure. I’m just worried about you, out there on your own -- maybe that’s silly of me, because you’ve never had an issue being independent…
But call it mother’s intuition. Or paranoia. Something along those lines. Maya smiles. She assures her that she will be fine, and it’s only a few short weeks until she’s back for the winter holidays. Besides…
Maya: I’m not on my own. I have Farkle.
He may be her only friend out here at the moment -- sans the ebb and flow of whatever her dynamic with Yindra is -- but that’s all she needs. She’s got her best friend and a burgeoning career, the rest is just noise. She says it with such certainty, it’s impossible not to believe it.
Speaking of, she needs to jump off, because she wants to chat with Farkle about their menu for the next few days. She promises to tell Katy all about the cuisine when the weekend is done. They exchange warm goodbyes, Maya blowing a kiss into the phone before she hangs up.
INT. L.A. APARTMENT - NIGHT
Maya excitedly floats into the living room, a couple of print-outs in hand mapping out potential line-ups for their cuisine extravaganza.
Maya: I tried to shake it up day-to-day in terms of palette, so we’re not stuck too much on one flavor or culture for too long -- keep things fresh, you know -- but I’m torn on whether the Korean bit would go best on Friday or Saturday. And I will certainly need help with arranging the desserts, your rich boy taste buds probably have more expertise on that front than mine --
Farkle gently interrupts her from his spot on the couch, offering a timid smile. But it’s not the reassuring kind. Based on her experience, the slight pity traceable in his expression can’t be concealed with the smile.
Farkle: I need to talk to you about Thanksgiving, actually.
Bad news. Maya blinks at him, bracing for impact.
INT. JOSH’S APARTMENT - NIGHT
Josh is eating a microwave dinner while chatting with ANDREW HALL, who is asking about his Thanksgiving plans. Andrew is going down to stay with his family in Inglewood, and Josh is more than welcome to tag along. Or if he’s going home, Andrew can drop him at LAX -- it’s basically right next door.
Josh shrugs, waving him off. It’s a nice offer, and everything, but he isn’t planning to do much. He isn’t really in a celebratory mood, and he definitely isn’t going back to Philly.
Andrew: So you’re seriously gonna just sit here alone and sulk for four days on your own.
Josh: No. I’m not just gonna sit here and sulk.
Andrew: [ with a knowing look ] Let me guess…
Josh: I figure if I’ve got the time, I should hit the studio.
Andrew: Why am I not surprised?
Josh, defensive: It’s the best use of my time. It’s not like I have more pressing matters to attend to. And I always work best when it’s less hectic. The studio is never more dead than Thanksgiving break. I’ll have it all to myself.
Andrew doesn’t look convinced. He respects Josh’s drive, and he loves him, but the one-note focus is truly getting old. Not just because it’s annoying, but because it totally consumes Josh’s life. He gets that the dream is a big deal, and he’s not doubting that. But more important than sleep? More important than friends? More important than family?
Josh bristles at the last one, crossing his arms.
Josh: It’s not like that. It’s just… stuff is complicated there. My mom and dad, they don’t get it, they don’t get this whole thing. I’m just gonna face a hundred more questions about what my plan is, why I’m doing this, is it worth it --
Andrew: And can you blame them? Look at what it’s doing to you, man!
Josh: You know, kind of exactly like this conversation right now. That’s what I don’t want to be dealing with right now. I don’t need someone asking me over turkey and biscuits why I think wasting my time with music is worth it --
Andrew: That’s not what I’m saying. What I’m asking is the questions I heard you asking just a few weeks ago. I was worried about you, dude, when we went out for Jasmine’s birthday. I haven’t ever seen you like that. And if you found answers to those questions, enough to dive back in deep, then cool, okay. I’m with you. But have you? ‘Cause if not, I think you’re just doing more dodging -- if you even know what it is you’re running from.
Oop… he might have a point or two. Josh isn’t at the low he was then, but it’s still a rollercoaster. And Andrew has him dead to rights on the purpose thing -- the initial spark Josh had for music, this industry, is still just out of his reach. Maybe isolating and digging himself deeper into the hole isn’t going to be what uncovers it.
But for now, that’s all Josh has to hold onto. He’s got his plan for Thanksgiving, alone in the studio, and he’s sticking with it. Andrew is disappointed, but not shocked.
Andrew: Well, if you change your mind and decide to return to the world of living, my invitation still stands.
He’s his brother, and he’ll always have his back -- even when Josh can’t seem to have his own. He leaves him to stew in their conversation.
INT. L.A. APARTMENT - MAYA’S BEDROOM - DAY
Maya is looking equally broody come the next morning, so whatever Farkle told her obviously didn’t settle well with her. She looks over the menus she took the time to painstakingly map out… then she rips them in half, crumpling the cardstock and tossing it into the trash.
Clearly, there was a change of plans.
She can’t sit in it like this. Maya can’t just sit there, feeling out of control and like all her plans have been shot to hell. She can be productive, she can channel this. She just needs access. She pulls up her phone and dials a new number, impatiently tapping her feet as she waits for them to pick up.
EXT. MELISSA’S CONVERTIBLE - MOVING - DAY
Justin and Melissa are on the road, looking very classic Californian as they drive up the coast with the breeze in their hair and effortlessly cool music blasting. Justin’s phone lights up with a new call and he turns down the sound system, answering the phone and putting it on speaker.
Justin: Maya Penelope Hart. What’s up?
Melissa: Is that Maya? Hey, Maya!
INT. L.A. APARTMENT - MAYA’S BEDROOM - DAY
The conversation continues intercut between them. Maya seems pleased by their cheerful reception to her call -- sure feels nice to have someone eager to hear from her.
After getting the small talk out of the way, Maya cuts to the chase. She’s feeling inspired, and could really use the chance to lay down some tracks. Any chance they’re available to jump into the studio and make some magic happen?
As charmed as the producing duo is by her enthusiasm, they can’t give her the answer she wants to hear.
Melissa: Sorry, hon, but we’re not in town.
Justin: We’re driving up right now to Mel’s for Thanksgiving. Her parents make the best gyoza, you would not believe.
Maya: Oh. Oh, sorry to bother you --
Melissa: Oh, no bother at all. Seriously, we love the energy. That’s gonna be hella good when we’re back, so don’t lose that fire while we’re gone.
But for right now… they can’t give her the escape she wants. Maya hides her disappointment over the phone, but it’s clear on her face.
Justin senses her low spirit, so he offers an alternative.
Justin: Tell you what. If you want to drop some effort on new stuff, I’m certainly not gonna stop you. I’ll put in a word with security, get you a pass to drop in there. Whenever you want. Should have the place to yourself, since most people have gone AWOL for the holiday.
Melissa: Great idea.
Maya, hopeful: So I can still go?
Justin: Go nuts, Hart. The studio is your oyster. And if anyone gives you trouble, you can just direct them to us. Lay down a sick new track for us to love, okay, babe?
It’s still isolating, but it’s productive, so Maya will happily take it. She thanks them profusely, some of the light back in her eyes.
EXT. GLOBAL BEAT - DAY
Bright and early Wednesday morning, Maya rolls up to the studio basically the second it’s plausible for her to be there. She’s less polished than usual, considering she’s the only one around, hair pulled back in a sleek ponytail and sporting leggings and a sweatshirt.
INT. GLOBAL BEAT - LOBBY - DAY
She steps inside the building through the glass doors and approaches the front desk, informing the security guard that she should have explicit permission to be there. Once he confirms that’s true -- to a restless Maya’s impatience -- he gives her a visitor’s pass and directs her towards the elevators. She doesn’t have to be told twice, thanking him with a starlit smile.
Just as the elevator doors slide closed on her, the glass doors swing open, Josh slouching into the building. He nods silently in greeting to the security guard, who is more than familiar with him. He heads for the elevator as well, stepping inside when the one on the opposite side opens up.
INT. GLOBAL BEAT - DAY
We watch this humorous and slightly maddening pattern continue throughout the first half of the day, Maya and Josh just barely missing one another as they both wander Global Beat fully believing they’re the only one in the building. Josh enters the floor kitchen just as Maya walks out; Maya pokes her head into the box office to peek at the offices just as Josh bends over at his cube to pick up a dropped pen. Josh heads into a studio to grab a pair of headphones, veering into the studio opposite the one Maya has set up shop in.
INT. GLOBAL BEAT - OFFICES - DAY
And it really seems like they could manage to do that all day… if it weren’t for the music.
They almost hack it -- when Josh has his noise-canceling headphones on like he does now, trying with immense concentration to make something palatable out of Floyd’s vocals, it’d be a miracle if he’d hear a car crash into the building. But working hard to salvage Floyd’s earnest charm from his tone-deaf pitch is draining, and he requires breaks for any of his remaining sanity to survive.
One of those times he takes off his headset with a flourish, dropping it on the desk. He groans in exhaustion and hides his head in his hands, then rubs his temples to massage the off-pitch damage out of them.
That’s when he hears the singing.
Josh freezes, tensing in his rolling chair. Either he’s not alone in the place like he thought, or he’s actually losing it and starting to hallucinate, and he’s not sure which possibility scares him more. He carefully focuses to listen to the sound, the gentle piano and soft female vocals coming from deeper in the building towards the studios.
He looks towards the hall, uncertain.
INT. GLOBAL BEAT - HALLWAY - DAY
Song Cue ♫ ♪ Maya’s Untitled Original Song || Similar to “intro” as performed by Sabrina Carpenter || Performed by Maya Hart
The voice grows louder and more familiar the closer Josh edges, moving cautiously but unable to fight his curiosity. And bizarrely, the more clearly he can hear it, it starts to sound eerily familiar. Not quite as obnoxious as usual, but not unknown.
But how… it couldn’t be…
INT. GLOBAL BEAT - RECORDING STUDIO - DAY
Oh, but it is. Maya is at the piano against the wall in the left studio, fiddling with some chords and hum-singing through sentiments on her own. The stripped, raw sound emulates the simplicity of the original “intro” snippet that became “emails i can’t send,” or Sabrina’s unreleased song “Alone Together,” unadorned accompaniment and soft rather than showy vocals. She’s more just workshopping and working through her emotions than actually penning something down for presentation, but in some ways, that makes it all the more intriguing.
Unlike the lyrics of the sample song, though, Maya’s lyrical focus right now is around her frustration with what happened with Farkle. She tries to hone in on her disappointment, the conflict she feels, a tiny glimmer of isolation and loneliness shining through that she usually keeps well under wraps. Perhaps jumping across the coast with only one friend to rely on is harder than she makes it seem, regardless of how dear that best friend is…
But there’s something else under the surface bleeding through, too. A hurt, confusion, and conflict that goes deeper than Farkle -- an echo of broken friendship that she isn’t sure if she’s to blame for or not. It’s not at the forefront, buried within the other more obvious, immediate feelings, but Maya clearly is far from done working through what happened with those she left behind in New York. In fact, she may not have even started to unpack it.
All this to say, it’s a very unfinished song, if it’s a song at all, but it’s got Josh’s attention. He quietly peers in the doorway, bewildered to see Maya occupying the studio without his bosses but equally stunned by the vulnerability in her delivery. That’s what really engrosses him, as it is a far cry from basically anything he’s seen or heard from her since they met. This Maya isn’t who gets seen on TikTok, or Youtube, or blustering through their first meeting. Now he truly isn’t sure whether he’s losing it or not.
But no, she’s real. Maya peters out without conclusion, as many an unfinished idea does, releasing a sigh… and then banging on the keys in pointed frustration.
The jarring shift is enough to spook Josh out of his trance, causing him to jump -- and knock into a display guitar set up by the door. It falls off the wall with a crash that elicits a yell from both of them, Josh backing into the doorframe as Maya scrambles up from her piano bench and reaches for the first defensive weapon she can find -- in this case, a microphone stand.
She swings around and brandishes it in front of her just as Josh raises his hands in surrender. After a moment, when the fear abates, they both frown.
Josh/Maya: What are you doing here?!
They both shut up, reacting in turn to the fact that the other even bothered to ask them that question. Josh drops his hands, straightening up and aiming for less deer-in-headlights in his own workplace.
Josh: Think I’m the one with the right to ask, considering I work here.
Maya: Technically, so do I now.
Well if you want to get technical… Josh points out he has access to the building with his employee pass, which she does not. How did she even get in here?
Josh: Am I gonna have to report you to security? Because with that mic stand grip I’m highly considering it.
Oh, right. Maya glances at her weapon and then daintily plops it back down by the piano. She flips her ponytail off her shoulder, shrugging and crossing her arms.
Maya: Justin and Melissa let me have access. They said I could spend the holiday in the studio, since I didn’t go home.
Josh: You didn’t? You mean your adoring fans in New York weren’t just dying to have you back?
Maya bristles a bit, but mainly because she doesn’t want to admit the truth. That she thought she had better plans here, but she got dumped. So she plays his card back to him.
Maya: Think I could ask you the same question.
That she could… and he isn’t keen to get into his reasoning either. They’re both there seeking refuge, in one way or another, so far be it for them to judge the other for it.
So they’re at a stalemate. Maya questions if Josh is going to make good on his word and try to call the fuzz on her, to which Josh rolls his eyes. Much as he might like to get rid of her, if Justin and Melissa said it was okay…
Josh: Whatever. Just… you mind your business, and I’ll mind mine.
Maya: Gladly.
Josh: Don’t bother me, okay, I’ve got important work to do.
Maya: Wasn’t planning on it.
Josh: And don’t… touch anything. Don’t mess with stuff you don’t know how to use. Because you’re gonna end up breaking something, and then I’m gonna have to deal with it.
Maya: Um, Earth to Slosh Matthews, but you’re the one who’s tearing things off the walls.
Oh. Right. Well… hmph. Josh huffs and picks up the guitar, carefully putting it back on its pedestal and leaving the studio without further comment. Maya smirks to herself, watching him go, then she turns back towards the piano.
Somehow, sparring with him was more invigorating than banging her head against the emotional walls in her head alone.
INT. GLOBAL BEAT - NIGHT
The rest of Thanksgiving eve passes without incident, Josh and Maya naturally running into each other in the common areas now that they’re making a point of trying to ignore each other. We watch this pattern unfold in inverse to what we witnessed in the earlier part of the day.
Josh and Maya both have moments of considering breaking the ice again for the sake of company and conversation, but they always decide against it. They’ve already had plenty of experience talking with one another to know how well that goes -- why bother?
INT. GLOBAL BEAT - OFFICES - NIGHT
And yet, it feels weird to leave without saying something. Maya is surprised to find Josh still there when she finally decides to roll out after sunset, well past traditional dinner time. She figured he would have left by then, since he has an actual community out here to be with. She hovers by the entrance to the box office, slinging her bag over her shoulder and crossing her arms.
Maya: So, are you planning to just sleep here, or? Is this actually your place of residence?
Josh lifts his head, not expecting to hear from her. He pulls out an Airpod.
Josh: Sorry, did you say something?
Maya resists her instinct to snap at that, knowing logically that his dismissal is from the fact that he had headphones in. She doesn’t need to create drama where there isn’t any -- they have plenty, and she already proved her point. She’s got the producer/agents.
Maya: I asked if you were ever planning to go home. Or if you just live here full-time.
Josh: [ with a hollow laugh ] You know, you wouldn’t be the first to wonder that.
Maya: So? What’s the hold up?
Josh: I was waiting until you left. Didn’t feel right to leave you here alone at night.
Oh… well, that’s thoughtful. Maya doesn’t know how to respond, hesitating before opting for a simple good night as she turns to go. Josh nods a response, not stopping her… but then a thought escapes him without thinking.
Josh: You gonna be in tomorrow?
Okay, where did that come from? Josh makes a face, silently cursing himself, when Maya appears back in view in the hallway.
Maya: What?
Josh: I just -- I asked if you were going to be here tomorrow. [ a beat ] You know, trying to prepare myself so I don’t have another heart attack.
Maya: Let’s not be dramatic.
Coming from her? Oh, that’s rich.
Josh: Ha!
Maya: [ with an eye roll ] Anyway, to answer your question, yes. As far as I’m concerned, Thanksgiving is canceled. And I’ve got killer songs to write.
Fair enough. Josh claims he’ll see her tomorrow, then, which she awkwardly acknowledges with a nod.
INT. GLOBAL BEAT - ELEVATORS - NIGHT
Josh wanders over to the elevator lobby, acting casual but making a beeline towards the windows pretty quickly. This offers him a view of the sidewalk down below by the front doors… which allows him to make sure Maya makes it safely into the Minkus family car that arrives to pick her up.
With that responsibility taken care of, suppose he’s free to go too. Josh tries not to get too in his own head as he heads back to the box office.
EXT. GLOBAL BEAT - NIGHT/DAY
We watch Josh disappear from view from the other side of the window, easing out to get the full view of the building again. Then we pan back down to the entrance as time flies and the sun rises again, bringing us to Thanksgiving day. Traffic is relatively dead around this part of town since everyone is out for the holidays…
Except for two. Maya and Josh arrive by happenstance at the same time today, coming at the door from opposite directions. They pause outside the doors, sizing each other up for a moment -- neither of them have dressed for the holiday nor the occasion, even more casual and cozy than yesterday. And true to their word, there they both are.
After a beat, Josh steps forward and pulls open the door, holding it open for Maya. She pauses before accepting the common courtesy, giving him a nod and stepping into the building. He follows after her.
INT. GLOBAL BEAT - OFFICES - DAY
Josh is dutifully sitting at his desk pretending he has important work to do, but he’s more distracted today. He taps his pencil rhythmically against his keyboard edge, doing anything but having to face Floyd’s helpless track again.
Maya: Coffee’s in there.
Josh jumps slightly, surprised to find Maya addressing him yet again. She’s cradling a coffee mug from the kitchen, raising an eyebrow at his startled reaction.
Josh: What?
Maya: There’s coffee in the kitchen. If you want some. I’m not familiar with this machine, so I made too much. Decaf, but -- [ eyeing him ] Maybe that’s for the best.
She takes a pointed sip of her coffee, then leaves him be. Josh contemplates, debating whether he wants to take her handout or not… she didn’t have to tell him about it, but she did, and that’s more than nothing. Not to mention, he’s Josh, and he’s never going to say no to coffee.
That, and he has another good reason to walk away from his desk. He gets a couple of texts around the same time -- one from Morgan clowning Alan for ruining the turkey again, and a less pleasant one of Cory complaining about how Amy and Alan are passive-aggressively on his case now since Josh didn’t go home for Thanksgiving.
“I go home for every holiday like every year. I’m the older brother, I’m supposed to get perks. U can’t even come for ONE Thanksgiving?”
Yeah, he doesn’t need this right now. Josh flips his phone over and gets to his feet.
INT. GLOBAL BEAT - RECORDING STUDIO - DAY
Over the emotional waves from yesterday, Maya has shifted gears. She’s playing around with lighter chords and bouncier vibes today, aiming for a bubblegum pop tune that will do well on the charts and also make her forget about all the stuff she doesn’t want to dwell on. So Farkle’s got better plans now -- so what? She’s got pop excellence to craft.
Well, she would be if she could figure out how the mixing board works. She’s never worked with one this professional, and it’s overwhelming. She can’t get tracks to lay down properly the way she wants, and she keeps dropping in the wrong sound or instrument.
When she accidentally sets off a loud percussive line meant for like… death metal, she growls in frustration. Josh pipes up from the doorway.
Josh: Didn’t realize you were going for screamo.
Maya looks at him, not expecting him to be standing in the doorway. He’s watching her struggle with the board casually, leaning against the frame.
Maya: I could pull off screamo.
Josh shrugs. If that’s what you’re going for… his turn to take a pointed sip of his coffee.
Although it kills her to admit it, Maya reluctantly cops to her dilemma.
Maya: I’m trying to add a banjo line in. But I can’t seem to remember where that fits on this synthesizer of a thousand buttons.
Josh: Banjo? Wasn’t expecting country from you.
Maya: Not like, Taylor Swift “Mean” era banjo. Just a hint of it, a little flavor. An accent to the pop stew, not the focal point.
Josh: Ah. Well, I could show you where it is… but I know you don’t like unsolicited advice. So.
Oh, he is milking this for all its worth… Maya grits her teeth, then powers through it, offering her most sugary sweet smile.
Maya: Josh. Could you perhaps help me figure out how to add banjo on the mixing board?
Josh: Hm… well, I suppose since you asked so nicely and all…
Her blue eyes are like daggers, but she maintains her smile just the same. Josh approaches and sets his coffee down, focusing with expert familiarity on the board. He shows her the right button and then helps her set up the levels to where she wants them -- a sonic detail, but not overpowering.
When they get to talking about music, it’s suddenly easier to communicate. The tension dissipates between them as they shift to creative mode, all barbs and banter secondary to the mission of the music.
Josh: What is this for exactly, anyway?
Maya: Just a tune I’ve been workshopping.
Josh: What you were working on yesterday? Didn’t imagine banjo would pair with that…
Maya: God, no. No, I’m trying to make something actually worthwhile today. I told Justin and Melissa I’d give them something good to listen to when they came back, so I’m trying to figure out what that is. Fun, high energy, you know. A strong follow-up to “OMG.”
Josh doesn’t look like he necessarily agrees with her dismissive tone towards what he heard yesterday, but he doesn’t comment on it. Since he asked, and she’s more open to conversation wherever she can get it right now, Maya pulls the lyric sheets from the piano and hands them over, letting him take a look.
He flips through them as she describes the general energy she’s going for, even chuckling at a few of the lyrics. He pauses when he gets to one verse, thoughtful, then asks if she has a pencil.
Maya: You do.
Josh: Huh?
Maya: You… you’ve got one.
Maya points to his ear, where the pencil from earlier is absentmindedly tucked away. Josh suddenly remembers that, but he’s so interested in the song, he doesn’t have it in him to be embarrassed. He jots down a note next to the lyrics Maya has down -- earning a slight wince from her, just out of experience -- then hands it back to her.
Josh: What do you think of that?
Maya seems hesitant to read any of his feedback or suggestions, but she takes the risk. After a few seconds, a light smile graces her lips. Not bad. Shows he’s got the right idea, at least.
Maya: Might work. Maybe. [ a beat ] I think I’d need to hear it to know. Think you can work the board for a test run?
Josh eyes her uncertainly. Is she for real? But Maya doesn’t joke about the craft, and her request is one-hundred percent serious.
Now they’re cooking with gasoline. Josh hesitantly matches her smirk, as the backing track starts up --
INT. GLOBAL BEAT - RECORDING STUDIO BOOTH - DAY
Song Cue ♫ ♪ Maya’s Original Song, “LolliPop” || Similar to “Nonsense” as performed by Sabrina Carpenter || Performed by Maya Hart
Maya is in the booth with headset on, now able to properly lay down vocals since she’s no longer trying to do everything on her own. That’s because Josh has slowly taken control of the producing side of things, both of them in full collaboration mode as the inspiration strikes in the form of Maya’s next hit, “LolliPop.”
Much like the comparable “Nonsense,” the song is pop fluff if there ever was any, but in this case that’s exactly what’s so good about it. It’s leaning fully into the tropes of the genre, yet still offering a sense of originality with how strongly it’s embracing it. It’s in the vein of Carly Rae Jepsen or Ariana -- not the most brilliant lyrics you’ve ever heard, but damn, do you wanna get up and dance along!
Which is exactly what they’re doing. The montage of watching them work on recording and mixing the track together seems like the most fun either of them has had with music in months -- if “OMG” was an exercise in spite, this is the opposite. The heaviness of the holiday is long forgotten, and much of their friction with each other is absent when they’re focused on the work.
Maya is loose and carefree as she belts out the words, star smile brighter and more genuine than anyone else in Hollywood has gotten to see. Josh is grooving as he operates the board and keeps her level, bobbing his head along and even half-singing along under his breath from time to time. His smile mirrors hers, totally immersed in the joy of creating.
Particularly, creating something good.
INT. GLOBAL BEAT - MELISSA’S OFFICE - DAY
Which it clearly is, based on Justin and Melissa’s reactions as they get their first listen of the demo on Monday after the holiday weekend. The song transitions to diegetic as Maya plays it for them on her computer, demonstrating what she managed to put together in their absence. Both producers are all grins and excitement, also unable to fight the infectious rhythm that makes them wanna boogie.
Similar to Sabrina’s similar track, this version ends in laughter as Justin and Melissa crack up at some of the ending lyrics. They applaud eagerly when the demo wraps, Maya proudly hopping off the desk where she was seated and facing them for feedback.
Melissa: Maya, that’s fantastic. Gotta admit, when we set you loose to your own devices, we did not expect something this good.
Justin: Gold mine. You are a gold mine, baby!
Justin jumps to his feet and double high-fives Maya, then takes her head and plants a kiss on the top of her head. Maya isn’t even fazed by the overt friendliness -- she’s giddy too, and that’s Hollywood personalities for you. She’s busy soaking up the attention.
Justin: We’ll need to move on this pronto -- I want it out before the December holidays. We can get some radio play before the Christmas music season kicks off --
Melissa: Bro, we’re way past that. Christmas music starts before Thanksgiving these days.
Justin: Not on every station, but point taken. We’ll get it out there where we can, get it online with a sick music video -- you’re available for shooting next couple weeks, right? Once we develop a concept?
Maya: Absolutely. Just tell me where and when.
Justin: Brilliant. That’s what I like to hear. We get that out, then bam, we’re dominating the airwaves by the New Year.
All of the above sounds perfect to Maya. Everything going according to plan. Melissa takes the time to ask Maya how she even managed to pull this together on her own -- if she’s this good in the studio, she may not even need them!
Maya doesn’t hesitate.
Maya: Josh helped me. He did the mix. He gets some credit.
Well, how about that! Justin and Melissa are pleased to hear it, at least that she and their junior producer are getting along. Justin playfully touches a hand to his chest.
Justin: Aw. So sweet. I always knew that kid had talent. Didn’t we, Mel?
Melissa: There’s a reason he’s our junior. He’s got a sick ear.
Maya glances over her shoulder, looking out to the box office. Josh is back at his desk, getting picked on by ROWAN PHELPS and BRIAN HARRIS like always. A pretty unassuming, slightly pathetic picture all things considered…
But now Maya views it with a different perspective. She smiles lightly.
Maya: Yeah. I guess he does.
PART II For Having Me (Maybe)
INT. TURNER ACADEMY - DANCE STUDIO - DAY
Hollywood may clear out at the whiff of a holiday and time off -- those who aren’t support staff, that is -- but there’s no time for such games at Turner. The transfers are making no plans to run off and relax, still on the top of their game as Gao’s lecture kicks off at the start of Thanksgiving week.
Even though classes will be off at the end of the week, ROSARIO GAO warns them that they have important assignments to focus on during the break. That is, their finals are coming up for the first semester. The exam will be three-fold -- a written test (boo), an exercise run-through demonstrating competency of what they’ve learned so far…
And a pas de deux. The twist on this portion of the final is that much of how they fare is in their hands. She’s allowing them to pick their partners, rather than assigning them, and what kind of dance they choose to do is up to them. This is their chance to show a little more of themselves through their work, considering they’re still technically applicants, and much of their course work next semester will transition more to exploring the self and selling yourself through your craft. Not only that…
Rosario: This is your chance to show what kind of collaborator you’ll be when you have a little more control over the circumstances. That, and how you fare when the partner is someone you think you want to work with, rather than the one I’ve chosen for you.
In any case, the duet should showcase the tenets they’ve been building on all semester -- discipline, collaboration, comprehension of choreography, and of course, ability.
She continues to run through other requirements for the final product, but she lost most of the class’ attention the moment she mentioned choosing your own partners. They’re all calculating who they should approach, who they should risk their own hide to collaborate with, eyeing one another and sizing up their odds. ZAY BABINEAUX keeps his attention front and center on Rosario, both to signal that he’s serious and also to avoid the opportunistic gaze of GIA VALDEZ… but he may have tossed a glance towards VANESSA JOHNSON at the other end of the room when the concept was first introduced.
And boy, did she look at him, too. She can’t seem to stop glancing in his direction, despite her best efforts to mirror his tenacity and stay focused on Rosario.
Rosario informs them they have until next class to let her know their choices. After that, they’re locked in.
Rosario: Surely it goes without saying, but choose wisely.
With that, time for class. She gestures for them to get into formation for warm-ups, moving into staggered windows. Vanessa makes the strategic choice of stationing herself in the row in front of Zay so she won’t be compelled to look at him. But that doesn’t stop him -- he eyes her again from his post as Rosario’s pop music starts up.
Song Cue ♫ ♪ “love language” as performed by Ariana Grande || Instrumental
Vanessa exhales and then starts the warm-up, raising her arm straight up into a stretch --
INT. ROCK-CLIMBING GYM - DAY
Which becomes her reaching for the nearest grip available on a rock-climbing wall, fingers ashen with chalk. The music from class becomes diegetic in the background, playing on the speakers of the gym. She’s dressed in her clothes from class, which might be wise considering bouldering isn’t sweat-free work. Her brow is furrowed in concentration, hair pulled back out of her face and movements careful and considered. No slip-ups…
Zay, off-screen: Beep, beep. Coming through.
Vanessa resists the urge to roll her eyes, but she’s less successful in concealing her smile. She turns her head and finds Zay scaling the wall beside her, also in his workout clothes. Appears like the two of them just rolled to this rock-climbing gym after classes wrapped for the afternoon. Although Zay has the same amount of focus, his movements are less calculated than hers -- more haphazard, quick reflexes and aiming for the sleekest ascent. Willing to take a risk or two along the way if it means reaching the top faster in the long run.
Zay: Look at me go. King of the ground and the walls.
Vanessa: Humble, too. And you doubted me that this would be fun.
Zay: That’s not true. I never doubted finding another route to best you would be satisfying. Please, keep taking your time, maybe I can lap you.
Vanessa: Asshole.
Zay: Seriously, I gave you like a minute head start here. And now look at me, speeding past you. Watch your hand there -- my foot’s gonna be there in a minute.
Vanessa: I can think of exactly where my foot’s gonna be next, and you’re not gonna like it. [ off his playful expression ] Climbing isn’t just about speed, you know. You have to think it through. It’s not just about who gets there first --
Zay: [ pulling himself up to another hold ] Sounds like something someone who is gonna get there second would say.
Vanessa narrows her eyes. Then she carefully watches Zay’s movements, waiting for him to make his next reach -- and she swipes her arm in front of him to break his stride. Zay loses his balance, then his grip, slipping off the wall and falling with a cuss.
Thankfully, bouldering doesn’t require a harness for a reason. It’s relatively low stakes, and the protective cushioned mat below is enough to break Zay’s fall. Vanessa smirks triumphantly, shaking her head and finishing the rest of her climb quickly but strategically. She taps the bell waiting up top and then starts to climb back down just as Zay sits himself upright, giving her a scowl as she jumps the rest of the way and lands on her feet beside him.
Vanessa: You were saying?
Zay: Oh, I can’t say what I want to say, because this establishment is child-friendly --
Vanessa cracks up. She offers him a hand but he brushes it off, swatting hers to the side and climbing back to his feet. Before they can comment further, an employee uncertainly approaches them, warning them that if they’re having a disagreement, they should consider taking it outside. They can’t have people getting into fights up on the walls…
Zay, casually: Oh, no. We’re fine. We’re on a date.
Oh… the employee doesn’t look like she believes them, given their earlier behavior, but what’s she going to do? Question them? She awkwardly tells them to be more careful then backs off, Vanessa doing her best to hide her laughter as they retreat.
But as it were, Zay is telling the truth. This is a date, and not the first one they’ve been on in the last couple of weeks. It seems that seeing how things go after Halloween has turned into a tentative courtship -- at least, whatever that means to the two of them. They’re taking a stab at it, seeing how it goes, but competitive tigers won’t change their stripes in the meantime.
Zay: See what you did? Got us in trouble.
Vanessa: No, no, I’m not taking the fall for this -- pun intended.
Zay: Oh, boo…
Vanessa: You were destined for trouble from the jump. I just helped you realize it sooner. You’re welcome. Don’t feel too bad, you never had a chance of beating me anyway.
Zay: Yeah, well, enjoy this victory while it lasts. Congratulations.
He gives her a condescending pat on the cheek, the kudos slightly mocking yet equally flirtatious. He smears chalk from his hand on her face at the same time and she huffs, shrugging away from his touch. But based on her bashful smile as she swipes her hand across her cheek to wipe at the chalk, she didn’t hate the touch.
The two of them head towards their bags to rehydrate, Vanessa grabbing her water bottle and taking a long drink. Zay asks how she even knew about this place in Brooklyn, and she admits this is one of her stress-relief exercises. When dancing loses its therapeutic charms in the challenging times, sometimes she needs to exert her energy in a less ambiguous form. Something with a clear path, like a puzzle to solve.
Zay: So your idea of relaxation is pulling yourself single-handedly up a wall with no supports. [ whistling ] You seriously need to meet my friends, they would not believe there’s someone more hard-assed and grind-obsessed than me.
Vanessa shoots him a look… but he ain’t wrong. At least he gets it. Anyway, Zay does cop to the fact that it wasn’t a bad suggestion for their evening out together. Vanessa agrees that it has been surprisingly fun having him there. In some ways, standing there taking their water break in the same clothes they danced in earlier, it kind of feels familiar.
Zay: Speaking of class… I was thinking. We should partner up for the final.
Vanessa pauses, raising her eyebrows. Not that she had thought about anyone else seriously since Gao made the announcement, but… they barely survived their duet assignment. They seem to have found some somewhat stable ground between them at the moment. Do they want to mess with that?
Vanessa: Are we sure that’s a good idea…
Zay: Is it a bad one?
Vanessa: Since we nearly killed each other last time? [ a beat ] You sure warm to people fast…
Zay: We were paired last time because we were top of the pack, and I doubt that’s changed in the last month or so. Why not keep the tradition of excellence going? Keeps the rest of them from using one of us to up their game too.
Vanessa: Yeah, I don’t know about you, but I felt like Gia was eyeing me like a vulture in the locker room after class. She’s definitely on the prowl…
Zay: Exactly my point. I say, let’s not give her the opportunity. [ eyeing her ] And, you know, we’re not at each other’s throats --
Vanessa: For now…
Zay: For now. So shouldn’t we take advantage of that?
Maybe… but isn’t that all the more risky? They’re at an okay place right now, wouldn’t trying to work together again put that in jeopardy? Just when Vanessa is starting to grow comfortable; just when things might be getting interesting? Although, on the other hand, it was being paired together that led to their hook-up in the first place…
After a long moment of looking at him, Vanessa caves. Somehow, with him, she’s always caving.
Vanessa: Okay.
Zay’s turn to raise his eyebrows. He was expecting more of a debate. But his smirk signals that he’s pleased by her answer.
Zay: Just like that?
Vanessa: Just like that. [ chalking her hands again ] Now come on, I want to beat you one more time before our session runs out. 
Zay: You’re on. What’s the winner get when I reach the top before you?
Vanessa rolls her eyes at his faux arrogance, hating herself for how she’s starting to grow endeared by it. She plays it cool though, maintaining an aloof tone.
Vanessa: Top first here, top later. [ meeting his eyes ] With me, though, no losers during the latter.
Okay, dishing some arrogance right back! And she’s got him on the hook -- their expanding list of encounters with each other leaves no doubt in his mind that she’s not bullshitting. He grins and follows her towards the wall.
INT. TURNER ACADEMY - DANCE STUDIO - DAY
Next class, Vanessa and Zay tell Rosario that they’re planning to pair together for the midterm. She quirks an eyebrow, expression betraying nothing concrete, but clearly surprised by this decision.
Rosario: Are you sure?
Well, Vanessa had convinced herself yes… but now that Rosario is looking at them like that, she’s not sure anymore. Thanks, Gao! Zay answers for them, though, confirming that they’re set on it.
Vanessa doesn’t argue, but she seems a bit more uncertain as Rosario jots down their names next to each other on the assignment book.
INT. BABINEAUX HOME - KITCHEN - NIGHT
Zay is having dinner with DONNA BABINEAUX and OMAR BABINEAUX, their usual familial rapport ongoing as the meal unfolds. When the conversation shifts to Thanksgiving plans, Donna outlining Jada’s travels plans and when she’ll be home, Zay clears his throat.
Zay: I was thinking about inviting someone to join us. If that’s cool.
Omar: [ with a shrug ] I don’t see why not.
Donna: You know your friends are always welcome to join us. Is it Riley? I know with her parents the last couple of years, it’s been --
Zay: Uh, no. [ a beat ] It’s someone I’ve been seeing for a little bit, actually. Dating.
Donna and Omar exchange a look, intrigued (the nosy former more than the latter). Certainly an interesting development! They want to know more, but Donna first lets slip a mistaken assumption.
Donna: Well, I figure it’s about time, if we already know him --
Zay, confused: What?
Oop. Not who you thought, huh, Donna? Omar widens his eyes slightly at his wife. Back it up. She clears her throat, waving the thought away like a fly and playing it off cool.
Donna: I just asked if we already know them. If you’ve been dating for a bit, like you said, then surely about time we got to hear about them.
Smooth. Zay definitely gets his quick-thinking confidence from someone.
Zay: It’s not like a long time. Just a couple of weeks. I mean, we’ve been… there’s been vibes since school started, but nothing real happened until the last month. So it’s not like I’m keeping it a big secret or anything.
He’s trying not to do that anymore if he can help it. In any case, they reiterate that they’re happy to have whoever this mystery person is over. Zay thanks them and goes back to eating, Donna and Omar sharing a longer, tacit exchange with their facial expressions alone.
Do we ask for more information? He’ll tell us what he wants when he wants. But you thought it was who I thought it was too, right? I don’t assume anything. Well, now I have a million questions. Donna, don’t be nosy.
Donna makes a face and releases a breath through her nose, then nudges the conversation onward.
INT. NYU - DORM ROOM - NIGHT
At the same time, Vanessa is hanging out with SUMMER LIONS in her cutely decorated dorm room. They’re sharing takeout and having a girls night in, chatting about how the semester has gone. On the thread of Thanksgiving, Vanessa mentions with reluctance that her plans are likely being stuck visiting extended family like usual.
Vanessa: Where I’m guaranteed to listen to my dad brag competitively with my aunts and uncles about the business and how it’s going. And I’ll be the perfect shining daughter as always, there to complement the brand but be sure not to say anything I actually care about or think. Like God forbid, I mention I’m majoring in dance.
Summer, good friend that she is, empathetically jeers at the prospect and reminds Vanessa they should feel so lucky to have such a cool family member pursuing such an interesting passion. Especially since it’s going so well -- she’s managed to maintain her top of the class standing for most of the semester, as far as they know. Nothing seems to be getting in the way of that straight shot to the top.
Well, mostly… Summer takes the convenient shift in conversation to ask about how things are going with Zay. She’s basically the only person in Vanessa’s life who knows there’s something going on there, considering she had to watch their weird behavior during Halloween and had full rights to grill V on it later. Now she’s fully invested, happy that Vanessa actually seems to be doing something fun for herself for once but also just fascinated to see how this dynamic could possibly turn out.
Summer: Considering you haven’t bitched about him in the last two hours, I assume things are actually going well. Either that or he’s dead.
Vanessa: [ with a snort ] No, not dead. It’s… things… things are fine. 
Summer: Wow, glowing praise. Has the sex fizzled out already?
Vanessa: No. No, sex is still -- [ clearing her throat ] It’s adequate.
Based on how flustered she got there, yeah, chances are it’s more than adequate. Summer smirks.
Vanessa: But yeah. No. Things are… things are good. 
Summer: What exactly are “things” at this point? You’ve been on a couple of dates. Like, no rush to put labels on anything obviously. But is he your boyfriend, or --
Vanessa: I don’t know. [ quickly ] I don’t think we need to -- labels are whatever. I’m just having fun. Figuring it out. I don’t think it needs to be that serious, given we both know whatever happens with Turner is basically destined to implode us one way or another.
Summer: You’re so optimistic. It’s adorable.
Vanessa: Blah, blah, blah. [ softer ] But… yeah. I don’t know. I mean… I like him, but…
Getting the words “I like him” out of her mouth and into the open was hard enough. It’s not that she’s opposed to the idea of something more serious, seeing where things might lead, especially since she is actually having fun with him. Who would’ve thought… it’s just that all of this is so new to her. The sex and desire is confusing enough -- contemplating a relationship feels like a whole other ball game.
But she doesn’t want to screw it up. Any of it. Her chances at Turner; whatever this thing is with Zay. She may be in a better mood now than she was at the start of the semester, but the mental work that comes with unpacking all of this is its own kind of clusterfuck.
Vanessa: What we’ve got right now works. It’s whatever. No need to mess with something that works.
INT. TURNER ACADEMY - DANCE STUDIO - DAY
Zay and Vanessa are working through their first rehearsal on their finals collaboration. The work proceeds with far less friction than their first encounter, the walls having gone down enough that they can actually workshop together without going at each other’s throats.
But that doesn’t mean it’s entirely smooth-sailing. They’re both strong personalities, leaders by nature, and so they stumble over a lot of moments where they need to find common ground. Even more so because while they’re both talented, their tastes and instincts around dance aren’t synonymous, leading to a creative clash here and there. To collaborate effectively, you need to be able to compromise, run with the other person, trust that they have the best insights in mind. Much like the rules of improv, you need to go in with a “yes, and,” supportive mentality to get good work done.
Vanessa and Zay are still kind of stuck on “no, here’s why,” defending their point of view and trying to convince the other why they’re wrong. Thankfully, they can have those debates at this point without killing each other, but it doesn’t make for speedy, effortless work.
But they’ve got some new tools of persuasion in their quivers now. When they get stuck about how they should transition between two steps, Zay makes his point by showcasing how the move he wants works seamlessly with the current combination -- walking Vanessa through it and ultimately spinning her so she ends up flush against him when they finish.
They just hang in that for a few moments, that usual attractive tension tingling between them when they’re so close like this. Vanessa tilts her head slightly to look at him, breath warm against her cheek and face so close… damn, he knows exactly what he’s doing…
Vanessa: All right, fine. We can use this one here. [ narrowing her eyes ] But I choose the next step.
She reverses the move and spins away from him, taking a moment to shake off the haze while Zay does a little dance to himself in victory. At least they’re making consistent progress -- they’ll certainly get this in great shape by finals, so long as they utilize the time around Thanksgiving. Zay asks what her current plans are, and she begrudgingly recounts the likelihood of extended family Thanksgiving.
Zay: Well, if you’re looking for alternatives… you could come have Thanksgiving at mine.
Vanessa frowns, turning to face him in disbelief. He can’t be serious… but no, he is. His expression is totally earnest. She stares at him, bewildered.
Vanessa: Are you for real?
Zay: [ after a beat ] I mean, if it sounds that terrible, then nevermind…
Vanessa: No. Shit, I didn’t mean --
She has no idea what she means. She’s still trying to process the fact that he even invited her. It’s not unwelcome… much like the chalk swipe on her cheek, it’s not that she doesn’t like it in theory… but she feels like she has whiplash. Weren’t they just seeing what this was, giving it all a try?
Vanessa: I just… it caught me by surprise. Like… already?
Zay: I’m sorry, I didn’t mean to make things weird or whatever. I just thought, you know, you’re a recurring person in my life now, and since you didn’t seem thrilled about your plans otherwise… [ trying to play cool ] My parents like to meet my friends. And stuff. It’s not like, a huge deal. I wasn’t trying to trap you, or anything --
Vanessa: No, right. For sure. I wasn’t saying…
This is where they keep tripping up. They can do hatred; they can do easy-breezy banter. The challenge is drawing the lines, defining what easy-breezy actually means. The challenge is in truly being open to whatever “trying things out” might lead to… and knowing if they want the same thing.
But Vanessa does know that she doesn’t want to ruin this. She doesn’t want to disappoint him, and honestly, his offer does sound more interesting than another dull family Thanksgiving of having to be on display. Suppose this would be the same, just being shown off in a different way… but that’s better than playing dutiful daughter. And hey, won’t her parents be so pleased to hear the reason she can’t go is because she’s finally entertaining a real relationship… of sorts…
Vanessa: Um, okay. Sure.
Zay: You mean it? Seriously, I don’t want you to feel like you have to just because --
Vanessa: Nah. No, I’m… no. Yeah. Let’s plan for it. I have to talk to my parents, give them an update, obviously, but…
Zay smiles, genuinely glad she said yes. Vanessa mirrors it, though hers is more tentative. It’s a big mind-boggling, honestly, seeing how Zay can just seemingly be so ready to jump into things headfirst. To change his mind, make decisions, and then wholeheartedly commit. It’s not that Vanessa doesn’t want those things. Maybe. Someday. She’s just trying to decipher it, and see if it’s what she wants right now.
But God, when he smiles like that… as the sultry bass line kicks up…
Song Cue ♫ ♪ “Can You Do It For Me?” as performed by Jai’Len Josey || Performed by Vanessa Johnson
This indecision and uncertainty is portrayed throughout this jazzy internal soliloquy, which Vanessa sings as she and Zay continue to rehearse and build their finals routine.
The lyrics do a lot of the work, with some pretty pointed sentiments, but the foggy, confused emotional state of mind is emphasized by watching the two of them work together. It really is hypnotic, seeing the way they fall into step with each other when they’re speaking through their shared passion. Even if the specifics are in doubt, in flux, scary to set in stone, the thing that does not remain in question is their palpable chemistry. That’s been there, constant since the start, whether shrouded by anger, competition, or lust.
When they’re not dancing, the focus stays with Vanessa, keeping things from her perspective. Allowing Zay to be viewed from an even more appealing, alluring light -- this desirable, dangerous subject. The thing prompting Vanessa to open more doors into her world than she ever has; the thing that just might kill her and all her dreams in the process.
But I need you boy to save my soul, cause I'm drowning If you know me baby, I don't like to wait
But fuck, if he isn’t charming. Hook, line, and sinker it seems.
Can you do it for me?
As the music descends into the jazzy brass outro, Vanessa and Zay finish running through their current choreography so far, ending on that same move Zay showed her to convince her to change the routine the first time. Back close together, fully lost in the illustrious haze of this thing they’ve got…
Vanessa turns to face him, taking his shoulders and pulling him into a kiss. Zay returns it, seemingly not carrying any of the same confusion as her.
INT. SVORSKI’S COFFEE - DAY
Zay is grabbing coffee with NIGEL CHEY, the two of them discussing the upcoming holiday as they adjust their beverages at the counter with the creamers and sugars. Nigel explains his nerves about Jade’s family joining them for the holiday, which Zay seems confused by.
Zay: It’s not like your families don’t know each other. You know they get along. What’s the worst that could happen?
Nigel: No, I know. Yeah. It’s just -- it’s kind of a big step. You know? I don’t wanna… I don’t want to do anything to fuck this up.
He’s had a complicated enough semester with Jade as it is… but Zay doesn’t know all of that, since Nigel hasn’t told him… well, anything. He’s been playing the easy-going “it’s all good” routine for so long, no one even thinks to question it when that’s what he repetitively assures everyone.
And anyway, Zay thinks he’s overthinking. He’s having Vanessa over for Thanksgiving, and he’s not obsessing over it like that. Given Jade and Nigel are way more stable than the two of them, surely he can use that to instill some confidence in the whole situation.
Maybe, but honestly, Nigel is more fixated on the fact that Zay is having Vanessa over for the holiday.
Nigel: Already?
Zay: [ giving him a look ] Is that a problem?
Nigel: No. No, obviously it’s not my business. [ a beat ] I just -- doesn’t that seem kind of fast? I mean, you’ve only been dating for like, what, three weeks? If that?
Zay: Okay? And?
Nigel pauses, opening his mouth and then closing it. He isn’t sure what his point was, so he lets it drop… but to be honest, his surprise wasn’t unfounded. Zay defends his thinking.
Zay: Way I see it, if we’re both into it, then there’s not an issue. Time is fake, and the “conventional” timeline for relationships is bullshit anyway. I’m ready to have a partner who I can bring around to my parents, who can mesh with my family. I’m at that place with what I want from my next relationship. If she is, too, then what’s the problem?
Nothing, I guess… Nigel shrugs, raising his hands in surrender. It just caught him by surprise, that’s all. It’s great that Zay feels sure enough that he’s ready for a commitment, and it’s great that he thinks he’s found someone who shares that. That’s what matters most, after all -- being with someone who is on the same page as you, who wants the same things.
INT. JOHNSON HOME - KITCHEN - NIGHT
Vanessa is giving it the old college try… she broaches the topic of Thanksgiving with her parents ALEXIS JOHNSON and RAY JOHNSON when they’re seated for dinner, explaining that she’s had something else come up. Both of them are initially disappointed, Ray immediately taking on defense.
Ray: I don’t see why I should be surprised. You’ve been trying to get out of family gatherings since you were about fifteen, though I can’t fathom why. If this has anything to do with your major, then I think --
Vanessa bristles, words barbs when she spits them out to cut him off.
Vanessa: Actually, it doesn’t have anything to do with school. I was invited to dinner with the guy I’ve been seeing.
That stops both her parents dead in their tracks. Did they hear that correctly… a boy? Vanessa confirms, reiterating that there is a person in her major she’s been dating, though she chooses not to elaborate on how long or how they came to be. Her mother seems to have questions in mind, but Ray suddenly is singing a very different tune. If she was just blowing off family for the hell of it, that’s one thing, but if she’s theoretically investing in some aspect of her future -- particularly, a stable and conventional relationship -- then by all means!
Vanessa wants to be more irritated at how all it takes for them to accept her outright is for a man to be in the picture, but she holds her tongue and takes what she can get. She’s not arguing with her father anymore for once, and that’s something she wants to enjoy. Suppose she’ll be going to the Babineaux home for the holiday after all…
INT. NYCA - LIBRARY - DAY
Zay is pleased when she tells him so at their next study session, now seated next to each other on the same side of the table rather than with a safe distance between them. They’re still not particularly affectionate or anything, but the choice to be closer isn’t by happenstance.
Zay: My mom will be so excited. She loves showing off for new people and making a big impression, as if she’s some all-star chef. Can’t resist being the life of the party.
Vanessa: Oh? How shocking… I’d never believe you were her child…
Zay gives her a look, nudging at her knee. She smiles and kicks him lightly on the ankle, initiating a small back-and-forth between them that only gets disrupted when Gia enters the library, spotting them in the back corner and striding over to greet them.
Gia: Look at you two, studying so hard back here. Aren’t we… cozy?
Vanessa and Zay stiffen a bit, putting a little more distance between them naturally as they focus on Gia instead. They match her banter with faux-friendly charm of their own, Zay’s especially effective after going to school with Maya for four years.
Gia: I heard you two decided to partner for the final.
Vanessa: Maybe. What’s it to you?
Gia: Me? Nothing. I’m not worried about my prospects. I’m in good shape, especially since I decided to partner with Genevieve. She’s in the bottom of the pack, so I think Gao will see my choice as highly collaborative. Giving back where I can, in the best team spirit. Some of our big semester tenets, and all that.
As for the two of them… well, she can’t fault them for picking one another. Real does see real… although, if her instincts are sharp, she thinks something else might be driving their strategy of picking each other.
Zay: Good news, I just ran a free diagnostic for you -- your instincts are shit.
Gia: Ha. Well…
Zay: We picked each other because we both want to transfer. Nothing more to it. You would’ve done the same, except… right, no one wants to deal with you.
Gia: If you say so. No need to get snippy. I take you both at your word… let’s just hope you don’t get too distracted by any… extracurriculars.
She gives them a sickly sweet smile and blows a kiss, wishing them well for the Thanksgiving break. Zay rolls his eyes once she turns away, muttering about how obnoxious she is. Vanessa clearly agrees… but there’s an edge to her expression underneath the disdain. Like for all the empty words Gia threw out, some of them may have managed to lodge under her skin.
INT. JOHNSON HOME - VANESSA’S BEDROOM - DAY
Vanessa is going through her closet, trying to pick what outfit she’ll wear to Thanksgiving dinner that afternoon. Her mom pokes her head in and lets her know she and her dad are about to head out for South Carolina, and they’ll see her when they get back on Monday. Vanessa tells them to drive safe, thinking that’s that, but Alexis hangs in the doorway a moment longer. A thought on the tip of her tongue…
Alexis: So… about this boy…
Vanessa looks at her, uncertain. She doesn’t think there’s much to discuss, given she’s barely mentioned Zay… but suppose that’s part of the problem. Alexis expresses surprise that she’d only heard about him in the last couple of days, and yet she’s going to his place? How long has this been going on, or is it just moving very quickly?
Vanessa: Mom. It’s like… it’s really not that big a deal. 
Alexis: I don’t know about that. First time I went to visit your father’s parents for the holiday, we were engaged the next month.
Um, well… ew! Vanessa grimaces, but doesn’t comment. She doesn’t know what to say -- it’s not like she was expecting this change of plans either.
Alexis: I’m just wondering… I’m glad you seem to have found someone you enjoy being with. We always worried that… well, you’ve always been fiercely independent. I didn’t want you to end up lonely.
Vanessa: Okay…
Alexis: My thinking is… Nessie, is this the best time to be thinking about this? Getting serious about a man? Right in the middle of your transfer year, and everything…
Vanessa stares at her, dumbstruck. She can’t believe she’s hearing this. For years, all she’s heard from her mother is that she doesn’t want her to be alone, she could be doing so much better than being single, someday when she falls in love blah blah blah… not that love is even on the table right now, but now she’s suddenly flipping the script? Exactly when Vanessa is trying her best to give things a fair shake?
Vanessa: Are you kidding me? What are you talking about?
Alexis: Shh. You don’t need to get worked up.
Vanessa: You have been -- [ checking her volume ] You have been on my ass for years about finding a guy. 
Alexis: Language.
Vanessa: And now I suddenly have one, and you have reservations about it? Sorry, what am I doing wrong?
Alexis: I’m not saying you’re doing anything wrong. And I am happy for you -- I hope this boy is everything you want and deserve. I just know that your dance dream is important to you. You’ve put so much work into it. I’d hate to see you stumble on that just because you allowed yourself to get distracted in the one moment it really mattered.
Vanessa doesn’t even know what to say. Not just because she feels so stuck, but because she’s scared her mom is right. She’s vocalizing all of the doubts that have been clouding her brain, that make any move she makes with Zay feel like the wrong one. If her own mother, the one constantly telling her to find a man and become a happy housewife, is suddenly saying this shit, then what?
Alexis assures her she’ll handle everything fine, unaware of the firestorm she just set off in her mind. She gives her a hug and kiss on the cheek and says she’ll text when they get to South Carolina. Vanessa stays put, frozen in place as her mom heads out and leaves her alone.
INT. BABINEAUX HOME - DAY
Thanksgiving is in full swing at the Babineaux home, a handful of guests from all different buckets of family and friends assembled and making lively chatter throughout the first floor. Donna is in hostess mode as promised, laughing with her friends and sister and working to get the table set up with all the food. It’s a warm, energetic affair, exactly fitting as you’d imagine for a Babineaux.
Except for Zay. He’s hanging by the front door on the steps, leaning against the banister and tapping his feet. He nods and smiles at his guests as they file through and greet him, always asking when he’s going to come further in and mingle. He always assures them soon -- he’s just waiting for someone.
Someone who it seems is more than a little late. Zay impatiently checks his phone, going to his thread with Vanessa. He was the last one to send a text -- or two or three -- trying to get an ETA on her arrival. The last one was sent minutes ago, asking if she’s going to show up at all.
No answer.
JADA BABINEAUX hops up onto the steps next to him, looking effortlessly cool in her fashion-grad-student aesthetic. She playfully questions when his big date is supposed to get here, since everyone is so buzzy about meeting them. Her little brother and all his mysterious paramours…
Zay’s response is decidedly not buzzy, resignation settling in.
Zay: She’s not coming. Something must’ve come up.
Jada immediately softens, matching his tone. Sensing his disappointment, even if he’s acting aloof about it. She’s seen her brother get hurt too many times, even when she didn’t know all the details.
Jada: You wanna talk about it? Quick debrief in dad’s study?
Zay shakes his head, offering her a tight smile. The offer is nice, but he doesn’t want to talk about anything at the moment. He isn’t even really processing it. He claims he just wants to go get some air for a second, and Jada nods, claiming she’ll cover for him until he comes back.
EXT. BABINEAUX HOME - DAY
Zay steps out into the crisp November afternoon, the unusual chill leaving steam in the air from his breath. There’s even frost and a bit of lingering snow on the lawn, indicating they must’ve seen an unexpected snow shower at some point in the last couple days.
The cold air is good. It makes his skin tingle, keeps him on edge -- won’t let him soften enough to feel the sting of rejection. But he knows the feeling without having to sink under it. He knows it too well. He has to wonder how he keeps ending up in situations like this.
He keeps trying to do it right, to move forward with what seems right, and yet he’s always the one left out in the cold with his heart on his sleeve.
When is it ever going to be enough?
Song Cue ♫ ♪ “Mean It - stripped” as performed by Lauv || Performed by Zay Babineaux
Zay delivers a delicate but impassioned rendition of the acoustic Lauv hit, perfectly encapsulating the frustration he feels. The production is simple, just him walking the stretch of sidewalk around his neighborhood alone, but the palpable ache in his voice is engrossing enough.
Don't run me 'round and 'round Don't build me up just to let me down
He’s growing weary of having to read his partner’s mind, feeling messed with and turned around and always more vulnerable than the other. Part of him likes a bit of surprise, someone who keeps him on his toes, but that can’t permeate everything. He can’t spend the rest of his life waiting for the floor to give way beneath him every time.
Suffice to say, the song encapsulates a history much longer than just Vanessa.
Zay ends the number where he started, back in front of his house. His eyes are a bit glassy, but he blinks it away, standing in the muted quiet of the fresh air.
He inhales a deep breath, pulling it together, then steps back inside his house.
Part III For A Lovely Evening
INT. L.A. APARTMENT - DAY
We’re back in Los Angeles, Maya seated on the couch with her laptop just like at the start of her segment. But she’s dressed differently, indicating this may be a bit earlier in time. She perks up just the same when Farkle returns from class, jumping up and informing him that she has officially decided to stay for the Thanksgiving holiday.
Farkle: Not going home to Katy, then?
Maya: Admittedly, that will take a bit of finessing. She’ll be disappointed, but I figure if I remind her that I now have very important business to attend to here with my very important management, then she won’t have complaints. But no, I’ve determined the holiday will be much better spent here with my other favorite person.
All about making this city their own! Farkle grins, endeared by her enthusiasm and also touched by her comment about him. He comes into the living room to join her and collapses into the armchair, unloading his school bag as she talks his ear off about all the ideas she’s been brewing about how they can spend the holiday. She doesn’t want them to take the boring approach here, no no. If they’re going to establish a tradition, do Thanksgiving Maya and Farkle style, then they’re going to do it right.
Maya: I’m thinking full-on banquet style. But I’m still iffy about the whole turkey thing -- like, honestly, who the fuck eats turkey anymore -- so I’ll need to keep refining. But obviously, dressing up will be part of the equation, so start scouring your closet now.
Farkle, playful: Okay, I’m loving the hype about redefining a holiday neither of us really care about, but girl, you need to relax a little.
Basically, slow your roll -- he’s still got a few days of classes, midterms, and a final or two to contend with before he can even think about how they’ll spend the break. Even so, he does confirm that he’s game for whatever Maya throws together.
Farkle: Just let me get through this next week, and then I’m all yours. Promise.
That prospect looks quite meaningful to Maya. She nods, holding out her pinkie for him to promise on it. He rolls his eyes but obliges, linking their fingers together.
INT. USC - BLACK BOX THEATER - DAY
One of those things Farkle has to keep up with is rehearsals, as production for The Last Five Years is off and running. This afternoon, while technicians continue to thread together the very simplistic set behind them, director IRENE KAPLAN reminds them all that they shouldn’t be planning on taking an early break to jet-set off before the holidays. They’ll be in rehearsals this week right up until the day before Thanksgiving, which they need, considering she’ll lose all of them for a huge chunk of December to the winter holidays.
Kaplan: Then once we’re back for the New Years, we’re going to be jumping right into the deep end. The show opens in February, and though it may not feel like it to your young, impressionable minds, that time flies by. So let’s not lose focus -- and everyone better be planning to rehearse during the winter break!
Yes, yes, they’re all planning on it. Farkle nods along with his peers, smiling to himself. It’s nice, feeling a part of something -- getting to be part of an ensemble again.
With that public service announcement out of the way, it’s back to work. Kaplan has a handful of the duets go off to work with her assistant directors in small groups, before turning her focus on Farkle and his cast partner, JUDE (20), a trendy and lowkey nonbinary acting major from the Bay area. Their duo is Kaplan’s pick of the day.
Kaplan: Let’s start from where picked off last week -- “Summer in Ohio” through to “Next Ten Minutes.” Minkus, you ready?
Farkle was born ready. He nods. As the jaunty guitar intro floats in…
INT. USC - REHEARSAL STUDIO - DAY
Song Cue ♫ ♪ “A Summer in Ohio” as performed by The Last Five Years Original Broadway Cast || Performed by Farkle Minkus
Farkle’s nimble fingers pick up the piano as the song gets going, showing him rehearsing it by himself as well as in between classes. Here, he’s acting as his own accompaniment on the piano --
INT. USC - BLACK BOX THEATER - DAY
Whereas back in rehearsal, the small student orchestra is handling the music. This is where the vocals actually start, giving us our first glimpse at Farkle embodying the role of Cathy. He’s smooth and charming in his delivery, lightly bouncing along to the music on the stage under the spotlight with his trademark wryness.
This works particularly well for this track from the musical, as it’s about the peak of Cathy’s sardonic era. She’s doing her best to convince herself that her career isn’t stalled, to find the silver lining in an otherwise pathetic summer, but slowly losing that commitment and warping into sarcastic truth about how much it sucks. A delicate balance of humor, snark, and authenticity that is near-tailored for Farkle Minkus.
The first half of the song progresses cut in between him alone on the piano and his rendition in rehearsal, the former offering more of a spotlight on his vocals whereas the latter gives us a dose of his theatricality and stage presence that we’ve been sorely missing. On the line “look like I was seventeen,” there’s a mischievous twinkle in his eye -- guess with things going as well as they are right now, he’s not so sick of seventeen anymore!
INT. USC - REHEARSAL STUDIO - DAY
The reason for that change in spirit is obvious. It’s because he’s finally got his teenage dream, or as Cathy sings, “my guiding light.” And that’s when we realize Farkle isn’t alone in the rehearsal studio -- JORDAN NELSON is there, seated in the small row of chairs opposite the piano. He’s watching Farkle rehearse, light, perpetually amused smile on his face. But he was right from the start -- when Farkle performs, he’s captivating, especially when his delivery is imbued with emotion like it is right now.
Farkle meets Jordan’s eyes over the piano, unable to hide his grin.
Look at me! Look at him! Son of a bitch, I guess I’m doing something right!
INT. USC - BLACK BOX THEATER - DAY
The euphoria in his voice is electric as he belts out the bridge. It’s like we can feel his relief, arms thrown out and head tilted back.
I finally got something right!
Then he’s in a musical sweep right through to the end, at his most effervescent and beguiling. Jude and Kaplan laugh along with his delivery, the latter looking especially pleased with her casting. She hit a freshman gold mine!
And Mrs. Jamie Wellerstein, that’s me!
INT. USC - REHEARSAL STUDIO - DAY
Farkle pounds out the last piano chords with a flourish, triumphant and energized from a good performance. Jordan descends from the seats and comes to join him, leaning over the back of the piano and giving Farkle a long look. Farkle holds his gaze, holding his breath…
Then Jordan smiles, raising his eyebrows. Good boy.
The tacit praise is enough to rival the thrill of a good performance. Farkle grins wider, eagerly accepting the kiss Jordan rewards him with.
INT. USC - CAMPUS - DAY
When rehearsal lets out that evening, Farkle emerges from the theater building with his peers. It seems like he’s finally losing his awkward edge, more comfortable with this crop of students who he’s stuck rehearsing with for hours each week than his classmates. Part of that may be because most of them are upperclassmen, and as the certified baby of the cast they feel like they need to take him under their wing, but also they know without a doubt he’s talented.
That, and he’s fun! He’s just finishing up recounting a story from his time at Adams with high-energy delivery, encouraged by their reactions and laughter.
Peer: Dude, that sounds insane. Your high school sounds legit cracked.
Farkle: My friend used to use the word “bananas,” but yep. Basically. Next time I’ll tell you about the time I broke the stage.
But it made him who he is! Jude asks if he’s planning to go back to New York for Thanksgiving -- bit of a hefty trip for just a weekend. When Farkle confirms he’s not going back until winter break, all of them quickly offer holiday alternatives for him. He can come to the Bay with Jude; he’s welcome at the Alpha Psi Omega Friendsgiving event for other theater majors not going home. They all want to make sure he feels like he’s got a place to crash, as your first major holiday away from home can be hard as a freshman.
Farkle is genuinely touched, but he assures them he’ll be okay. He’s got plans with his roommate lined up, so he’s guaranteed to be too busy to even feel an ounce of homesickness. His castmates take him at his word, but they reiterate that if anything changes, he’s welcome with them. And his roommate could come too! He just needs to reach out.
A best friend, a musical to lose himself in, a community… and a boyfriend he’s crazy about. Almost feels too good to be true. At this rate, he can’t even remember what about New York he’s supposed to be missing. Farkle beams.
INT. USC - COFFEE SHOP - NIGHT
And he gets to share his evening with said boyfriend, a perfect way to end his day on campus. They’re seated in the back of one of the campus coffee shops, sharing the cramped leather loveseat. A true feat, considering how gangly Farkle’s limbs are, but that’s all part of the experience of cozying up with your romantic interest… another thing Farkle never expected he’d actually get to do.
Jordan is listening plaintively as Farkle recounts his day of rehearsal, that tickled smile he reserves just for him gracing his lips. He has his arm draped on the back of the loveseat behind Farkle, a convenient position for him to absentmindedly play with his hair while they chat.
Farkle: So yeah, it went really well. I think Kaplan was pleased with my rendition of “Summer in Ohio,” which is good considering that’s kind of the opposite end of most of the shit I have to sing.
Jordan: Course she was. She’d be blind if she wasn’t.
Farkle: [ with a blush ] Like, she knows I can do heart-wrenchingly depressing, since that was kind of my whole brand for a while there so I’ve got that down pat. Nice to be able to show I can handle some comedy as well -- sarcastic as it might be.
He goes on to note that his peers invited him to Thanksgiving gatherings too, which he wasn’t expecting and thought was really nice. Since the beginning of the semester was so… well, he didn’t feel very socially tapped in. This was a nice change of pace.
Farkle: Honestly sucked a bit that I had to say no. Since I miraculously already have plans.
Jordan: Oh. You do?
Farkle: Yeah. Maya is staying for the break too, so we’re gonna do stuff together. It’ll be good, too -- even though we live together, sometimes with school and stuff I feel like I barely see her.
Jordan: Oh.
Oh. That’s it. Even without more, Farkle can tell from his tone that it’s not a good “oh.” The levity leaks from his expression.
Farkle: Is something wrong?
Jordan: Hm? Oh, no. No, of course not. [ a beat ] I just didn’t realize you’d already made plans for Thanksgiving. Suppose I played my hand too slow, but… I was hoping you’d consider coming to my place. For dinner.
Farkle: … oh.
Yeah, that might have been nice to know sooner. Farkle is still getting used to the idea of even having a boyfriend -- assuming he’d want to bring him around to his parents was low on the list of believability.
Jordan: I just figured things are going well… might be fun to have you meet the family. Thanksgiving is convenient too, since they’re all there -- knocks it out in one foul swoop.
Farkle: Right. Yeah, that totally makes sense.
Jordan: But if you don’t want to…
Farkle: No. No, I -- I definitely want to. I’d really, really love to. [ a beat ] I just… I made plans with Maya first. She stayed in the city for me.
Jordan: Right.
Farkle: I wouldn’t want to… I shouldn’t change plans on her like that.
Jordan: For sure. I get it.
He says, but his tone indicates otherwise. Farkle has been well trained to pick up on disappointment his entire life -- he can hear the displeasure in Jordan’s tone, can read the warning bells going off that saying no is a big mistake. He doesn’t want to let Maya down, but…
Farkle: Well, let me talk to her. Maybe I can get her to adjust our plans.
Jordan, hopeful: You’d do that?
Farkle: Yeah. Maya and I have been friends for years -- there will be other Thanksgivings.
And Maya is a guarantee in his life. Jordan is not -- and he really, really doesn’t want to fuck it up.
Jordan: Hey, if she’s cool with it, tell her thanks for me. I hope she gets how much this means to us.
Farkle: Of course. Will do. I mean, she likes you, so I bet it’ll be fine.
That’s nice to hear. Jordan leans closer and shifts to caress Farkle’s cheek, taking a moment to appreciate him up close. Farkle stops breathing -- is there any better feeling in the world than this?
Jordan: If it’s okay with you, too, I kind of want this to be a just the two of us thing. Not that I want Maya to spend the holiday alone, but… you know, given the circumstances, I’d rather this be you and me. I want the chance to show you off properly. You know?
Farkle is going to melt into the floor, no joke. He nods.
Farkle: Yeah. Yeah, you and me. I’m sure Maya will understand.
Jordan smiles, leaning in to give him a kiss. It tastes much, much better than disappointment.
INT. L.A. APARTMENT - DAY
In a plot twist that should surprise absolutely no one, Maya actually does not understand. After Farkle breaks the change of plans to her, she’s decidedly not happy about it. She throws down her mock menus she’s spent all week working on, marching away from Farkle so she doesn’t have to look at him.
Farkle jumps up from the couch, hastily trying to soften the blow.
Farkle: I’m sorry, I didn’t mean to spring it on you like this. I was going to tell you yesterday --
Maya: And why the hell didn’t you? At least then I wouldn’t have spent all this time making those stupid menu layouts like an idiot!
Farkle: They’re not stupid. [ scrambling to pick them up ] And I just didn’t want to -- you were so pumped after your session with Justin and Melissa. You were so happy. I didn’t want to take that away from you.
Maya: Oh, okay. Thanks, Farkle. This is so much better!
Farkle: I’m sorry --
Maya: I’m just like -- fuck, why didn’t you tell me about this days ago? Why didn’t you give me the heads up before I passed on a plane ticket home if you were just going to leave me here?
Farkle: I’m sorry, I’m sorry! It wasn’t like that, I didn’t even know until a couple days ago --
Maya: So I’m that disposable?
Shoot, this is such a mess. Farkle stares at Maya, puffed up and lashing out but not able to hide the hurt in her eyes. He’d catch it anywhere -- he’s been the cause of it more times in the last four years than he wishes was the case.
Farkle: No. Maya, you’re not disposable to me.
Maya: [ crossing her arms ] Okay.
Farkle: This is just really important to me. You know how badly I’ve wanted -- I don’t want to screw this up.
Maya: Yeah, well, traditions with my best friend was important to me. So I guess we’re at a stalemate. [ snatching her menus back from him ] Have a nice dinner.
Well, that went splendidly. Farkle scrambles to find a compromise.
Farkle: We can still do the other nights on your plan. Wasn’t it supposed to start tonight?
Maya: I’m not hungry.
Farkle: Okay, well, Friday then, we can --
Maya: I’ll think about it. [ glaring at him over her shoulder ] Don’t want to make plans if they’re just going to fall through.
Damn… but got ‘em. Farkle backs off, wincing to himself when Maya’s bedroom door slams. He retreats to his room.
INT. L.A. APARTMENT - FARKLE’S BEDROOM - DAY
Thanksgiving day arrives, and Farkle seems more than nervous about it. He’s trying to pick what outfit to wear -- he’s never had to fathom how one should dress for meeting the parents of a lover, considering that seemed downright impossible. He pulls the sweater he was planning to wear with Maya today out of his closet, one of his more flamboyant, fun pieces… but he quickly puts it back on the rack. Way too out there for a first impression. He wants to be exactly what the Nelsons will want to see.
If only he had a clue what that was.
INT. L.A. APARTMENT - DAY
It seems he’s settled for a nice earth tones sweater, paired with a flannel to dress it down a bit. He looks appropriately autumnal, at least, though seasons barely exist in Los Angeles to begin with.
He awkwardly approaches Maya’s door, which is still closed from when she slammed it on him yesterday. He hasn’t seen her since, which feels wrong. He wants to apologize, and if he’s brave enough, ask for some advice, because his confidence feels particularly rocky this morning.
But there’s no point. The door may be closed, but Maya has left a message, a sticky note stuck on the door. As if she simply knew Farkle would come crawling back.
“went out. Happy Thanksgiving.”
That’s it. No further explanation, no warm wishes -- the festive greeting already feels cold as ice.
Farkle clearly fucked it up with her. But he made the choice, so now he has to deal with it. He sighs and heads back to his room to finish getting ready, having to hype himself up without her.
As the elegant doorbell rings --
INT. NELSON ESTATE - ENTRYWAY - DAY
The front door opens to find Farkle standing on the other side, looking cute with his hair brushed up and presenting his best smile. The Nelson wait staff has opened the door for him, but it doesn’t take long for LANA NELSON (50s) to rush out from deeper in the house to greet him. She’s strikingly beautiful, in that Hollywood dynasty way, with luscious white-blond hair that can’t be natural.
She seems genuinely glad to meet Farkle, though, thanking their help and ushering him into the house. Good thing he has experience with wealth, or this whole introduction would be overwhelming enough. The mansion of a house, the staff, the clearly high-powered parents… he meekly offers the items he brought along to contribute, a red velvet cake from a local bakery and a carefully selected bottle of wine.
Lana: Oh, you’re so sweet. Let me take those from you -- [ getting a look at the wine ] Oh, this is a fantastic blend.
Farkle: My mom says never to show up as a guest without the right cuvée. That’s one of her personal favorites.
Lana: Well, your mother sounds like an incredibly smart woman. [ letting the wait staff take the cake from Farkle ] I’ll go help them add this to the stock in the kitchen, but you go make your way into the lounge. That’s where all the guests are mingling.
Lana leaves him to it, chatting with the wait staff as they disappear to the kitchens. Farkle hesitates, not sure where he’s supposed to go -- he can hear the chatter and classical piano coming from the lounge, but he feels weird just waltzing in there on his own.
Jordan, off-screen: Minkus.
Farkle spins around, searching for his voice.
Jordan is standing at the top of the staircase, making the moment feel downright fairy-tale-esque. He’s looking quite sharp in his chosen button-down and slacks, curly hair just the perfect amount of windswept. He gives Farkle a smile, holding his eye contact as he descends the steps to come greet him.
He’s obviously pleased with Farkle’s gobsmacked reaction. At a total loss for words -- and for Farkle Minkus, that’s saying something! He meets him in the entryway.
Jordan: Boy, does it look good to see you standing in my entryway.
He greets him with a kiss, one that Farkle happily accepts after a second of wondering if he’s in a coma. Surely, this can’t be his actual life.
Farkle: You look amazing. Sorry, I feel like I underdressed --
Jordan: Don’t be silly. You look great. Besides, some of these Hollywood stiffs could afford the reminder that not every gathering is the fucking Oscars. Keep ‘em humble.
With that, is he ready to enter the lion’s den? Jordan holds out an arm and gestures towards the lounge, signaling for him to take the leap. Farkle gives him a smile, squaring his shoulders and taking the lead.
INT. NELSON ESTATE - LOUNGE - DAY
A quick montage of the mixing and mingling gives us a snapshot of how the afternoon starts out. Farkle sticks close to Jordan as they make the rounds with family, friends, and neighbors, many of whom are noteworthy members of the industry considering they live up in the Hollywood hills where all the wealthy folks have their compounds. Jordan seems more than pleased to bring Farkle into each circle, watching him with pride and intrigue as he makes his first impressions.
This is something Farkle excels at. He’s been doing this game since he was a child, attending mixers and fundraisers with his family, so charming new crowds isn’t something he’s a stranger to. Admittedly, he was much worse at it in his angsty adolescent phase, but he’s outgrown much of that now and has shorn much of his awkward gawkishness. He can muck it up with the best of the elite, and he’s doing a smashing job of playing brand new arm candy as Jordan parades him around.
Still, not everything is shiny and glossy. A couple of elderly guests don’t seem super pleased by his presence -- they eye him uncertainly and keep to themselves, sipping their chardonnay.
Farkle doesn’t catch it, though, because he’s so consumed with the glow of everything else. He feels gilded, like full-on Gatsby, immersed in the shimmering promise of young romance. After one particularly good conversation, Jordan beams at him and leans close to whisper something in his ear, then gifts him a peck on the cheek.
The first true test of the day dawns when Farkle’s studies come up in conversation, and he mentions that he’s an acting major. This is how he and Jordan met, naturally, although Jordan is quick to point out that’s not all the creative talent Farkle has.
Jordan: He’s a musical theater major, specifically, and his voice speaks well enough to that. Surely you all will have to plan to come see him in the winter production of The Last Five Years.
Guest: Oh, what a show! I should say we should.
Jordan: But what’s really remarkable is his ear for music. He’s such a gifted pianist -- in fact, Farkle, why don’t you show them?
Farkle blinks. Um, huh? He didn’t have anything prepared… he sheepishly laughs and waves off the request, claiming he couldn’t possibly.
Jordan: Oh, come on. You’re fantastic, you don’t need to be shy.
Farkle: I wouldn’t say shy --
Guest: Farkle, there’s no pressure at all. You’re in a room full of creatives, there’s no safer company.
Actually, that feels like even more pressure, but now they’re all excited by it. Yes, please, let’s hear something! Jordan gives him an encouraging squeeze on the shoulder, nodding towards the piano.
Jordan: Told you I wanted to show you off, didn’t I?
That he did… well, guess this is the time to dazzle. Farkle manages a smile and waves down everyone’s requests, signaling he’ll do it by stepping towards the piano. The wait staff currently playing vacates the bench for him, allowing him to take the reins.
All eyes on him. Farkle takes a deep breath, focusing for a moment… then he lays his hands on the keys.
Song Cue ♫ ♪ “Rachmaninov: 10 Preludes, Op. 23: No. 9 in E-Flat Minor” as arranged by Sergei Rachmaninoff || Performed by Farkle Minkus
Farkle chooses one of the short pieces from his mental playbook, a sample he learned years ago when he was still in lessons that has basically burned into his memory. It’s a bit turbulent, the minor key casting it in a sense of melancholy darkness, but more than that its quick notes require a certain skill level that allows him to demonstrate his ability.
It goes over well, the guests politely tuned in to his little performance. Some of them give Jordan playful nudges, like wow, what a fella you’ve picked out! He smiles proudly, definitely basking in the joy of getting to show off his little muse.
As he wraps up the piece, the assembled guests break into applause. Bravo, indeed!
But all Farkle cares about is Jordan. He’s earned a grin from him, and that feels like the only currency that matters.
INT. NELSON ESTATE - LOUNGE - LATER - DAY
After his performance, Farkle is fielding compliments from some of the other guests. They commend him on his ability, wonder how long he’s been practicing, etc. When he mentions that his mother and father put him in lessons as soon as he could carry a tune, this prompts a bigger conversation about his parents.
Guest: And just where do you hail from again?
Farkle: New York. My parents are Stuart and Jennifer Minkus -- might not know them as much out here, but --
Guest: Oh, are you kidding? Of course we know Stuart Minkus! Your excellence makes all the more sense now.
Guest 2: Fantastic businessman. It’s no wonder he’s been at the top for so many years. When he helped us secure financing for our first film, it was a God-send.
Farkle beams, glad to hear his father is well-respected here just like in New York. There’s plenty more to say about him too, about the family business and growing up his son, but the conversation doesn’t last much longer. Jordan seems to be growing a bit bored by this new topic, given he doesn’t have much to contribute to it. So he changes tracks, clearing his throat and claiming he wants to pull Farkle away for a moment if that’s okay.
Farkle eyes him curiously, raising his eyebrows, as the guests let Jordan pull him away. He wonders if he said something wrong, but Jordan doesn’t seem upset. He takes his hand.
Jordan: Come with me for a sec.
Well, he isn’t going to say no to that! Farkle nods, letting him lead the way.
INT. NELSON ESTATE - JORDAN’S BEDROOM - DAY
Seems Jordan just wanted Farkle all to himself for a bit before dinner, having given him a tour of the rest of the estate. They end up in Jordan’s bedroom, giving Farkle his first exclusive look at his boyfriend’s inner world.
It looks about how you’d expect a wealthy, wannabe director’s room to look. Nice, spacious bed low to the ground, movie posters in full-theater size all hung along the walls, stacks of film equipment scattered throughout. He’s got a whole corner of the room dedicated to his desktop Mac, which is obviously his main editing bay when he’s not at school.
To be fair, he could be living in a literal shoebox and Farkle would still be enamored by it. It’s his boyfriend’s personal space, and that’s what makes it worth everything. Jordan tries to read his reaction, nonchalantly claiming it’s not much. Probably about what he’s used to in New York.
Farkle: Totally. No, yeah, it just -- [ with a laugh ] It reminds me of my friend Isa.
Jordan: [ after a beat ] Oh?
Not what he was expecting. Farkle nods, going on to explain that they’re also at school for film. So all the movie stuff, it just feels like being shot back in time.
Farkle: They even have that exact copy of the Interstellar poster -- a movie I kind of think is overkill, personally, but we’d argue about that all the time. Rest assured, though, your room is way more aesthetically pleasing than theirs. They were so bad about keeping things neat, so it usually looked like a bomb went off.
He says the dig fondly, with nostalgia… but Jordan doesn’t seem charmed by the comparison. He doesn’t know who Isa is, never heard of them until now, but he doesn’t necessarily like them being Farkle’s first thought when he’s showing him something that’s supposed to be his.
So he doesn’t acknowledge it, changing the subject instead. He holds out his hand again.
Jordan: C’mere. Wanna show you something.
Farkle doesn’t need to be asked twice. He eagerly takes his hand, letting him lead him out to the balcony.
EXT. NELSON ESTATE - JORDAN’S BALCONY - DAY
There’s a reason Jordan saved this spectacle for last -- his balcony offers an absolutely stunning view of the valley, rolling green hills and spotless California blue sky. Farkle walks to the railing and takes it all in, mesmerized by the sight. Quite different from the concrete monochrome of Manhattan, that’s for sure. 
Farkle: It’s like a fucking Monet.
Jordan grins at that take, coming to join him at the railing. He gazes at him for a moment, then elbows him lightly so he’ll shift his eyes from the scenery to him.
Jordan, softly: I’m so glad you’re here, Minkus. It means a lot that you changed your plans just for me.
Farkle: [ once he remembers how to breathe ] I’d do it any time.
Now that, Jordan likes to hear. He takes Farkle’s chin and pulls him in for a kiss, the two of them silhouetted against the picturesque backdrop of the valley.
INT. NELSON ESTATE - DINING ROOM - DAY
Dinner is unfolding swimmingly, lively chatter occupying each end of the long dining room table. It’s a crowded luncheon, but Farkle is given a relative seat of prominence, at the immediate family end of the table right next to Jordan. His father, LEONARD NELSON (50s), is holding court at the head, Lana faithfully at his right side. They’re both warm and welcoming to Farkle, engaging him in conversation about how he’s liking Los Angeles.
However, not everyone is so jolly. Those disgruntled ELDERLY FOLKS from before are also seated at this end of the table, as we’ve come to find out they’re Leonard’s parents. His side of the family, with a couple of aunts and uncles and a handful of cousins, stretch from that end to the middle of the table, and they’re pointedly less rosy in their reception of Farkle. They mainly keep to themselves, listening but not engaging with him either way.
Farkle tries not to overthink it. Some people are just shy, and if his knowledge of wealthy elites is any good, he also knows they sometimes are just stuffy and don’t like new faces intruding on their circles. He’s sure that has to be doubly true in Hollywood. Everyone else is more than welcoming anyway, so he opts to focus on that instead.
Once the main course has been devoured and they’re transitioning into the small plates before dessert, Leonard asks Farkle about how he’s enjoying USC’s program. He’s had a couple of friends send their kids there, and he has a few colleagues who attended themselves. Farkle keeps it positive and tries to reflect on the positive aspects, which is much easier now that he’s gotten to jump into The Last Five Years.
Lana: Oh, I love that show. Such an interesting concept, the way it plays with time.
Farkle: For sure. It’s an honor getting to play Cathy --
The man of the elderly couple speaks up, raising his eyebrows stiffly.
Grandpa Nelson: I’m sorry, you’re playing a woman?
Jordan: It wouldn’t be odd if he was, gramps. It’s 2022.
Farkle: [ aiming to ease the tension ] The school is doing multiple different productions and utilizing gender-neutral casting to put a new lens on the content, freshen it up from the early 2000s interpretation.
Jordan: Less heteronormative.
Grandpa Nelson absorbs that, but doesn’t comment -- next to him, Grandma Nelson sniffs haughtily and stabs at her food. Farkle eyes them, uncertain, but he’s pulled out of it by Leonard’s praise.
Leonard: That’s a grand idea. You know, that’s all the industry wants these days. Fresh spins on old ideas. Some might say that’s a dagger in the heart of creativity, but your professor is showing there’s real potential in it, huh?
Farkle: I suppose. I’m mainly just happy to be able to do a production again. A role like Cathy is cool, too, since she’s quite a layered character. She’s tragic, but there’s an equal amount of wit and humor to her as well. Feels nice to be able to portray a balance.
Leonard: I’m sure you do it well. We’ll have to come see the show.
Farkle: That would be great.
Jordan: You won’t be disappointed, that’s for sure. Farkle as a performer is one of a kind. It’s what made me notice him, after all. [ after a beat ] One of many reasons I’m lucky to call him my boyfriend.
Farkle blushes, even more so when Jordan pointedly takes his hand on the tabletop. Feels like the most perfect, picturesque moment --
Until Grandma Nelson slams her silverware down, causing Farkle to jump and turning all attention towards her.
Grandma Nelson: I’m sorry, but this has gone far enough!
Farkle stares, totally bewildered. Jordan, however, seems ready to fire back, narrowing his eyes and turning his intense glare in her direction.
Jordan: I’m sorry, granny, is there a problem?
Grandma Nelson: Don’t you speak to me that way. You know damn well there’s a problem. Parading him around like you’ve been all day, rubbing your… relationship in our faces --
Leonard: Mother --
Cousin: Simply rude.
Guest: I think we agreed no discussing politics at dinner --
There’s no stopping this storm though -- not when it’s finally been unleashed. In seconds, Jordan escalates to sparring verbally with his grandparents, calling them out for their reductive, oppressive, and backwards social views. There’s nothing wrong with the queer community, and it’s kind of incredible they’re still functioning in Hollywood with such views in the year 2022. To say nothing of the fact that they’re holding that against their own flesh and blood! Grandma and Grandpa Nelson get fired up and defensive, accusing Jordan of orchestrating this whole thing and not allowing them to have one decent family gathering without aggravating the peace with all of his hyper-progressive nonsense.
Slowly, hauntingly, Rachmaninov floats back in over the soundscape, underscoring the chaos.
Song Cue ♫ ♪ “Rachmaninov: 10 Preludes, Op. 23: No. 9 in E-Flat Minor” as arranged by Sergei Rachmaninoff || Instrumental
Leonard tries to intervene and get everyone to calm down, while Lana immediately tries to find a hostess way to get things back on track, but the train is off the track. It’s almost like a Hollywood film in reality -- flushed cheeks, raised voices, long-standing family feuds finally cracking. Other guests watch in both horror and amusement, and a few with strong opinions of their own attempt to jump into the argument for either side.
It’s all mute now though beneath the piano, representing Farkle’s absolutely paralyzed reaction. He’s frozen in his seat, caught amidst the familial bloodbath, no clue what to do or how to escape. Even with Jordan next to him, defending his honor, he feels distinctly alone, cast adrift with no lifeboat. It seems all he can manage is to sit there and watch the train wreck.
Even when the table starts to clear out, when Jordan gets up and storms away and his grandparents retreat to the lounge in a huff, Farkle stays put. He’s dissociated out of the moment, wondering how he managed to possibly ruin something so good without even trying.
Seems being the monster is something he’ll never outgrow.
EXT. NELSON ESTATE - PATIO - DAY
Leonard has retreated to the back patio once the dust has settled, taking a long drag on a cigarette. Farkle hesitantly approaches the back door and then steps out onto the patio to join him, catching Leonard by surprise. He coughs and quickly moves to conceal his cigarette, apologizing for the filthy habit. Farkle waves him off, assuring him it’s no big deal.
Leonard: I’m trying to quit, I swear, but this industry… well, don’t tell Lana, okay?
Farkle manages an awkward smile. Given what just happened, he can’t blame him for needing the hit… he protectively crosses his arms over his chest, trying to make himself smaller as he apologizes for what happened. He didn’t mean to set everything on fire. Leonard stares at him, bewildered.
Leonard: What are you talking about?
Farkle: What happened in there… I don’t know what I said or did, but I’m sorry. I didn’t mean to make anyone upset.
Leonard: Oh, son, please. Don’t blame yourself. Our family… well, it’s got its complicated political history. Coming from old money, you know… you’ll find tigers of both stripes out here. Sometimes those perspectives just clash loudly, that’s all.
Farkle: Sure. Um… I just have a knack for that. Messing everything up.
Leonard: Farkle -- that’s your name, right?
Farkle: Yeah.
Leonard: Good. Just checking. Jordan usually calls you Minkus, so… [ with a sigh ] Believe me, you are not the catalyst of calamity in our family. It’s been wonderful having you join us. Jordan was so thrilled to have you here, as you could tell. Don’t let my mother and father’s behavior dissuade you of that.
Farkle tries his best to believe him, but he doesn’t look convinced. Given his life-long track record…
He timidly asks if Leonard thinks Jordan is okay. He seemed pretty worked up when he left the dinner table. Leonard nods, claiming that he has always had friction with the grandparents due to their rather… dated views on matters. It’s not uncommon for them to get into spats like this, although this one was admittedly fiery. Perhaps Farkle should go check on him -- he’ll likely be much more open to talking to him than any of the family at the moment.
Farkle doesn’t look sure that he’ll make things any better.
INT. NELSON ESTATE - DAY
On his way towards the staircase, Farkle pauses to catch his breath and calm his nerves in a small alcove. He feels totally out of his depth -- and he thought he knew complex family dynamics. In a bout of nerves, he pulls out his phone and calls Maya. Hearing the familiar voice should soothe his anxiety, if nothing else.
But she doesn’t pick up. Why would she, when he dumped her for this?
So he’ll have to go it alone. He takes a breath, making his way towards the stairs -- just in time to pass Grandma and Grandpa Nelson eyeing him disdainfully from the doorway to the lounge.
Cute. Farkle makes a beeline for the staircase.
INT. NELSON ESTATE - JORDAN’S BEDROOM - DAY
Jordan is reclined on his bed, flipping through a short film script. For how upset he looked during the argument at dinner, he seems pretty calm now… when there’s a light knock at the door, he warns the person on the other side that unless they’re anyone not related to him by blood, they can head back down the hall and leave him alone.
Lucky Farkle, he doesn’t fit that description. He cautiously cracks the door open, poking his head inside. Not sure what state he’ll find his boyfriend in on the other side… but Jordan is happy to see him. He smiles, setting the script aside and sliding to the end of the bed.
Jordan: There you are. I was wondering when you’d finally come find me.
Farkle: Here I am. [ uncertain ] Are you okay?
Farkle steps inside and shuts the door behind him, sensing that they may want privacy. If he’s still upset… but Jordan doesn’t seem upset. He gives Farkle a smirk, tilting his head.
Jordan: Do I not seem okay?
Okay, now Farkle is lost. He pauses, not sure how to answer.
Farkle: Uh… I mean, earlier when you left the table…
Jordan: Oh, yeah. That. I mean, if I didn’t walk away the fight was just going to go on forever. I hate my grandparents, but it’s not like I want to make them drop dead. Gotta give them a breather every now and then.
Jordan gets to his feet, taking the script and putting it back on his desk. Farkle watches him, still trying to get his brain to catch up. Nothing seems to be clicking right…
Farkle: But when you were arguing with them, you seemed --
Jordan: Well, duh, of course I was emotional. What am I gonna do, appeal to their cold hearts with dry reason? That’s not how you get people to listen. Had to play it up a little bit to get their brains even working on the right speed. [ with a playful wink ] Bet you didn’t know your boyfriend was a bit of an actor too, did you?
So then… he knew that was going to happen the entire time? Farkle questions that, not sure what to think but feeling a distinct ice in his limbs.
Jordan: I just wanted to make them face it. You know? They’re so smug and disgusting about it, their moral high ground bigotry. They think if they can just pretend queerness doesn’t exist, that my queerness doesn’t exist, then they win. Well, I wanted them to see it for themselves. No way to look the other way or hide their hate behind formality.
Farkle: … okay. [ blankly ] And you didn’t think to… uh… tell me about that?
Jordan: I didn’t want to psych you out. You were nervous enough about coming, making a good impression -- which you did, by the way. My parents love you. And the party guests couldn’t get enough of you. The only reason my dad’s side of the family didn’t is because of everything mentioned previously. Their fault, not yours.
Farkle: Okay, but… I mean, that was… I feel like if I had known…
It wouldn’t have been nearly so traumatizing? Maybe? Jordan gives him a look, frowning slightly.
Jordan: Minkus, come on. Are you upset? Again, you didn’t do anything wrong.
Farkle: I know. But --
Jordan: If I had told you, you would’ve gotten in your head about it. It wouldn’t have played off nearly so well -- as an actor, you know how it is. The most authentic performances are the one coming from real places, regardless of the emotion. That’s how they got such damningly good performances during The Sixth Sense, or Poltergeist.
Farkle: Pretty sure those films’ casts are cursed now…
Jordan: And you did a perfect, perfect job. Bet my grandparents will think twice about their bigotry now.
Farkle nods slowly, but his brain still feels trapped at the dinner table. He gets what Jordan is saying, he understands the words, but it still won’t process in his head. He wants to be okay with it, to play it off effortlessly cool like Jordan does and think of it as a win in the name of queer activism or whatever. But even as he nods along, the wariness lingers in his features, and the chill stays ice in his veins.
Farkle: Well, I, um -- I should probably go.
Jordan: No. Come on, don’t be like that.
Farkle: It’s not that I -- I feel like I’ve made everything really… it would probably be better if I just left. Gave you all some space to…
Jordan: Hey. Hey, hey, come on --
Jordan looks at him sympathetically, coming to meet him in the middle of the room. He delicately takes his hands, waiting for him to meet his eyes.
Jordan: Hey, I’m sorry if I caught you off-guard. I didn’t mean to put you in the middle like that. Unfortunately, that’s the kind of risk we run being who we are in the world. You know? Our love, Minkus, it’s radical. Some people aren’t ready for it yet. That’s why, through our art and our collaboration, we get to make them see it.
Sure… for sure… very revolutionary. Or whatever. Jordan can tell Farkle still seems shaken, so he does his best to sweeten the deal. He takes his face in his hands and looks him over, offering his most charming, swoon-worthy smirk.
Jordan: You were incredible. You are incredible. [ touching his lip ] Let me make it up to you?
Farkle hesitates, meeting his eyes. Not saying yes or no… but when Jordan closes the distance between them and kisses him, most of his questioning defenses are disarmed. After a moment’s hesitation, Farkle initiates the next kiss, letting Jordan pull him closer.
What’s the anxious ice in his veins compared to the unbeatable warmth of a kiss like that?
INT. NELSON ESTATE - ENTRYWAY - NIGHT
Whatever magic Jordan pulled to make it up to Farkle, it seems to have done its job. He seems less on edge when the two of them descend the staircase a couple hours later, most of the guests from earlier having already departed. Lana and Leonard come to greet Farkle before he goes, thanking him again for coming and for his grace and understanding when things got uncomfortable. Rest assured, they promise not every dinner party they host ends up that way.
Leonard: We try to have my folks at as few as humanly possible.
Lana: And we hope we’ll see you again much sooner than that.
Farkle, sincere: That would be great, thank you. Despite everything, I had a nice time.
They beam, wishing him a happy Thanksgiving. Jordan signals that he’s going to walk Farkle out.
EXT. NELSON ESTATE - NIGHT
The two of them step out onto the front stoop, the Los Angeles evening having settled into a chilly, hazy indigo. Jordan turns Farkle to face him again, giving him a fond pat on the cheek and pulling him in for another kiss. This one lingers, Farkle leaning into it and soaking up the affection for all its worth.
When they pull apart, Jordan keeps him close, bumping his nose against his.
Jordan: It’s you and me, Minkus. You and me against the world.
Farkle smiles, nodding. Warm and dreamy from the last couple of hours, ice long since thawed from his muscles.
Farkle: You and me.
Jordan nods proudly. Atta boy. He gives him one more kiss and then sets him free, heading back inside. Farkle stays on the doorstep for a moment longer, almost like he’s caught in a dream, then makes his way down the driveway towards the family car.
INT. L.A. APARTMENT - NIGHT
Farkle treads quietly back into the apartment, the warmth of Jordan’s kiss having worn off on the car ride back to Larchmont. He’s left feeling lukewarm, torn between the highs of the night with the boy he can’t get enough of and the lingering discomfort from… well, everything else. He isn’t sure how to make sense of it -- maybe this is just how love is supposed to feel?
He’s surprised that Maya is already back, though, emerging from her bathroom in the midst of brushing her hair and getting ready for bed. They stare at each other for a long moment, not sure what to say. On a day that they were originally supposed to spend together, it’s strange to be facing one another and not have one clue how the other one spent the holiday.
Farkle does his best to bridge the divide, offering a smile. He doesn’t realize how tired it comes off.
Farkle: Hi. How was your day?
Maya: … fine. I made the most of it.
Farkle: Good. That’s good.
Maya: Have a new track I’ve been working on. [ a beat ] Maybe this week I can play it for you.
Farkle: I’d love that. Seriously, I can’t wait to hear it.
Maya nods, not betraying her emotions. Farkle knows he let her down, and to be honest, he was expecting even more diva behavior from her. But Maya’s torn between two minds too -- the part of her that is indignant, that knows he did a shitty thing, that resents him for choosing a boy over her. But it isn’t strong enough to overpower her other half, the one that loves Farkle and wants him to be happy. If doing the domestic thing, being a good boyfriend sharing dinner with the partner is how he wants to spend his days, she can’t resent him for that. No matter how badly she wants to. She could with anyone else, easily and without hesitation, but not Farkle.
So they’re at a stalemate. Maya heads towards her door, but then decides she should be polite and ask.
Maya: How was your dinner?
Farkle pauses. What can he possibly say? Mesmerizing? Traumatizing? The most confusing experience he’s ever had -- and that’s saying something?
He says none of the above. Instead, he flashes his most self-assured smile.
Farkle: Great. Really, really great. So glad I went.
Maya doesn’t question his answer. Why would she? So she lets his assurance go undisturbed, leaving nothing in the air between them but uncomfortable silence. Tension that has never existed between them before -- not like this.
Maya: Happy Thanksgiving.
Farkle: Thanks. You too.
Maya nods, stepping into her room and shutting the door. Farkle hangs in the empty apartment for a long moment, heavy in the silence, feeling the ice start to creep back in his veins…
Then he pushes it all away, heading towards his room and shutting the door.
Part IV For Knowing Me
INT. CHEY APARTMENT - KITCHEN - NIGHT
Spirits are much higher at the start of our next segment, LIEZEL CHEY hunched over a recipe binder in the kitchen. She has corralled LEONA CHEY into helping her curate the perfect menu for their Thanksgiving dinner, something which Leona clearly could not care less about.
Leona: Ma, we never go this hard for Thanksgiving. What’s the big deal?
The reason is more than obvious when Nigel and JADE BEAMON enter the apartment, stopping by the kitchen to say hello. They’ve just come back from a coffee date, lowkey but essential as they work on preserving their relationship after the highs and lows of the semester so far. Liezel pointedly gestures to Jade, answering the question -- they have important guests to impress!
Leona rolls her eyes, picking up one of the recipes and slapping it into Nigel’s hands as she passes him to exit the kitchen.
Leona: Sounds like your problem, then.
Nigel shoots her look, but he’s too relieved with how things went that evening to care. He and Jade had a good time, she looks comfortable and content standing in his kitchen with his mother. This is how things should be, the way he wants them to be.
And for once, they got one night in without talking about Anya Kelly.
Leona excitedly shows Jade a couple of the selections she’s picked, promising that her family is in for a fantastic feast. Jade smiles, assuring her that they’re all looking forward to it. When Leona carries on explaining how glad she was that they were able to arrange it and make the plans, Jade agrees, and makes eye contact with Nigel.
Jade: I’m glad it was able to work out.
Nigel returns her gaze, offering a light smile. Given how things have been going lately, yeah, both of them are grateful that so far, this seems to be holding.
INT. ANYA KELLY DESIGN STUDIO - MAIN FLOOR - DAY
But they still exist in their separate worlds, so they have to keep working overtime to find the balance. Jade figures one piece of maintaining that may be reconnecting with her actual peers, so she’s been spending a bit more time on the main floor near the apprentice desks in the mornings and during break. JAMAL ALLEN and SKYLAR ALBRIGHT are happy to see her, welcoming her back into the realm of the normal.
This morning, they’re discussing the upcoming holidays. Skylar complains about how her school isn’t letting out until the Wednesday before, which basically kills any starry-eyed notions of traveling or doing something cool. Jade admits that it’s weird not having to operate by such a strict, structured schedule the way school provides one -- as a community college student, her classes are less prescriptive and more flexible as a rule of thumb.
Jamal: What’s your Thanksgiving plan, then? Gonna go on the grand jetset adventure Skylar can’t have?
Skylar: If you are, please, I beg of you, pack me in your suitcase and take me with you.
Jade: [ with a laugh ] No, nothing like that. Staying in the city for sure, but should still be a good weekend. My family is going to Nigel’s for dinner.
Aw, how sweet! Jamal points out things must be in better shape than last they talked about him then, since holiday dinner sort of seems like a serious step. Jade nods, grateful to report that they were able to work the issues out. Seemingly, hopefully, all water under the bridge now.
Skylar notes that they should all be grateful they get any time off at all -- last year, when the spring fashion production was backed up, Anya coerced all of them into working so much of the time around Thanksgiving that doing anything for the holiday beyond eating turkey in your apartment was pointless.
Jamal: Well, like I said at the time, no one is making you do that, Sky.
Skylar: Yeah, I know that now, don’t I? But then I had the dream in my head that doing all that extra work would’ve helped me jump up the ladder. Like I’d magically be gifted seamstress in a day.
Jamal: And what did you get?
Skylar: A fifty-dollar thank you card to Starbucks. Oh, and carpal tunnel.
Nature of the exploitive beast… truthful as the two of them are being about their experience, Jade grows uncomfortable. Anya’s never made her feel like that, and she feels the strange impulse to defend her. Particularly with Anya’s critique of their work ethic ringing around in her head, she can’t help but think maybe they’re both just being a bit ungrateful.
When she tries to express this, though, delicately as she might try, it doesn’t go over well. Not that Jamal and Skylar are going to diss her for having her own opinion, but vouching for the boss in the middle of an expressly vent-like colleague chat is never a good move. It leaves her coming off a bit like a suck-up, and adds a layer of stiffness to the rapport that wasn’t there before.
Skylar: No need to get on the soapbox, by the way. We all work here, after all.
Jade: I’m -- I wasn’t. And I’m not being naive.
Jamal: Did we say you were?
Skylar: Jade, I’m just saying, like… I get that it’s dope you’re getting all this face time with Anya. You’re probably learning a lot, and that’s fucking sick. Take advantage of that. But remember that everyone in this building is a fucking human just like the rest. We all eat and shit at the end of the day, no matter what your title is.
Jamal: Charming word choice, thanks, Sky.
Well… okay. Sure. Jade knows that, logically, so she doesn’t get why they’re like talking down to her all of a sudden. Honestly just feels a bit like jealousy… Jade states she should probably get back to work, and doesn’t mention anything about coming back down for lunch later.
Jamal and Skylar watch her go, exchanging a look. Skylar shakes her head and goes back to her computer, Jamal tilting back in his chair and singing Halsey under his breath.
Jamal: Don’t meet your heroes, they’re all fucking weirdos…
INT. NYU - LIBRARY - DAY
Nigel is currently working on his final project for playwriting class, but he doesn’t seem too enthused about it. All the excitement he had about the course at the start of the year has drained away, left with just a furrowed brow and determination to get the assignments over with.
Given who he’s spent all semester with, that’s not surprising. IMOGEN LEE and ABBY are also there with him, seated at the same table and pounding out their final projects -- in between complaints about how much work it is and how they can’t wait to be finished with the class. Nigel doesn’t bother to try to interject with a positive spin; it hasn’t gotten him anywhere so far.
Their negativity circle is mildly disrupted when ISA DE LA CRUZ runs into them with MOLLY SINGH, both of them stopping by to grab reference books for their final papers in introduction to cinema.
Molly: So what are you all working on? Are you like, writing actual plays?
Imogen: By the skin of our teeth.
Abby: Ooh, great reference.
Imogen: Thank you very much.
Molly: OMG, that sounds so fun. I wish that was our final instead of writing about how color and stage direction is used analytically in some film from the 1950s.
Isa: Nigel, you must be having a fucking field day. How Shakespearean are you going to get with the draft?
Nigel shies away from the direct address, despite how friendly he and Isa have been in the past. Things have been a bit weird between them since Halloween -- on both ends -- and he feels especially weird being talked to in front of Imogen and Abby. They eye him expectantly, wondering what he’s going to say. Is he excited about this project they’ve been bitching about for like two weeks?
He feels disjointed, like he’s split in half. Yet, at the same time, he mainly just feels like nothing at all.
Nigel: [ with a shrug ] It’s… you know. I’m getting it done.
Sounds like the definition of a fucking field day… Isa eyes him critically, but doesn’t comment. Once they walk away to find their books, Isa slows their roll a bit, disappearing behind the shelves nearby but keeping an eye on him as they go.
Bored with her writing, Imogen has swapped to scrolling through TikTok instead, where she sees on the account for productions at NYU that Riley and Evan have been featured this week as part of the promotion for Ghost. Imogen shakes her head, not even bothering to hide her laughter, as the mere existence of Riley has basically become a joke to her after such repeated bashing. She shows the video to Abby, who matches her laughter; Nigel keeps his eyes firmly on his laptop, trying not to get roped in.
But when the precedent has been set… Imogen starts imagining what she thinks a Riley Matthews play would be like, a derisive and mocking portrait of their infantilized and cutting perception of her bubbly personality. What is there to write about the girl who has everything… they try to get more out of Nigel, egging him into contributing. He’s the wannabe playwright and arbiter of Riley Matthews knowledge. Come on, add something to the pile!
Although it gave him safety at the start of the semester, hearing the constant barrage of petty cruelty has become tiresome -- particularly towards someone he thinks of as a friend. The compromise felt worth it when he felt so alone, as a temporary key through the gates of social acceptance, but he’s coming to realize he’s just locked himself in a cage instead. He doesn’t understand how they seem so constantly energized by it, when it feels like it’s chipping away at him every time.
Nigel strategically doesn’t speak further on any of it. But he doesn’t shut them down, offering a weak smile to humor their laughter. Complacent and complicit, descriptors he’s perhaps never been able to shake when he thinks too hard about it.
But this is the bargain he made. This is the empty world he’s built for himself, fitting for a man who doesn’t feel like much of anything.
As they go back to their work, Isa and Molly emerge from the shelves to check out their books. Molly is chattering about the assignment, oblivious, but based on Isa’s expression, they’ve got something much more challenging on their mind.
INT. ANYA KELLY DESIGN STUDIO - ANYA’S OFFICE - NIGHT
Before Jade heads out for the evening, she stops by Anya’s office to say goodbye. ANYA KELLY clearly isn’t planning to leave any time soon, reading glasses on and skimming the latest digests for market analysis, but she gives Jade a breezy smile at her courtesy. Then a reminder strikes her, and she quickly commends Jade for her leather idea from the last episode. The folks on the team loved it, and now they’re running with the concept full flame.
Jade is understandably elated by this, and definitely glows under Anya’s praise. As they ease into further conversation, Jade asks what Anya’s plans are for the holiday.
Anya: Nothing.
Jade: … nothing? Not even a quick… jet off to the Bahamas, or something?
Anya: J. Bee, you’re so cute. But no. No food, no family, no plans. In my book, Thanksgiving is just another day.
Well that’s… a take. Jade looks a bit sympathetic at this prospect, but Anya catches her pity preemptively, dissuading it.
Anya: Don’t take pity on me. I love Thanksgiving week.
Jade: You do?
Anya: Yes. Do you know how much work I can get done when this office is quiet and everyone in the industry is taking their multiple days off to do kumbaya or whatever? It’s like creative nirvana. Everyone’s always asking how I manage to stay ahead of the pack, well, you’ve got one of my secrets right there. Cherish it wisely.
This year is especially exciting, too, because she’s going to be working on a big design order. She’s doing a collaboration with a couple of Hollywood’s biggest names to design their looks for the next two years, along with a fashion line that is going to be debuting at the upcoming Winterfest showcase.
Anya: In fact, if you’re planning to stay in town, you should come by the office and help out. It’ll be a ton of work, but a vicious learning experience. Plus you’ll get to have your hands on the ensembles before they hit the stage, which is always a bit of a tingly sensation for me.
It’s definitely one for Jade too, and an alluring offer… but she’ll have to pass this time around. She has plans for Thanksgiving. Anya politely asks what they are, Jade smiling at the thought.
Jade: Nothing fancy, just dinner, but my family is going to my boyfriend’s place to share it with them. Kind of the first time we’re doing this sort of thing.
Anya: Aw. That’s precious. Best of luck. [ with a snort ] I remember what that felt like. Back when I thought I could have a relationship in this industry.
Jade’s smile dims somewhat. Anya goes on to give the brief history, about how her last serious relationship was in her early 20s and she really believed she was in love with the guy. Tall, gorgeous, incredibly smart… and ready to use her for the clout as soon as her name started picking up traction and his modeling career was stalling.
Anya: Just goes to show, you think you know someone. But no one is ever who they appear to be. Especially when you expect you’ve got them all figured out -- that’s always when it gets you by surprise.
Anywho. On that cheerful note! Anya tells Jade she’ll catch her tomorrow. Jade waves lightly again and heads for the stairs, but the muted look of uncertainty from that bit of mentor advice lingers long after she’s left the office.
INT. CHEY APARTMENT - NIGHT
Nigel is finishing up his play quietly on the couch, REYNA CHEY in her usual armchair by the television. After a disgruntled tsk at the screen and a complaint about how there’s nothing good on TV these days, she switches her attention to her grandson.
Reyna: Tell me about your play. I am sure it’s better than this stale wheat.
Nigel: [ with a dismissive shrug ] Not much to say.
Reyna frowns. That doesn’t sound like him -- last year, when he wrote a one-act play for a project in Harper’s class, he talked incessantly about it for weeks.
Reyna: Well, I have to know a bit about it so I know what I am getting into when I read it. When will copies be available? You know I want to be the first in line --
Nigel: You don’t want to read this. It’s just an assignment.
The way he talks about his work, so belittling, rubs Reyna the wrong way. She knows her memory isn’t what it used to be, but far as she can recall, it was just a couple months ago that he was raving excitedly about his make-believe Shakespeare script. She hasn’t heard anything like that from him in weeks.
When she thinks about it, actually, she hasn’t heard much of anything at all.
Reyna: How are classes going? Are things going well?
Nigel: They’re going. Semester is almost over, so.
Reyna: And is that good? Bad? I thought surely, you would be sad to see your playwright class end. Will you be able to take another one next semester?
Nigel: No. They map out most of our classes for us. And for my free spaces, I just went with what my friends are doing.
Reyna: Riley?
Nigel: No, not Riley.
Who else… Reyna furrows her brow. She’s not sure the best way to go about phrasing it, but…
Reyna: Are you okay, Nigel?
Nigel: [ lifting his gaze ] Yeah? Why wouldn’t I be?
Reyna: I’m not sure. You just… you haven’t seemed much like… who I know. Lately.
He doesn’t seem much like anything, because he isn’t. But Nigel doesn’t want to talk about that, and he bristles at the idea that someone has actually noticed. He clears his throat and brushes off the concern, claiming he’s just tired from the end of the semester and that must be what she’s picking up on. He’s fine -- he’s Nigel. He’s always fine.
Right now, he really needs to focus on this assignment. So he excuses himself to his room, wishing Reyna good night. She watches him go, none of the concern alleviated from her features. For such a talented actor, his dismissals aren’t very compelling.
Jade, pre-lap: No, it’s fine. I mean, we’re fine. Objectively speaking.
INT. BEAMON HOME - JADE’S BEDROOM - NIGHT
Jade is on the phone with Asher, catching up with him before the holiday. Based on where we jump into the conversation, she’s expressing some of the same concerns as Reyna -- not with the same amount of observation under her belt given how busy she is, but she’s noticed some of the same things. How for even as they’re working through their own rough patches from the semester, many of which she can take blame for, something about him still doesn’t seem quite right.
Jade: He’s just not as… there’s something off. You remember how he used to get, when we’d talk about -- yes, Shakespeare is the obvious answer, but not just that -- and he’d get that… light in his eyes? And he’d nerd out in that totally Nigel way? I feel like I haven’t seen that in forever.
Maybe she just hasn’t seen enough of him to see it as consistently -- a fear Jade does hold in the back of her mind -- but she still feels like it’s something more than that. And now, a new worry has crept into her consciousness, the echo of Anya rattling around in her skull.
No one is ever who they appear to be. Especially when you expect you’ve got them all figured out.
Asher tries to assure her that he doubts there’s some secret dark side to Nigel that he’s been maliciously hiding from her for ages -- given he himself is prone to mood swings and anxiety-induced lows, he’s sure there’s a more logical, grounded explanation. But he points out that if Jade wants answers, the best place to get them is from Nigel himself.
Sure, though that would be easier if he wasn’t so adamant about insisting everything is fine… Asher promises they’ll talk through things more when he’s back for the winter break. For now, he has to deal with his awful extended family in Florida, for which Jade wishes him luck.
Honestly, this Thanksgiving, it seems like all of them could use a little.
Once they hang up, Jade is surprised to immediately get another incoming call. Based on her expression, it’s not any of the usual suspects -- not Anya, not Nigel, not a butt-dial from the techie tots. She answers, confused frown already coloring her features.
Jade: Hey. What’s up? Is everything -- um, I mean, I have a busy day, but… yeah, I guess I could do early breakfast. Okay, I’ll meet you at Chubbies. But is everything… okay, if you’re sure. See you tomorrow.
INT. CHUBBIES - DAY
The next morning, Jade arrives for said quick breakfast at the diner, finding Isa waiting for her at the back corner booth. They’ve looked better, and that’s saying something considering all the shit they’ve gone through. Something is obviously tearing them up.
Jade doesn’t even get to ask when she approaches the table, Isa jumping right into it before she’s even sat down. It’s practically spilling out of them, having been itching at their mind for way too long.
Isa: I have to tell you something about Nigel.
Off Jade’s apprehensive reaction --
INT. NYU - THEATER CLASSROOM - DAY
While RILEY MATTHEWS and EVAN SCOTT converse eagerly before class, Nigel sits next to them, zoned out. That changes when his phone buzzes though, lighting up with a text from Jade -- unheard of during the work hours these days.
“We need to talk”
That never signals something good, but Nigel doesn’t have time to panic over it. Their professor saunters in to start class, giving him just enough time to dash off a response confirming that he’ll meet up with her after work.
EXT. CENTRAL PARK - BOW BRIDGE - NIGHT
The lights have just turned on along the pathway of the Bow Bridge when Nigel arrives, walking towards the rail and looking over into the water. Crazy, how much time he spent around here this summer -- a time that feels like a million years ago. The days are shorter now; the air is colder. Things change so fast.
Jade appears on the other side of the bridge, Nigel offering a timid smile and a wave. She doesn’t return it as she marches in his direction, coming to meet him at the center.
Nigel: Hey. You wanted to --
Jade, abruptly: Do you have a problem with Riley?
The question feels like a slap to the face. Nigel’s stomach drops, matching his expression. He blinks.
Nigel: What?
Jade: Do you have a problem with Riley?
Nigel: No. No, why would you even ask me that --
Jade: Really? Because that’s not what Isa told me. Based on what they said, it sounds like you have a whole lot of shit to say about her.
Oh, no. Oh, no, no, no. Nigel struggles for a way to respond, particularly hard since his mouth is suddenly dry as chalk.
Nigel: What, do you have like, spies out on me now, or?
Jade, fiercely: Don’t deflect. Don’t try to spin out of this.
Nigel: I’m --
Jade: Since when do you talk shit about people behind their backs, huh? Let alone people you call friends.
Nigel: I wasn’t. That wasn’t what I was trying to do.
Jade: Are you talking about Yindra, too? Or maybe Zay? [ shaky ] Are you talking shit about me?
Nigel: What? No! Jade, I would never --
Jade: I don’t know what to believe. Because I never thought you’d say terrible stuff about Riley -- I mean, Riley, of all people, who has been nothing but nice to everyone --
Nigel: That is not the kind of guy I am. I didn’t mean to --
Jade: Well, based on your actions, it sounds like you are! So make it make sense, Nigel. Explain it to me so that I don’t have to stand here wondering if my boyfriend has been somebody I don’t know this entire time and I’m only waking up to it now.
Nigel stammers, color drained from his face. He doesn’t know what to say; he doesn’t know what to do. It feels like the bridge has collapsed underneath him, and it’s all he can do to keep his head above water.
Nigel: I don’t -- I don’t know what you want me to say. I don’t want to argue --
Jade: Oh my God, Nigel! For once, can you just face a problem head on and talk honestly?
Nigel recoils, bracing himself from the impact -- then he frowns, going on offensive.
Nigel: All right. You want me to be honest?
Jade: Is that not what I just said?
Nigel: I think it’s pretty hilarious that you’re coming to me about this, acting like the authority on me, when you’ve barely seen me all semester.
Jade: Not this again --
Nigel: Yeah, Jade, this again. Because this is all you are these days. You’re acting like I’m someone you don’t know, like I’ve made some big change? You should look in a damn mirror.
Jade shakes her head in disbelief. But Nigel’s not finished.
Nigel: And you know what, I can’t explain it to you. I can’t give you a reason why Isa overheard the things they did, because I don’t have a good answer. But it wouldn’t matter even if I did, because anything I tell you would mean nothing to you since you have absolutely zero idea what I’ve been up to this semester. Seriously, can you even say what classes I’m taking right now? Or name one of my classmates?
Jade: … that’s not… that’s so --
Nigel: No, you can’t. Because you’re on an entirely different planet, and you’ve made it pretty damn clear that’s where you prefer to be. Why should you care who or what I’m talking about -- it’s not like you ever have to deal with it since I’m just sitting in a jar on the shelf of your life!
Oof. Everything is really coming out now. These are the fears, the resentments, that have been building all semester -- this is the root of the argument they’ve been having since the semester started. They’ve done their best to dance around it, to treat the symptoms, but now the disease has presented itself loud and clear.
It’s hard to tell whether it’s going to be terminal.
Jade and Nigel stare at each other, breathless but fragile. On a knife’s edge, eyes glassy and cheeks flushed from more than just the cold. After a moment, Jade scoffs, doing her best to hide her emotion.
Jade: Anya was right.
About what, she doesn’t get to elaborate. That’s all Nigel needs to hear to know this conversation is done. Of course, Anya gets the last word -- she has since she crash-landed in their lives.
Nigel, curtly: Sounds like you’ve been talking about me, too.
Jade realizes how it sounded after he says that, starting to shake her head. But Nigel doesn’t want to hear it. Right now, he doesn’t want to hear anything. He just wants to be nothing.
Nigel: Text me when you get home.
With that, he turns on his heel and storms away, leaving Jade on the Bow Bridge alone.
INT. CHEY APARTMENT - NIGHT
Liezel is in a food prep frenzy, evidently jazzed about the dinner just a day or two away. She’s getting anything she can get done early so that there’s ample room for adjustment come Thanksgiving day, arms dusted with flour. Leona and ERNESTO CHEY watch from the living area, the former unimpressed while the latter is fondly amused.
Leona: I think we should take her to church. Think she’s been possessed.
Reyna: Shh. Don’t jinx it. It usually takes so much bribery to get your ma to cook!
Nigel returns without fanfare, doing everything in his power to hold it together and slip to his room unnoticed. But of course, that fails, and Liezel enthusiastically bombards him with an update about all of the delicious stuff she’s started prepping. How great it’s going to be when the Beamons are here and they get to enjoy all of this!
It’s too much. Nigel snaps, tossing his coat down on the arm of the couch.
Nigel: Don’t waste your time. They’re not coming.
This is news to all of them. Liezel frowns.
Liezel: What do you mean?
Nigel: What did I say, ma? Give it up! It’s over!
Ernesto: Hey, Nigel --
Liezel: Watch your tone --
Nigel: Jade isn’t coming. No one is coming for dinner! [ voice cracking ] Just fucking forget it.
Nigel storms to his room, leaving his family in shock behind him. For multiple reasons -- because he raised his voice, because he spoke so disrespectfully to his mother, because he cussed with zero hesitation and left so harshly. Leona’s jaw is dropped open, with no sense of irony or enjoyment; Ernesto looks to Liezel and exchanges a tacit look of bewilderment.
But mostly, it’s so stunning because it’s so not Nigel. Reyna gazes towards the hall where Nigel disappeared, that thoughtful concern from before still permeating her expression.
INT. BEAMON HOME - JADE’S BEDROOM - NIGHT
For Jade, the predominant lingering emotion is anger. She can’t process the rest of it yet. In a fit of pique, she pulls out her phone and dials Anya, telling her that her plans have changed and she actually can come help during Thanksgiving break. Anya doesn’t even comment on the fact that it seems Jade’s domestic plans fell through, more than pleased to have her company. They can start tomorrow!
INT. TRENDY STORE - DAY
Nigel is still in a sour mood when he goes out with Imogen and Abby the next afternoon, muted and subdued as they continue on in their useless chatter like always. Today, the main victims of their venom are the passersby in the shop with them or on the street outside the store. Bitchy commentary is basically a sport for them, and they’re going for TikTok influencer level gold.
Somehow, though, they always manage to bring it back around to their favorite target. Imogen pulls a piece of clothing off the rack with a snort, a crocheted colorful vest with a 70’s flavor.
Imogen: God, this is hideous. Doesn’t it look like something straight out of Matthews’ wardrobe?
Abby: OMG, you’re so right. Like that cringe sweater she wore during monologues last week.
Imogen: Seriously. Nigel, look at this shit.
If there’s one net positive to Nigel’s world collapsing, it’s that it seems to have disabled his conflict avoidant mechanisms. So he’s not as inclined to just roll with their punches -- he stares at the vest, expressionless, then meets Imogen’s eyes.
Nigel: I like it.
Hm. Well… that’s less fun than blind agreement. Imogen makes a face and slides the clothing back on the rack, Abby finding a way to get the conversation rolling again over that awkward bump.
Abby: I wonder how they’re going to dress her for Ghost. I mean, they could put her in a paper bag and Evan would still look at her like he wants to fuck her, so that saves her half the work, but --
Imogen: God, seriously. If I were her, I’d jump on that rather than diner boy, but we know I don’t share her taste.
Nigel, suddenly: Why don’t you ask him out, then?
Imogen and Abby look at him, surprised.
Imogen: What?
Nigel: Evan. You just said you’d go for it, so why not go for it? Riley’s not stopping you.
Abby: Um…
Imogen: What’s your point, Nigel?
Nigel: My point is… [ with frustration ] Why do you always do this? Why do you always find a way to dunk on Riley? She hasn’t done anything to you. Honestly, she probably doesn’t even think about you, which must be embarrassing considering how much time you spend obsessing over her.
Oop. Abby looks back and forth between them, not sure what’s going to happen. Imogen is stunned for a moment, taken aback, but then she narrows her eyes.
Imogen: I’m sorry, am I supposed to believe you’re concerned about her? Considering you’ve said plenty to us already.
Nigel: No, I didn’t. I should’ve said less, and I feel bad about that. But I should’ve said more, too, like what I’m saying right now. Seriously, I’m asking -- why do you insist on bringing her down all the time?
Imogen: … I don’t have to --
Nigel: Because to me, it kind of just sounds like you’re jealous. And bitter. But your insecurity isn’t Riley’s fault -- why don’t you focus on yourself for a change?
Nigel’s making points left and right, even more effective since it’s so out of pocket for him in their eyes. Imogen turns the tables, throwing barbs to get the focus back off her.
Imogen: This is so fucking hilarious. You’re really gonna play good Samaritan, like you’re Riley’s golden bestie all of a sudden? As if you also haven’t been talking slam like us?
Nigel: You’re right. I shouldn’t have. I wish I didn’t.
Imogen: Insane. You were out here dropping tea about Riley being two-faced -- now we know it’s pot and kettle. You’re gonna act all shady one minute to roll with us and then preach at us the next like you’re the damn Pope. As if we aren’t your only fucking friends. It’s so -- [ vicious ] I mean like, who the fuck even are you, Nigel?
That’s the question, isn’t it? Nigel absorbs the blows, hating the fact that they’re true. That somehow he’s traveled so far off the path, he’s landed in a ditch he can’t see a way out of. He’s all those things they just said, he can’t deny he isn’t, but at the same time he’s still nothing. He’s completely lost, with no sign posts or road maps to get him back home.
He swallows, shaking his head lightly.
Nigel: I don’t know. [ shaky ] But I hope to God not this.
Nigel turns away from them and makes his way out the store without looking back. Imogen watches him go, scoffing. Next to her, Abby looks after him with sympathy -- at least until Imogen elbows her, knocking her back into order.
EXT. NEW YORK STREETS - DAY
Nigel steps out onto the streets like he’s escaping a burning building, having made it out within an inch of his life. His breath is shaky -- his hold on his emotions is tenuous at best. With that tie likely severed for good, he’s left standing on the corner on his own. Day before Thanksgiving, and he’s all alone.
There’s no one to blame but himself. He just doesn’t know how he ended up here -- how what was supposed to be the first semester of the rest of his life went so wrong.
It’s not fine. It’s decidedly not fine at all.
Song Cue ♫ ♪ “Alright” as performed by Gracie Abrams || Performed by Nigel Chey
The delicate acoustic underscores as Nigel launches into a fragile rendition of the Gracie Abrams track, highlighting his frayed emotions perfectly. We start close and slowly ease away from him as the first verse unfolds, making him smaller and smaller as the scenery of Manhattan around him seems to swallow him whole. He closes his eyes halfway through the verse, imagining that alternate reality where he’s in paradise and nothing has fallen apart. It’s the best he can do not to do the same.
Down a whole bottle of whiskey Counting the people who hate me
But at least, through the deceptively delicate confession, Nigel finally gets to the truth. The problem that underlies all his false pretenses, his fake personas, his ill-fitted attempts to fit in.
Because for tonight, I’m just not all right
EXT. NEW YORK STREETS - DAY
As the song continues, Nigel makes his way aimlessly through the city streets, still hauntingly alone even in the bustling city. He’s invisible to everyone else, the nothing he’s felt himself becoming all semester. The lows he’s sunk to shine through in the second verse, delivered dryly but betraying an internal crisis that’s screaming to be confronted. Nigel’s never been good with confrontation.
I don’t know if I’ll be all right What will it take to make this good?
Maybe he can’t. Maybe this is what he’s destined to be -- double-edged, the snake in the grass, hollowed out just to fit in. NYU has laid everything out right in front of him, and he still can’t seem to get it right. He can’t turn it to gold like Riley. Maybe he’s always meant to be an anonymous extra.
But he can’t pretend anymore. He can’t keep pretending that he’s all right.
INT. ANYA KELLY STUDIO - MAIN FLOOR - DAY
Jade arrives at the office to find Anya well in the process of getting the pieces together, working at a more frantic pace than Jade has ever seen her. She perks up when she sees she’s arrived, thanking God and dragging her into the fray immediately. Apparently, something went wrong with the design delivery, and so they’re going to have to fix a whole bunch of elements on the fly.
Anya: It’s all hands on deck. So glad you’re here, J. Bee.
Boy, is it nice to feel valued. Jade smiles, dropping her bag and rolling up her sleeves to get to work. If Anya is as stressed as she seems, then clearly she’s needed now more than ever.
EXT. CHEY APARTMENT - ROOFTOP - DAY
On the top of the Chey’s apartment building, a rooftop garden has been set-up to bring a bit of greenery to the concrete jungle. This is where Nigel has retreated to, sitting on the cold concrete in front of the dying plants. Nothing to be done about it -- change of seasons demands they wilt. Right now, he fits right in.
Besides, he’s best sticking there. He doesn’t trust himself closer to the edge.
He jumps slightly when he hears the roof door open, dreading having to socialize with some rando from another floor. He wanted to hide and escape it all… but he’s simply shocked when he sees Reyna stiffly making her way towards him. He leaps to his feet, rushing to help her.
Nigel: Lola, what are you doing up here?! You shouldn’t be --
Reyna waves him off, shooing his attempts to guide her back towards the stairs.
Reyna: Aye, relax. How old do you think these bones are that I can’t handle a little walk up the stairs? Besides, this is my territory up here. Who do you think first put this chair here?
She points to an old wicker chair, one that seemingly has been up on the roof for ages even before the garden was added. She carefully lowers herself onto it and releases a sigh of contentment, looking out towards the view. If she really seems adamant to sit up here, suppose there’s nothing much Nigel can do… he makes his way back towards where he was sitting earlier, wrapping his arms around his knees on the ground next to her chair.
Reyna: Nothing like this view. Better than the garbage on TV these days, anyway. [ eyeing him ] Very good place to think. Open skies. Clean air.
Nigel: We’re in New York. There’s no clean air.
Reyna: Hmph, shows your privilege. I need to get you back to the Philippines more often, at least the village I came from. Then we’ll see if you still want to complain about your New York air.
Touché. Honestly, a visit somewhere far away sounds pretty good right now… Reyna eyes him thoughtfully, searching for the best way to articulate her perspective. In fact, she chooses to speak in Tagalog, because she knows this conversation is too important to risk losing in translation.
Reyna: [ in Tagalog, subtitled in English ] It wasn’t easy to make the decision to come here. All those years ago. I used to sit up here, just like you, looking out at this grimy city wondering why I ever thought I had to come here. To break from what I knew, from what seemed like the right place to be. I still have love for that country, the place that was my home. [ a beat ] But if I’m truthful with myself, I know the answer. I know that it was essential. Circumstances ebb and flow, but… to stay would have caused me harm. Harm to my soul. It can be hard, to admit, when all we want is for a thing to work out… that maybe it is just not what is meant to be.
Nigel doesn’t interrupt her, almost seems like he isn’t listening, but the way his eyes gloss over with tears signals that he is. He’s listening with his full attention.
Reyna: Sometimes, what we think is supposed to be right does not turn out so. And the longer we cling onto it, willing it to become what we need… the more we sacrifice who we are.
If she was concerned about getting the message across, she needn’t have worried. It hits as intended, Nigel swiping at a tear on his cheek and shaking his head.
Nigel: I don’t know what I’m doing wrong. I always try to -- I’m trying to get it right. I’m trying not to mess it all up. I wanted to have my year, to be a good friend, to be a supportive partner. And it’s just like… every step was another slide down the slope.
Reyna: Transitions are hard.
Nigel: I don’t even know who I am. [ voice cracking ] I don’t like him. Whoever this is. But I don’t know how I got here -- how am I supposed to get back?
If it’s even possible to get back. In these challenging moments of growth, maybe you can never go back to the person you were before.
Reyna: You don’t have to. You don’t have to be someone old, or someone new. Admit you made a mistake, that you got it wrong. And then trust that good heart of yours and be my Nigel.
That’s all he can do. Can’t rewrite the past, but he can embrace the future. No more hiding, no more shadows. And if this setting isn’t what he needs… then perhaps he needs to open his mind to the potential that it isn’t where he is meant to be.
For now, though, he can find comfort in the familiar embrace of someone who knows him even when he doesn’t know himself. Nigel scoots closer to Reyna and leans against her leg, crying into the knee of her skirt. Reyna holds him gently and brushes his hair soothingly, like she used to when he was little and the shadows were so much easier to expose to the light.
INT. ANYA KELLY DESIGN STUDIO - MAIN FLOOR - NIGHT
Anya and Jade are hard at work, snippets of their process delivered to us in tight, quick snapshots threaded together into a disjointed montage of sorts. It feels hectic, high-stress, harried, perhaps just the eventual race to the finish line of any creative industry. Anya is in full creative mode, glasses on and doling out commands to Jade that she can barely keep up with.
But she does. Jade is professional, prompt, and passionate, and she’s making the most of this opportunity. She’s doing a great job of it, too -- not missing a beat, sometimes staying one step ahead. Anya doesn’t compliment her or laud her with praise, but she doesn’t criticize her either, and the occasional smile shot her way feels like approval enough.
She’s there, actually doing the thing. Sure, she’s going to have high blood pressure after this, but look at where she is. In one of the best fashion studios in the country, literally working side-by-side with the Anya Kelly!
Jade just finishes up tagging their latest piece, carefully securing it in a garment bag and placing it on the rack. Anya is about two pieces ahead, starting on the next detail job… but she stops in her tracks when something strikes her as not right. She’s missing something. She starts to look around her station, tone flat with concentration when she speaks and breaks the productive rhythm.
Anya: Where’s the satin?
Jade: [ caught off-beat ] What?
Anya: The satin. The midnight blue satin. I need it for the corset piece.
Jade blinks, confused. What is she talking about… as if they haven’t used about a dozen different kinds of material scattered throughout the office in the last few hours… Anya grows frustrated, pushing things to the side on the table as if it’ll magically appear.
Anya: It’s the blue satin from Giovanni, diamond-dusted. Literally worth hundreds of thousands of dollars.
Jade: Well, okay, um [ starting to search too ] Surely it’s here somewhere.
Anya: I do not have time for this. We’re already behind schedule. [ under her breath ] How do you lose a box of fabric?
A box… oh. Suddenly, a thought strikes Jade.
Jade: … was this the fabric in the black box?
Anya stops looking, directly her icy blue eyes at her.
Anya: Yes. The Giovanni box.
Jade, uncertain: … we already used that.
Anya: What?
Jade: We used it earlier tonight. On the hoop skirt.
Anya: No, that can’t be right. That was supposed to use the indigo chiffon.
Jade: I double-checked before I finished the stitching on it. Because I thought the design said… but I asked, and you confirmed…
Anya ignores her, going to the rack and pointedly shoving the items aside until she finds the skirt in question. She takes it out of the garment bag and takes a look for herself…
Jade is right. There’s the satin she needs.
Anya: Shit.
Jade: I’m sorry. You told me --
Anya: We’re going to have to rip this out and start over. This is going to set us back hours.
Jade: I’m sorry. I should’ve asked again. [ stepping forward ] I can undo it, it won’t take too --
Anya, exploding: Jesus fuck! Look what you’ve fucking done!
Jade flinches, stepping back as Anya throws the hoop skirt on the floor. In an instant, her cool, effortless chic is gone, a bubbling rage rising to the surface. And to her, it doesn’t matter if she was the one who ultimately approved the action for Jade to complete. It doesn’t matter that Jade tried to double-check her work. It doesn’t matter that she offered to fix it.
Anya: Do you realize what is on the fucking line here? Why I can’t afford for you to be making these stupid mistakes?
Jade, stunned: I… I didn’t mean to --
Anya: No, no, of course you didn’t. But you did! That’s what I get for trusting a fucking apprentice with any real work.
Jade: It was an honest mistake.
Anya: Yeah? Well this “mistake” is going to cost thousands of dollars. You want to pay for that? [ off her horror ] Your homegrown little high school costumer mind can’t even fathom the shit I’m going to have to do to fix this in the long haul. You have not one fucking iota of a clue. I’m the one who has everything on the line, not you. Who cares about you? You’re a fucking nobody. You’re a fucking nobody, and now I’m gonna have to pay for it!
Jade is frozen, speechless. She can’t move; she can’t breathe. Anya continues her tirade undeterred by her reaction, almost like Jade isn’t even standing there to be the victim of her ire.
Anya: Well, your little mistake is all my little mistake, in the end. It was my mistake to think you could handle this. It was my mistake to put my trust in you, to put my faith in you. That’s on me! Shouldn’t have trusted a fresh out of high school wannabe seamstress to get it right. [ with a scoff ] But seriously, I mean, satin versus chiffon? Are you fucking illiterate? I mean, for real, Jade, are you a fucking --
She throws out the r-slur without hesitation, causing Jade to wince for multiple reasons. When she manages to find her voice, it’s minuscule compared to Anya’s booming delivery.
Jade: [ quavering ] I’m sorry.
Anya looks at her, then gives her a disdainful head shake.
Anya: Oh, don’t do that. Don’t fucking cry. That’s the last thing we need right now.
Jade clenches her jaw, looking down at the floor to avoid her eyes. Anya takes a deep breath, taking off her glasses and pressing her fingers to the bridge of her nose. After a long inhale and exhale, she stops pacing, releasing a declarative exhale.
Anya: Okay. Now that that’s over with, time to fix this. [ shaking off the anger ] We’ll have to work double-time to make up for this. Think you can keep up, J. Bee?
It’s whiplash. Straight-up whiplash, how quickly she went from tyrannical back to easy-breezy and eccentric. But now Jade has seen the other side, the dark underbelly of industry power that infects every creative realm, and she won’t ever be able to unsee it.
Right now, she has to get through tonight.
Jade: Yeah. Yeah, just, um… I need to use the restroom.
Anya nods, gesturing for her to get to it. Now they really don’t have time to waste.
INT. ANYA KELLY DESIGN STUDIO - BATHROOM - NIGHT
Jade is sobbing as quietly as possible into a mass of toilet paper, back pressed against the wall as far away from the locked door as she can get. She doesn’t want Anya to hear her tears -- she doesn’t want to portray any additional weakness.
Then it hits her. The fact that she’s sitting here on a holiday break, hiding in the bathroom of a studio that is working her with no overtime crying her eyes out. The day before Thanksgiving. Somehow, the realization is sobering enough to stymie her tears.
How the fuck did she get here?
As the screen fades to black…
Over black:
We hear the sound of an incoming text message.
When the phone receiving it comes up on screen, it’s not immediately apparent who is the one sending it or the one on the receiving end. It could be coming from either direction, it doesn’t really matter.
“We need to talk”
EXT. CENTRAL PARK - DAY
Thanksgiving morning arrives crisp and clear, the city crowded with paradegoers gunning to get the best spot on the route. The chatter and noise of the revelry is just a stone’s throw away…
But somehow, from the bench where Nigel is sitting, it feels isolatedly quiet. He has a nice view of Bow Bridge, watching plaintively as tourists who came for the parade cross it with wide-eyed wonder if they’re not already grumpy and exhausted from getting up so early.
Jade arrives from behind the bench, spotting Nigel and pausing for a moment. Contemplating whether she’s ready to have this conversation… then she steels herself, stuffing her hands in her pockets and coming to join him. He looks up at her as she stands in front of the bench, then faces the bridge again as she settles down next to him. A small gap between them, keeping a protective distance neither of them are used to, but one that feels like a necessity when they don’t know where this conversation is going to go.
For a long moment, they both sit in the silence, the late autumn wind blowing their hair. Jade pushes hers behind her ear, taking a deep breath.
Jade: You were right.
Nigel: [ in a murmur ] I was going to say the opposite.
Perhaps they’re both. They were both right; they were both wrong. Jade shakes her head, lip trembling, neither of them ready to look at each other yet.
Jade: I don’t know what happened. How things… it just feels like I woke up one day and everything was different. I so badly wanted this to work, the way things are. I thought I was doing everything I could; I thought I was doing everything right. But all I’ve done is end up somewhere where I don’t even know what I’m looking at. Or where I’m supposed to be.
Nigel can relate. Although neither of them reveal the contents of their recent hardships, their wake-up call weeks, somehow they’ve experienced parallel epiphanies. Something has gone terribly wrong, even if they wished otherwise.
Jade: Something has to change. I’m not sure I know what. Or if it can at all. But the way things are now… [ a beat ] I don’t want it. I don’t know what happened to me. Or if I can find my way back.
Nigel sniffles, swiping at his nose. Jade finally works up the courage to look at him, and in an instant, feels an ache unlike anything she’s ever felt before. To be near him, something that feels so familiar, that is so loved, and feels so far away hurts all the more now that she’s ripped off the band-aid of blissful delusion.
Jade, shaky: Can we just be us again?
The question is both a hopeful wish and an anxious plea. Can they be them again, a confident and comfortable pair, in each other’s corners rather than pulling at their insecure seams? Can they find their balance again, build themselves back into something that works? But even deeper than that, can they ever go back to who they were before? Before things got so complicated, before their worlds fractured into separate continents? Can they find their way back to solid ground, to people they want to be and want to be with, after stumbling through the dark so long?
Maybe. Maybe not. All they can do is try.
Nigel meets her eyes, holding her gaze. Not offering any words of wisdom or optimistic reassurances -- he doesn’t have any, and that’s never been his style. He can only do what he knows how to do, contemplate in his quiet, thoughtful way, and give her whatever he has to offer.
In this moment, that’s an extension of camaraderie. A signal that he understands, he agrees, and she isn’t alone. He holds out his arm and invites her into a hug, tentative at first but more needed than either of them realized. As Jade scoots closer and leans into his shoulder, allowing them to come back together, the warmth of forgiveness and acceptance is the best reassurance either of them can ask for right now.
Right now, it has to be enough.
PART V For The Ride
INT. YINDRA’S BEDROOM - DAY
Further back in November, a calendar on the wall places us somewhere in the second week of the month. Thanksgiving is still a couple of weeks away.
But the holiday is far from YINDRA AMINO’s mind anyway. She’s sitting on her bed, sifting through her songwriting notebook and the notes she jotted down inside it from her conversation at the Hollywood Haunt with the agent, Reese Dalton King. The promise of potential projects in her future, the reassurance that she has a voice worth hearing, the vague notion of a call in their future to work things out…
And yet, nothing. No calls on her phone, no new emails in her inbox. The business card felt so thrilling when it first passed into her hands; now it feels like a taunt. Yindra picks at it now, stuck in between the pages of her notebook like a bookmark to the Haunt page. The corners are crinkled and worn, indicating she’s spent plenty of time impatiently messing with it.
But prodding a piece of paper won’t produce results. Much like everything else since she moved to Los Angeles, it feels like a big, unending question mark, that only shouts one thing crystal clear.
Stuck.
Yindra puts her notebook on the desk and gets to her feet.
INT. YINDRA’S APARTMENT - DAY
As she’s stepping into the hall, she pauses when she hears her dad, DARIUS AMINO, speaking on the phone. Based on his tone -- still his usual amicable with just a hint of strain he’s working hard to keep cordial -- it doesn’t take her long to figure out who he’s talking to. Only one person in their lives gets that special tone reserved just for her.
Darius, off-screen: I know, I’m worried about her too. I’m not saying I’m not. But I still think she -- you should have seen her after the Halloween event. She was so excited. She wants this, I know, it’s just… no, Flor, you’re not listening to me.
Floriana. Her mother. And based on his words, it’s no mystery who they’re talking about.
Darius, off-screen: I am doing what I think is best for her. Maybe you’d see it the same way, if you were actually here. [ a beat ] No, of course I’m not saying that. You know damn well I’m not saying the welfare of others doesn’t matter. But I do think, at the risk of sounding biased, that our daughter means more to me. [ a beat ] Yeah, yeah, naturally, because you always know best. If I saw it your way, then we would’ve stopped encouraging her before she ever even got into Adams!
Yindra can’t listen to this. She can’t listen to them have the same argument about her -- she can’t do this.
She can’t be here, trapped with all the stuck.
Yindra sneaks to the doorway and grabs her jacket, heading out the door.
EXT. CHARLIE’S AIRBNB - DAY
It’s not long before Yindra finds herself at the end of her aimless wandering, having had a destination after all. CHARLIE GARDNER pulls open the door to the AirBnB he’s staying in for his last week or so in the city, discovering Yindra unexpectedly on his doorstep.
It’s clear he wasn’t expecting her, but her surprise visit isn’t unwelcome. Yindra gives him a charming shrug.
Yindra: I was in the neighborhood. Thought I’d see your temporary digs. You free?
After a moment, Charlie smiles.
INT. CHARLIE’S AIRBNB - DAY
Charlie finishes giving Yindra the lay of the land, which doesn’t take long given there’s not much to show. It’s a studio apartment in the middle of Burbank, so basically everything is crammed into one room. Not that that matters much, since Charlie wasn’t planning to stay forever.
In fact, he seems to be in the middle of packing up. His duffle bag is open on the bed in the corner, and he’s just finished stowing away all his books and papers.
Yindra: I’m not interrupting you, am I? Sorry I didn’t text first.
Charlie: Oh, no, not at all. I’m just getting most of packing done now, so I don’t end up having to rush all of it tomorrow before I pick up the rental car. I made that mistake more than once in Europe, and it was decidedly a mistake.
Charlie continues to absentmindedly gather his things while they chat, mostly him filling the quiet as he explains his current plan for getting home. He’s doing one last road trip out of it, hitting some of the states and scenic routes he hasn’t gotten to see before on the way back to New York. Kind of one last hurrah of the whole thing, which is why he’s leaving now so he can get back before the holidays.
Charlie: If I’ve timed it right, God willing, then I should get back a couple days before Thanksgiving -- which is perfect, as I’ll get there just in time for my family to pile into the van and drive up to my extended family. So it’s not exactly a full homecoming, quite yet, but closer.
Yindra doesn’t interject his rambling, pensively looking around as he quickly packs up his life. So easy for him to just get up and go, all the choices in the world his to make… getting to hit the road knowing there’s something waiting for him on the other side. A place they know; a place they love. A place that has never, ever felt stuck.
Charlie delicately picks up his leather journal from the nightstand, closing it and sliding it into his backpack.
Charlie: So I figure, you know, if Riley can just go a few more days without murdering me --
Yindra, suddenly: I want to come with you.
That gets Charlie to stop for a second, considering she’d been so quiet up until then. He looks at her and then laughs, nodding along as if she’s joking. Very funny, Yindra… but based on how she doesn’t laugh back, and the awkward silence that follows…
Charlie straightens up, laughter fading.
Charlie: Oh, you were serious.
Yindra crosses her arms. The idea popped out of her without forethought, but it felt right, so now she’s going to stand by it.
Yindra: I mean, if you’d rather not have the company…
Charlie: Oh, no. No, no, it’s not that. It’s just… [ with an awkward laugh ] To be honest, I don’t really get why you’d want to.
He doesn’t think of himself as the most thrilling travel companion, and some of the stuff he wants to see she likely won’t care much for. Not that they couldn’t change the itinerary, or anything, but as far as he can tell she’s got lots more exciting things going on here. He would obviously be flattered if she chose to waste her time with him instead -- if she thinks she can stomach multiple days on end with him -- but it seems like she has much better things to do in the city of her dreams.
Maybe she would have agreed with that, once upon a time… but times have changed. And right now, all she knows is she wants to move. Be free. Get out of the rut she’s been trapped in for months. She plays off cool and casual well, shrugging pithily.
Yindra: If my career is taking off soon, I’m going to need a lot more material to write about. An artist needs adventure, you know, new sights and scenery. Sounds like as good a vessel as any, particularly since someone else is footing the bill.
And she’d be heading back to New York eventually anyway, since her grandmother would have a conniption if she wasn’t home for Christmas. So she’ll just be making the homecoming a bit earlier than expected -- and Nana will be more than happy to welcome her in for Thanksgiving. So the only logistic is getting there, and if Charlie’s got a spare seat…
With all that so convincingly laid out, Charlie can’t see any plausible reason to doubt her. If she’s really sure… then why not?
Charlie: The spiritual valet rides again, I guess.
Getaway car -- booked. Yindra smiles.
INT. YINDRA’S BEDROOM - NIGHT
Yindra makes quick work of her own packing, throwing things together in a carry-on sized suitcase and shoulder bag. Normally, she’d take much more time to curate what to bring home, but desperate times call for desperate measures.
INT. YINDRA’S APARTMENT - NIGHT
Yindra creeps her way back towards the door again, pausing when she passes by her dad’s bedroom. She can hear the TV on, but she knows he’s probably sleeping.
She wants to say goodbye. She wants to tell him the truth, the reasons she feels like she can’t stay right now… but she also never wants to speak of it. She doesn’t want to have to look him in the eyes and admit that she failed. Failed him. Failed herself.
So she scribbles a quick note to stick on the countertop, noting that she’ll be home for Thanksgiving and she’s got everything figured out. No need to worry. Much love, and see him soon.
Then she makes her exit, scampering to the door.
INT. RENTAL CAR - MOVING - DAY
Despite all the excitement, the reality of a road trip has to sink in soon enough. It’s all fun and games in the media, a cute cookie-cutter montage of photo ops and good vibes, but the truth of the matter is actual long drives include a lot of dead air.
Gaps of silence, made even more awkward when you’re not particularly close to the person you’re traveling with. Sure, Yindra and Charlie are friends, but they’ve never been especially close. Once the adventurous allure of disappearing onto the open road wears off, it’s just the two of them sitting together in a car with thousands of miles ahead of them and no one to talk to but each other.
Even so, they’re both well-raised and polite, so they do their best to power through the awkwardness. Charlie has the convenient excuse of having to keep his eyes on the road, but he tries to break the silence by pointing out that the car is her domain too.
Charlie: Fiddle with whatever. Air, windows, speakers. I don’t want you to feel like you have to just sit there since I’m behind the wheel.
Yindra: Oh, for sure. Yeah. Thanks.
Charlie: In fact, for music, you should be able to use the aux cord, I think it came with the car --
What a great excuse to not have to talk. Yindra jumps on it, claiming she can definitely find some good tunes from her Spotify. Charlie has no complaints, patiently waiting for her to figure it out and let something else artificial supplant the silence.
Only no dice. When Yindra plugs in the aux cord… nothing happens. It doesn’t read as connected. Charlie offers for her to try his phone, and it’s the same thing.
Charlie: Huh. Must be a faulty cord.
Yindra: Yeah…
Which leaves them back at square one. Yindra offers him a tight smile, which he returns at a glance. She reaches forward and tries for the old-fashioned approach instead, turning on the radio and opting to search for a station instead. There has to be something good out there, right?
Maybe, but it’s not so easy to find. Charlie and Yindra are children of the streamer generation, with no quick reflexes on the best way to find their preferred stations, particularly not in parts of the country they’ve never been to before. Yindra skips around haplessly, catching bits of punk metal, incoherent dance EDM, country, and talk radio -- and the unavoidable snippet of “On My Grind (OMG).”
By the time she lands on Christian rock, she forfeits, switching the radio off again and letting the quiet reign once again. She raises her hands in surrender and then clasps them together in her lap.
Yindra: Quiet is good sometimes, yeah? Quiet can be nice. Peaceful. Freeing.
Charlie: Totally. I completely agree.
Yindra: Fantastic.
Mhm… quiet can be great, but the suffocating awareness of the awkwardness really undercuts it. Charlie nervously taps his fingers on the steering wheel. Yindra pushes some hair behind her ear.
What, oh… three-thousand miles to go?
Charlie: The music will probably get better when we make it to Nevada. Out of the deserts of California, and stuff.
Yindra brightens, seizing on the conversation starter. Nevada is next, apparently, but what exactly is the trip itinerary? Charlie smiles, relieved for the easy topic, directing Yindra to pull out the map from the glove compartment and see for herself. He’s got more concrete plans in his journal, but he marked the general route on his hard copy.
Yindra: Didn’t realize they even still made legit maps anymore.
Indeed they do, and she retrieves his with a flourish. She unfolds it onto her lap and takes a look. Charlie starts to explain some of the things he’s looking forward to, including the Grand Canyon which they’re going to stop nearby tonight, but Yindra cuts him off almost immediately.
Yindra: Oh, no. Mm mm mm mm mm. [ shaking her head ] No, this needs a major overhaul.
Charlie frowns. Is something wrong with it? He put a lot of thought into it. Yindra has no judgments, she’s sure he did, but it’s not going to work anymore. Partially because some of the things he has on the list seem dreadfully boring and she cannot let him torture himself like that -- if he visits one more “frontier” landmark that’s literally just a patch of land she may need to give him psychiatric care -- but mainly because of one major shift in plans.
Yindra: Charlie, much love, but you’re white as snow. You’re now traveling with a Black girl, which means some of this? Not gonna fly.
Oh, yeah… the South certainly has its… problematic pockets. Charlie nods.
Charlie: Fair point. I trust your instincts.
As he should. Yindra gives him a beam, digging through the glove compartment again to retrieve a pen. She ties her hair back out of her face and then gets down to work, concentration taking over her features as she scans the map more critically.
Charlie glances out of the corner of his eye as she makes her first edit, pen scratching across the states --
INT. ARIZONA RESTAURANT - NIGHT
One edit becomes many before long, an entirely new route penned out on the map laid on the table between them. They’re basically done with their first day of driving, just an hour or so away from the Grand Canyon which they’ll tackle tomorrow. For now, they’re tucked away in a booth at a local restaurant, having polished off some decent-looking food and fully focused on the itinerary.
Thankfully, the shared project seems to have broken the ice. They’re a little more at ease with each other as they talk through the final logistics, trying to get a final timeline down of how long they expect the trip to take. And although it took a bit of negotiating, they seem to have landed on a balance of nature-loving nerdy fare and cooler, trendier attractions Yindra might enjoy.
Charlie finishes doing some calculations on his maps app and confirms the current arrangement should work out, provided they stay on track. Yindra offers her hand to shake on it, and Charlie smiles, accepting and sealing the deal.
When he goes back to his phone and clears his apps, Yindra notices his phone background.
Yindra: Who’s that?
Charlie: Huh? 
Yindra: In your background.
Charlie: Oh. That’s my sister, Rosie. Well, the bigger one. Daisy’s there too, but you can barely see her in the back. She hates being photographed.
Yindra: Whoa, how many sisters do you have? I remember the older one, the one who got married when we were like freshmen --
Charlie: Yeah, that’s Agatha. These are my younger sisters.
Somewhere in the back of her mind, Yindra must have known that fact, yet it still feels like brand new information. She asks if she can see another pic, and Charlie brightens, nodding and going to his photos to find a better one of the family. Yindra leans over the table closer to get a better look.
Charlie: So that’s Daisy, then the one on the right is Rosie.
Yindra: They’re so cute, OMG. Rosie is pretty.
Charlie: Uri Minkus thinks so too.
Yindra: [ with wide eyes ] Minkus? Like Farkle Minkus?
Charlie: Manhattan is the smallest town on Earth.
Yindra: No fucking kidding.
Charlie: [ after swiping to another photo ] And then this is Bridgette, my other older sister.
Yindra: Ooh. She’s hot. [ a beat ] Sorry. Not to hit on your sister.
Charlie shrugs, smiling at the photos before locking his phone. Yindra contemplates for a moment, processing how easy it was for them to talk just then and how Charlie lit up when he got the chance to talk about them. And also how even though they went to school together for four years, there’s so much they clearly don’t know about each other. Stuff that maybe should be obvious.
Yindra: I can’t believe I didn’t know you had that many sisters. You’d think with all the shows and stuff where our families come to see it, I would have seen the clan at least once.
Charlie: It’s fine. It’s not like we’re all paying attention to everyone else at all times. Honestly, we’re all just focused on our own little worlds. Which, to confirm, you don’t have sisters, right?
Yindra: Correct. Only child here -- I’m sure nothing about me would ever signal that. Since I’m so humble and level-headed and unassuming.
Charlie: Oh, yeah, without a doubt.
They exchange a smile, definitely enjoying this form of conversation much more than their stilted start. If they can just maintain this momentum for the next week or so… but that won’t be easy. There’s not always a map or a memento on hand to get the discussion going.
Or maybe there is. An idea comes to Yindra, the lightbulb basically visible over her head as she pulls up her phone to scroll and find something. Charlie raises his eyebrows, intrigued.
Yindra: If we don’t even know how many siblings the other person has after four years, there’s evidently a lot of ground to cover. It made me think -- a thousand years ago, Nigel told me about this weird thing he read in the New York Times. Because he reads the New York Times like a nerd.
Charlie: I usually split between that and WashPo, but I have to be careful about it. My mom is pretty disdainful about the “slanted” reporting. She prefers Wall Street Journal.
Yindra: Suppose that’s better than Breitbart -- oh, here we go.
Yindra successfully finds the link buried in her messages with Nigel: The 36 Questions that Lead to Love. The conceit of the article is simple, that the key to intimacy can be achieved by gradually walking through the included questions in phases. Each one peels back further layers of the partner you’re having the conversation with, letting you know more about them while they also learn more about you. Theoretically, if you participate in good faith, you’ll come out of the experience with a greater understanding and depth of relationship with the person you did it with.
Charlie: Are you trying to get me to fall in love with you? Did we lie to your dad?
Yindra: [ with an eye roll ] It applies platonically as well as romantically. But I understand, it’ll be hard not to fall in love with me. You will have to try to control yourself.
Charlie: I’ll do my best. But what are we supposed to do, exactly?
Basically, Yindra figures they can use the questions as conversation starters of sorts to guide them through the trip and bond along the way. It’s kind of ridiculous that they’ve been peers for this long and know so little about the other person -- being stuck together like this for ten days gives them a unique opportunity. Of course, it does require a willingness to open up…
Charlie: I don’t know. I’m not much of a talker. I wouldn’t have anything interesting to say.
Yindra: It doesn’t have to be poet laureate worthy. We’re just talking. And not all the questions are as intense as they make it sound. Here like, here’s one from the first set --
Charlie: So we’re doing this then…
Sure are. A test run, at least, and if it’s an absolute hell they can never do it again. Yindra clears her throat and Charlie sighs, bracing himself for whatever may come out of her mouth.
Yindra: “Before making a telephone call, do you ever rehearse what you are going to say? Why?”
Charlie: Oh, all the time. For everything.
Yindra: Seriously? Even for like, hey, I need to set up a doctor’s appointment?
Charlie: Oh yeah. Sometimes I even script it ahead of time. [ with a self-cringe ] I have this… mortifying fear of saying the wrong thing and sounding like an idiot. Which is great, given that I do that… basically all the time. There’s a reason improv games were my least favorite part of class.
Yindra: OMG, yeah. You know who was so good at those? Yogi. That man could come up with shit on the spot like nobody’s business.
Charlie: It was really great when the techies started joining last year and he and Dylan would get into rounds together.
Yindra: [ with a laugh ] Yes! Totally!
Charlie: They could really play off each other forever. No clue how they do it. My brain can’t even do a normal conversation.
Yindra: Do you think there’s a reason for it? Other than just like, being shy? Nigel is the same way, he’ll avoid phone calls at all costs if he can hack it. It’s so annoying when we order food and Zay or I have to answer when they call us to ask about the order.
Charlie: I don’t know. I mean, like… I guess part of it is probably because I was so aware of what I said for a long time. Like, with the… being in the closet thing, I was always checking what I said before I said it, in case I let something slip that gave it away. And even before the gay thing was like, at the forefront, I was doing that in my head. Like I always felt like I had something to hide. Still do, honestly, but I’m trying to work on it.
Yindra: This is good practice then.
Charlie thinks about that, then laughs, conceding with a nod.
Charlie: Ha, yeah. I guess it is. Thanks.
Yindra: You’re welcome.
Charlie: So do you? Rehearse your phone calls?
Yindra: I know I acted like I was so surprised by your answer, but uh, yeah. Not all of them, but I’ll usually talk through what exactly I’m intending to say before I dial.
Charlie: So you do get it.
Yindra: I don’t actually write it down, but yeah. It’s just something about the phone, man. Like I could have the same convo with someone in person and over the phone, and the phone would be one-hundred times harder.
Charlie: For real. I know exactly what you mean.
Yindra: So like, if you’re ever gonna call me -- which based on this conversation, I don’t suspect you will be much -- text me first. Else you will not be hearing from me. Sorry to say.
Charlie laughs harder, Yindra shrugging her shoulders cheekily. It’s the truth (and relatable truth at that). Once the chuckles die down, Charlie admits that wasn’t the worst thing in the world. And it is nice to get to know more about Yindra -- he probably wouldn’t have predicted that she also preps her phone calls, since she comes off so confident.
Yindra: See? Already learning something new about each other. Magic of the New York Times…
And there could be more where that came from… if they decide to take the dive. If they’re going to do it, too, they need to commit. They can’t just half-ass this and skip around only where they’re comfortable. They’re already pushing their comfort zone on this trip, together and individually, so this is just another realm of that challenge.
Charlie is hesitant, as is his nature, but he’s curious too. He spent all this time going off to find himself, to become more secure in who he is. What he thinks, what he feels, the things he might want to say. This is as good a test as any as to whether he can actually stomach carrying that home with him, especially considering Yindra is probably the least threatening trial run partner he could have.
Yindra: We can code of silence it too. Like -- we’re near Vegas, right?
Charlie: That was about 120 miles ago, but close enough.
Yindra: Whatever. What happens in Vegas stays in Vegas, and what happens on this trip stays on this trip. Anything we share with each other, that’s just between us. We can trust that the other person isn’t going to turn around and blab about it to the world.
Charlie: Okay… I can work with that. But are there any safe words?
Yindra: We’re so lucky my dad is not listening to this.
Charlie: Sorry, I didn’t mean it like that -- I just mean like, is this no holds barred? Do we have to answer every question? Even though we don’t know what they are?
Yindra: In the spirit of the exercise, I think yes. But we’re both on the hook here -- answer for answer. We won’t hedge or hem or haw. Just authentic, total honesty.
Talk about a leap of faith… it’s not that Charlie doesn’t trust her, but what she’s suggesting is basically what he spent nineteen years desperately avoiding. Yindra senses his apprehension, offering a consolation as to not ruin the whole trip prematurely.
Yindra: Okay, amendment. We won’t hem or haw -- with one exception. We get one get out of jail free card, where we can pass on any question once. No questions asked. You can use it whenever you want, but choose wisely, because you only get to do it once.
Okay, spicy… but reassuring. Fun, but with an escape hatch. And Charlie does want to try it, to bond with Yindra, and the high expectations of it are honestly part of the fun. He’s coming around, so Yindra puts it out there one more time.
Yindra: Do we have a deal? Are you ready to fall in love, Charlie Gardner?
She holds her hand out one more time, this one feeling much more loaded than the first. Charlie eyes it, standing on the precipice… then he meets her eyes, a slight smirk gracing his lips.
He clasps her hand in his definitively, just as the folksy guitar intro kicks up --
EXT. OPEN ROAD - DAY
Song Cue ♫ ♪ “Two Of Us” as performed by The Beatles || Instrumental
Nothing sets the mood for a travel montage better than this Beatles classic, and it fits particularly well for our two wandering travelers. The acoustic, banjo-like tune lends itself well to the scenery of middle America, underscoring a pleasant sequence of snapshots from the first part of the journey.
This includes glimpses of Charlie and Yindra at some of the stops they planned for on the map -- the Grand Canyon, Capitol Reef National Park, art installations in Denver and nightlife peppered throughout the cities they pass through. Charlie takes plenty of pictures of Yindra looking cute and fashionable, and she manages to pull him into some with her (including a couple of adorable selfies). As they traverse their way along, the map superimposes over the screen, showing their progress acrossing the country.
In the meantime between stops, we also watch them continue to have conversations and make their way through the questions from the article. They talk as they walk along sights, on the road, over meals and as they’re getting ready for bed at hotels. Sometimes the discussion is lively, full of laughter and jokes and heated opinions (mainly from Yindra); other times it’s more muted, pensive and considerate and allowing room for thoughtful contemplation (mainly from Charlie).
Ultimately, though, they loosen up. Talking gets easier as the trip rolls along, some of that inexplicable enchantment of traveling together letting the walls fall down quicker than they might otherwise.
As the last chorus peters into the fading outro, Charlie and Yindra jog back to their car from the latest stop. Charlie pulls open the passenger side door for Yindra and she playfully thanks him, dropping into the passenger seat. Charlie closes the door and then heads back to the driver’s seat.
The car pulls away and back onto the road, driving into the horizon towards the east coast as Lennon’s whistling takes us into the sunset.
INT. MISSOURI DINER - DAY
Rain pelts the windows of a cozy local diner, crowded with patrons hoping to escape the downpour for a couple hours. That includes Yindra and Charlie, who are enjoying lunch and continuing their long, ongoing conversation while they wait for the rain to die down. Music plays from old-style 50’s jukeboxes. The diner seems mostly populated with diners of color, indicating that this a safe harbor of sorts in the uncertain zone that is the midwest.
Charlie is definitely enjoying the food, commenting on how good the fries are. Yindra watches him eat in amusement, remarking on his truly bizarre love of junk food considering how fit and health-conscious he is. He shrugs innocently, biting into another fry.
Charlie: The heart wants what it wants.
Yindra: The heart probably doesn’t want to die of clogged arteries. But I suppose all the dancing helps take care of that.
Charlie: You’ve cracked the code.
Yindra: Is that your plan for God, too? If he’s as vengeful as all the hardcore zealots think, when you get up there for judgment day and he asks you why you decided to be a gay little sinner, are you gonna shrug and tell him the heart wants what it wants?
Charlie: If God is really as vengeful as my mom believes he is, then I’m not even making it to the doorstep of Heaven to be asked that question.
Oof. But you got ‘em there. Yindra feigns swiping a tear from her eyes and then figures that’s as good a transition as any into more deep philosophical falling-in-love questions. She pulls up the article on her phone and clears her throat.
Yindra: Okay. Tell me this, Charlie darling -- “what do you most value in a friendship?”
Charlie: Wow. That’s a hard one.
Yindra: I don’t know, I don’t think so. I’ve got a pretty immediate answer in my head.
Charlie: Go on, then.
Yindra: For me, it’s authenticity. Or like, realness. I need to know that my friends are gonna take me as I am, no cap, and that we’re gonna be in it for the good and the bad.
Charlie: Hm. That’s true. That’s a good one.
Yindra: Like, take me and Zay for example. Best friends. Ride or die. I’d kill a man for him, and I know he’d do the same for me. But we also drive each other nuts and are ready at a hair trigger’s notice to call each other out if the other person is being a bitch. I need that kind of realness in my life. I feel like true friendship comes from knowing someone so well, you know when they need to hear something they maybe don’t wanna hear. Or that you know them well enough to build them back up, too. Me, Zay, and Nigel, that’s why we’re as tight as we are. We know we’ve got each other’s backs always, but we’re not afraid to call it like it is.
Charlie: I definitely could’ve used more of that in the past. I might’ve melted or evaporated, sure, but it probably would’ve been good for me.
Yindra: Sorry we weren’t better friends sooner, I could’ve helped you out.
Charlie: No doubt you would have.
Yindra: Oh, and they need to be able to be down for a good adventure. Doesn’t have to be wild and crazy, but I like fun in my life. Okay, your turn.
Charlie: I think mine is kind of similar to yours. But less… um, feisty.
Yindra: Fire and water, babe. But go on.
Charlie: Basically I think… the thing I need most in a friendship is trust. Or like… I guess, acceptance and trust, which kind of go hand-in-hand. I think that’s partially because of like… well, everything about my life --
Yindra: Understandable.
Charlie: But also just because I feel like you need space to grow in a friendship. I spent so much of my life having these hollow friendships because I felt like I couldn’t be myself, because if I was myself and that didn’t… track right, wasn’t what people wanted, then I would get dropped. And I still have those kind of doubts -- about like, being disposable and stuff, like everyone just forgetting about me when I’m not around --
Yindra: Not possible. Mostly because you’re one of the most delightfully weird people I’ve ever known.
Charlie: Gee, thank you so much. [ off her blown kiss ] But like… I think it was really important for me to realize that friendship could be unconditional. Like, not that people will let you get away with bullshit -- good friends call you out when needed, like you said -- but that I could be imperfect, or flawed, or fuck up, and that wouldn’t change how they saw me. And I could explore new thoughts, express complicated feelings, without immediate judgment. True friendship is… safety, I guess. A safe space.
Yindra: Right… yeah, I see that. Completely.
Charlie: Zay was kind of the first friend I really had who fit that description. Then Riley. They were also the first two who I came out to, so I guess that all kind of ties together, but… [ with a fond smile ] I don’t know who I’d be now if I hadn’t had the chance to have that realization. What friendship -- any relationship, really -- is supposed to be about. So yeah.
Whether the two of them are going to end up that way remains to be seen, but they seem to be on a good track considering all the open honesty they’re sharing on the road. Yindra figures the true test will be whenever one of them needs to have their bullshit checked, which makes Charlie laugh. Hopefully, that won’t be necessary for a while.
Yindra scrolls through the next couple of questions, starting to comment on one of the next ones -- “alternate sharing something you consider a positive characteristic of your partner” -- when a new song comes on over the jukebox. The opening guitar riff is instantly familiar, and Yindra excitedly turns it up at their table.
Yindra: Oh my God, I love this song.
Charlie: It is a classic.
Yindra: And isn’t it so fitting -- it’s gonna answer the next questions for me.
Charlie: What do you mean?
Yindra gives him a mischievous grin, wiggling her eyebrows as the music really kicks up. As he should very well know, she’s no stranger to grooving it up in a diner…
Song Cue ♫ ♪ “What I Like About You” as performed by The Romantics || Performed by Yindra Amino (feat. Charlie Gardner)
Yindra starts her little serenade playfully, singing along to the jukebox at their table. At first, Charlie is bashful, shushing her and looking around them to make sure they’re not disturbing anyone else. But that just revs Yindra up more, encouraging her theatrics.
Lucky for them, the magic of AMBITION is in play, so the other diner patrons and workers don’t mind the performance. In fact, they’re into it, smiling towards Yindra as she kicks things off. And how can you blame them, considering the classic rock tune is undeniably infectious and basically begs you to get up and dance along?
And lucky for Yindra, Charlie is a much more adventurous partner than he’s been in the past. He’s grooved in underground European clubs and climbed mountains -- what’s a bit of fun in a middle of nowhere diner? So when Yindra takes his hand on the chorus and pulls him up from the booth, he doesn’t fight her, letting her tug him to the center of the diner to take center stage. When she sings “you really know how to dance,” he cracks up, before the two of them launch into a handful of energetic synced dance moves perfectly in tune with the vibes.
As the song progresses to the bridge, they split up to get the other diner folks into it, spreading the AMBITION spell. It’s impossible not to be taken with Yindra’s sheer showmanship, and all the ladies young and old are charmed by Charlie’s endearing ingenuity. Before long, most everyone is grooving along, and the harmonica solo is played by the cook from behind the counter. It’s a straight-up good time all around -- and if you aren’t dancing yet, well, what are you waiting for?
Rolling back to the final verse, Yindra is helped onto the counter, where she points to Charlie who has jumped up on the other side. They make their way towards each other over the course of the lines, barreling towards the final round of choruses, keeping the energy going all the way to the end. They dance together at the center through to the end, their choreography playfully flirtatious and only convincing if you didn’t know they’re both gay as hell.
But it’s damningly adorable, and by far the most fun anyone seems to be having this Thanksgiving season so far. Charlie teasingly whispers the final “that’s what I like about yous,” making Yindra laugh, then he spins her under his arm. The two of them lead the rest of the diner through the final “heys,” finishing with a flourish with their arms around each other. Yindra tosses a hand in the air, true diva style, both their smiles effortlessly bright.
EXT. MISSOURI DINER - DAY
Yindra and Charlie have relocated outside now that the rain has cleared, sitting together on the roof of the rental car. They’re having milkshakes to-go, complimentary from the wait staff after their enjoyable little performance.
Yindra: What flavor did you get?
Charlie: Vanilla. [ a beat ] I can practically hear the joke forming in your head.
Yindra: No idea what you’re talking about. It’s not taking everything in me to not be predictable and make a joke.
Charlie: Anyway, it’s good. You can’t go wrong with vanilla. How about yours?
Yindra: “Baker’s Delight.” Kind of a cookie dough, cake batter, brownie type vibe.
Charlie: All in one? Sugar to the max.
Yindra: Just like me. Here, want to try a little?
Charlie: Hope you mean the milkshake.
Yindra rolls her eyes, but she can’t help but smile -- their banter is getting good! Charlie accepts the offer to try a little bit, humming in approval. Very sweet, no doubt about that, but still good.
Yindra: Okay. You ready for the next one?
Charlie: As I’ll ever be.
Yindra pulls out her phone, opening the screenshot of the article and going for the next question. She hesitates at first, signaling it’s not as easy-breezy as some of the ones before.
Yindra: They’re going for a heavy-hitter here. “What is your most terrible memory?”
Charlie: [ exhaling through his lips ] Gosh.
Yindra: Yeah. To be fair, we’re halfway there, so --
Charlie: Whoa, living on a prayer?
Yindra points to him in acknowledgement, appreciating the layered quip. That, and the longer they goof off, the longer they don’t have to touch the tough stuff…
Yindra: So are we doing this? Or is this where we chicken out and call it quits?
Charlie: No, no. We should try. We made it this far. You want to take the first stab?
It doesn’t really seem like she does… which is intriguing, considering she’s been a relatively open book thus far. After a moment of silence, she shrugs, focusing on stirring her milkshake with her straw.
Yindra: I don’t have one.
Charlie: What? [ shaking his head ] You’re kidding.
Yindra: Nope. Can’t think of one.
Charlie: You don’t have any bad memories? None at all.
Yindra: I mean, I’m sure I do, but not enough to stick in my mind. I try to be a positive person, you know, not dwell on the hard times. Usually, that does me many favors.
Charlie: I bet. Wish that were me.
No, unfortunately, Charlie has too many tough memories to spare. It’s almost hard to decide which one to go with… except it isn’t. Based on the way his expression grows clouded, brow furrowed slightly, it’s clear his mind had no trouble landing on the answer.
Yindra: Hard to remember?
Charlie: No. No, it’s just… um… [ clearing his throat, then chuckling ] I’m trying to figure out how to even…
Where to begin. Yindra waits patiently, curious but not planning to push. Even though they’re playing this game together, she knows their participation is optional. She’s not going to force him to say anything he doesn’t want to say, particularly considering he’s yet to question her.
Charlie: It’s kind of weird because… it’s a bit all -- it’s kind of twisted around in my head. The memories. Because this experience was bad. Really bad. But it was also -- it came on the heels of something good. Or maybe not good, necessarily, but not bad. Definitely not bad. Just… complicated. [ a beat ] It’s hard to explain how something can be right and so wrong at the same time.
Now he’s really got Yindra’s curiosity piqued. She has no clue what he could possibly be talking about, and that description doesn’t narrow it down any further.
Charlie doesn’t seem to be thinking about clarity, though -- he’s melancholic, lost in his own head even as he thinks out loud. It’s impressive how fast the mood of the day can turn, much of the energetic levity from earlier leeched away in an instant.
Yindra: What happened?
Charlie: It was -- a couple of years ago… [ with hesitation ] I hurt someone. Someone that I love. It wasn’t intentional, I didn’t want to, but… I made a bad choice. A selfish one. And it was doubly fucked up because I hurt them in a moment we were particularly vulnerable, in the exact time it would hurt the most.
Yindra: … well, if it was an accident…
Charlie: But I knew. I knew it wasn’t right. I tried to convince myself -- or, honestly, I don’t really know what I knew. If I knew then, or if I feel like I did because of what I know now. But when I think back to that moment, that time, it’s just too -- [ with difficulty ] I hurt someone I really care about because I was selfish. And the thing is, I don’t know if… I don’t know if I’m ever going to be able to fix it. Not really.
He has Yindra totally mesmerized. Although the emotion is coming from a heavy place, when Charlie is as authentic as he is now, he has a unique magnetism. The same spark that makes his performances so captivating -- when he actually expresses himself.
Yindra: [ quietly ] What did you do?
The moment is held in suspense… but Charlie shakes his head, closing his eyes. It doesn’t feel right to share the details -- because they’re not just his, because they’re so intimate… and because it’s simply too hard. Thinking back on it, realizing how much he dreads the reality that he may never be able to make up for his choice, is more painful than he expected.
Charlie: I can’t. [ swallowing ] I’m sorry, Yindra, I can’t talk about it.
She doesn’t see why he’s apologizing, when he already shared way more than she probably would have. She gently places a hand on his knee next to hers.
Yindra: All good. You do have a pass, too, you know.
Charlie: [ with a weak laugh ] Yeah, yeah that’s true. Guess I should use mine here.
Yindra: You don’t have to.
Charlie: No, I’m playing by the rules. I’m good at that. [ with a sigh ] But I can give you another terrible memory, if that’ll soften the blow.
Yindra: I mean, by all means, I’m an eager listener. Though not sure I should be pleased with the fact that you have more than one terrible memory on tap.
Charlie: Tip of the iceberg. [ after a beat ] So you remember my sister Agatha.
Yindra: The one who got married.
Charlie: Yeah. Well, that wedding is what I’m thinking of. Not the whole thing -- it was a great ceremony. And I knew that she would be happy. Her husband, John, is kind of a lot, but not in a bad way. He’s supportive, and adores her, and they make each other happy. It was a nice wedding. It should have been perfect.
Yindra: If you’re saying “should have” …
Charlie: [ after a beat ] Yeah. Given everything with my family, the way things were… or are, I guess -- Bridgette wasn’t there. Bridgette didn’t get to go to the wedding. To be honest, now that I think about it, I don’t even know if Agatha invited her. I don’t know if she thought she could. We didn’t talk about it. We’ve never talked about it. [ a beat ] That day, we didn’t talk about it. All of us were acting like it was normal, like it was fine. And I guess I probably would’ve just kept that feeling to myself, that it was wrong she wasn’t there… but I found Agatha crying during the reception. Figured out even if we weren’t saying it, she felt the same way.
Yindra: Jesus…
Charlie: So yeah, seeing my sister cry on her wedding day… ranks pretty high. Especially because I was already all over the place that day because watching them get married was a pretty solid reminder of how that was never gonna happen for me, so it was --
Charlie makes a frazzled noise, shaking his head to shake off the melancholy. Yindra doesn’t know what to say… but maybe the point isn’t to know what to say. Maybe the point is just to hear him, to listen, and let that color her understanding of him a little deeper.
So she offers him an exit ramp instead, gracefully changing the subject.
Yindra: Can I try some of the vanilla, actually? I’m curious.
Charlie laughs, tacitly grateful for the life vest out of heavy waters. He hands her his shake, allowing her to take a sip. She hums.
Yindra: OMG, that is good.
Charlie: Sometimes, simple is all you need.
INT. HOTEL ROOM - NIGHT
Yindra checks her phone at the hotel they’ve settled at for the night, having pulled it from her bag to charge it. She’s frozen staring at the lock screen, where two missed calls and a text from her dad are beckoning for her to address them. Based on the preview, he wants her to call him as soon as she gets the text, because they clearly need to talk -- which she received hours ago.
She feels bad having left him without warning like that, even with the note and assurance she wasn’t alone. But she can’t face him right now. She manages a text just to confirm she’s all right, but doesn’t guarantee a call back, although that just leaves her feeling all the more icky.
She snaps out of it though when Charlie returns to the room with the ice bucket and the couple of drinks he got from the vending machine. They didn’t have exactly what she wanted, but they had the next best equivalent, which Yindra promises him is fine. She takes them from him and sticks them in the mini-fridge, then turns around to find Charlie searching the small linen compartment.
Yindra: What are you doing?
Charlie: Looking for a blanket. I’ll set up on the floor, since there’s only one --
Only one bed. Yeah, wasn’t their ideal arrangement, but when you change plans so suddenly… but Yindra doesn’t see what the big deal is. It’s not like they’re the perfect match in a cheesy fanfiction.
Yindra: Don’t be ridiculous. We can share.
Charlie: No, seriously, I’m good. Like I said before, I’ve slept in weirder places the last few months.
Yindra: You’re the most annoyingly polite person I’ve ever met, my God. You do not have to sleep on the floor, please.
Charlie: I don’t mind. Genuinely. If it keeps things from being --
Yindra: Charlie. Read my lips: we’re gay. There is literally nothing nefarious about the two of us sharing a bed. You are probably honestly any parent’s dream candidate to be stuck in a one-bedroom hotel with their daughter. Particularly because I think even if for some bizarre reason you decided you had the urge to take advantage of me, the mere thought would make your good little heart burst into flames and kill you.
Okay, okay, he gets it. Not to mention, as Yindra points out, she’s had plenty of sleepovers with Zay and Nigel before. She knows he’s had some with Haley and Clarissa. Literally, there is absolutely nothing edgy about this. He still seems reluctant, just based on years of deeply ingrained societal standards, but he raises his hands in surrender.
Charlie: All right, fine. Fine. Let the record show I tried, though.
Yindra: And let the record also show that I kept both of us from a fiery death when you inevitably doze off behind the wheel from sleeping on the floor all night. You’re welcome.
The two of them get ready for bed, Yindra climbing under the covers while Charlie finishes settling in. Once he’s just about done, starting to pull his shirt off, he hesitates, causing Yindra to give him a playfully disdainful look. Does he truly second-guess everything he does?
Charlie: I usually don’t sleep with -- is that okay? If I’m --
Yindra: Charlie. I am physically and psychologically not attracted to you and your smoking dancer body. You being shirtless is not going to turn off the lesbian in me and make me suddenly want to bone you. The risk of kiss is below zero. [ pointedly ] Especially after the first one.
Charlie laughs sheepishly.
Charlie: I’m never going to live that down, am I?
Yindra: No. But in this case, Monsieur Marius, you should allow it to bring you peace. Now take your shirt off and get into bed with me.
Well, if she insists. Charlie pulls off his tee so he’s just in his necklace and sweatpants while Yindra reaches over to turn off the light. Charlie joins her on the bed, but maintains some level of boundaries between them by staying on top of the blankets rather than under them. Yindra side-eyes him but doesn’t comment -- at this point, it’s not worth the argument. Self-sacrificing is in his blood, it seems.
They exchange good nights and go quiet, Charlie turning on his side towards the wall while Yindra stays staring at the ceiling. For a few moments, silence reigns…
Yindra: Charlie?
Charlie: Yeah?
Yindra: Thanks for letting me come with you. Changing all your plans for me, and stuff.
Charlie rolls back onto his back, giving her a light smile next to him through the dark.
Charlie: Sure. It’s been fun. Well, mostly. I don’t know if I’d call the morose New York Times questions fun, per se, but I don’t mind a bit of introspection.
Yindra: Based on your compulsive journaling? I never would’ve guessed that… [ turning to face him ] And thanks for what you said today. Sharing all that stuff about your sisters and your hard memories with me. I’m sure… I know it wasn’t easy.
No, maybe not… but he isn’t upset he did. It feels nice, digging through these questions, getting to practice that muscle of verbalizing his thoughts. And to get to learn more about her -- for them to be able to work on the vulnerability together and ideally, form a more solid friendship at the same time.
Charlie: I’m glad you suggested it. I was wary at first but… I think it’s good. And it’s cool, knowing I can talk about these things with you.
Yindra, softly: Safe space.
Right. Exactly like he said… Charlie mirrors her gentle smile.
Charlie: Goodnight, Yindra.
Yindra: Night, Charlie.
Charlie lets his eyes drift closed. Yindra lays there for a beat longer, contemplative… then she sits up, adjusting the blankets so that the comforter is no longer over her. She folds it back in his direction, draping it over him and ensuring he gets some cover too. Charlie doesn’t open his eyes, but he smiles.
EXT. MAP - DAY
The map graphic from before returns, continuing to track the route back across the country. As they make it to the east coast, a handful of new Polaroids join the map, capturing glimpses of what those next legs of the travel were like. When it rolls to a stop in Virginia, just south of D.C….
INT. VIRGINIA DINER - DAY
Yindra and Charlie are finishing up breakfast, gearing up for the remainder of their trip northbound. They’re closing in on the final stretch, which means they’ve got unfinished business to attend to -- no time to waste! Charlie finishes chewing, then picks up Yindra’s phone with the list.
Charlie: Okay. Ready?
Yindra: Always ready, baby. Oh, wait -- [ stealing a breakfast potato off his plate with her fork and popping it in her mouth ] Mm. Okay, now I’m ready.
Charlie: “How close and warm is your family? Do you feel your childhood was happier than most other people’s?”
Yindra: Hm. I’d say yeah, obviously.
Charlie: Me too. At least, that’s my instinct, but maybe it’s not that simple.
Yindra: I guess… I mean, I don’t know if you noticed, but the people in our class? Fucked. There were so many fucked up family situations in the A class it was like impossible to keep track of.
Charlie: Yeah. Yeah, that’s true.
Yindra: Like Riley with her insane bitter parents, and Chai with her infidelity dad, to say nothing of the De La Cruz saga. And Friar… [ shuddering a bit ] It just feels like when that’s like right there in front of us, when I know that shit’s going on, I really don’t have anything to complain about.
Charlie: For sure. And I always felt that way, too, or it just never really occurred to me to wonder if… if it was supposed to be different. You know? I love my family. They’re the most important thing in my life, and I’ve always felt like I belonged to it. I definitely didn’t have the angst going on to stress over that our peers did.
Yindra: … but? I sense a but.
Charlie: But… recently that’s what I’ve been trying to figure out. Last couple years. Like -- how true is that warmth I feel? Is that actually love, or… or some specific version of it that I just never bothered to question because I didn’t know any better? And I don’t want to come off ungrateful, because like I said, I love my family. I know they love me. It’s not that I have that in question. It’s just… that idea of was my childhood happier? Yes, undoubtedly. I had shelter, I had support, we had means. But then sometimes… I don’t know. It’s hard to articulate.
Yindra: I think I get what you mean. Obviously, my situation is different than yours, but I kind of get it. Like… we’re fortunate, in the grand scheme of things. We’ve got parents that support us. Take care of us, don’t put us in harm’s way or neglect us. They love us unconditionally.
Charlie: … yeah. Right, yeah.
Yindra: But that doesn’t mean it’s perfect. Being better than somebody else’s childhood doesn’t necessarily mean… no, yeah, it’s complicated. But I get what you mean.
Charlie: Not exactly answering the question, but we’re trying our best.
Yindra: What do you think tipped you off to those feelings? Or the doubt? For me it was obviously my parents divorcing, but that doesn’t apply for you. So I’m just wondering.
Charlie: Um… honestly, I think it was just like, seeing other people. 
Yindra: Other families?
Charlie: Yeah. Just other ways of -- you know, I spent most of my childhood in the relatively contained shelter of my church community. We did Catholic school, all the families had their kids do the same extracurriculars and hobbies. Like the friends that I did martial arts with for seven years are the same kids I was in bible study with and school for all that time. So my breadth of samples was pretty… and everyone there was the same. You know? Basically everyone had a family structure or dynamic just like mine. That’s how it felt, at least. I mean, we had poorer income brackets at our church, sometimes, and we were wonderful to them at service. But I never saw them outside church -- my mom wasn’t setting up playdates.
Yindra: Right.
Charlie: So then when I went to Adams -- I mean, it sounds insane, and probably explains why I sound like a martian from planet wah most of the time, but like, Triple A was the first time I was exposed to all these, just… different ways of being. As individuals, but the families, too. You know, when you’d see everyone’s family roll up or not roll up to performances, it would show you so much in just a few moments. Like Dylan with his family -- I remember the first time in freshman year when I realized Dylan’s mom was dead and he was being raised by a single dad, I thought like wow, I would hate to be in that situation. I thought I should pity him. But he is so happy --
Yindra: Well, I think part of that is just Dylan Orlando.
Charlie: Maybe, but when I saw him with his dad after shows, it was just like, they sure don’t look like I should pity them. They seem perfectly fine, content, with the way things are. And they looked warm -- you could just tell how much Dylan loved his dad, he wasn’t shy about it, and his dad was so proud of him. And that -- that just kind of -- it took me a long time to think about why that struck me so much. And I think it’s because when I really think about it, when I put it under the light, I don’t know if people would say the same about me and my dad. Even though I love my dad, and I know he loves me. We’re not warm like that, not in the same way. And I think that was the first time I kind of realized that maybe what I had with my family wasn’t the best you could ask for.
Given how much he just spilled out now, it’s evident Charlie has spent ample time ruminating on this. And he’s still chewing on it -- this conversation certainly doesn’t end the examination in his head. If he’s being honest, he knows being so close to home, it’s likely just getting started for real.
Yindra doesn’t have quite the same experience, since she never necessarily believed her family was the end-all-be-all of healthy dynamics. But she appreciates what he’s saying, and it’s weird to think that so many different factors go into determining what each individual determines is needed for an ideal relationship -- of any nature.
The next question doesn’t spare them, continuing on the same thread.
Yindra: “How do you feel about your relationship with your mother?” [ with a sigh ] Damn --
Charlie, in unison: Dang…
They chuckle at their unintentional jinx, then Yindra gestures for Charlie to go on.
Charlie: It’s… um, yeah. That’s a hefty one.
Yindra: Sure is.
In some ways, for how good he’s been doing so far, it may be the one question he can’t answer properly. Not for lack of trying, but it’s like his brain just stops functioning.
Charlie: It’s -- I mean -- no, it’s good. It’s always been a little -- my mom loves me. Like, a lot. At the risk of sounding presumptuous, I know I’m her favorite child. Like, she loves me.
Yindra: Wow. Sounds like a lot of pressure.
Charlie: Well… yeah, exactly. So it’s like… I know she loves me. And I love her. And she’s given me so much, you know, always made sure I had the best and was set up for success as much as she possibly could. She believes I’m capable of great things, and she wants that for me, and she spares no expense to make sure I get what I need. I know she goes to the end of the earth in that regard, and I’m grateful for it. [ a beat ] I’m just not sure if we are on the same page about what I need. Or if we ever were.
Yindra: Yeah. Damn.
Charlie: But like, most of that is on me. Because I haven’t… I’m not good at communicating that to her. I haven’t been honest with her, so she couldn’t -- I can’t expect her to know. You know? [ a beat, then quickly ] So, yeah, that’s how I’d answer. How about you?
Yindra: I would agree that my mom loves me. And I know she does. My mom is a really extraordinary, giving person, you know, doing the whole traveling aid thing. She is so passionate about her work, and it’s helping so many people. But, um… I think there’s a bit of disconnect there. Because of that. Because she’s always out there, doing the thing, and not here with me.
Charlie: Yeah. I totally get that. Even just being away for six months has felt kind of… yeah.
Yindra: It’s just a lot harder to keep the foundation in place, with all that distance. If that makes sense. And it’s not like I feel like she doesn’t care about me, because I know she does -- she is always on time with shared childcare payments. She’s never missed a birthday, always calls me at the exact same time to talk to me on holidays. She cares, in her way. And I know she’s… she’s a good person. I believe she’s a good person, a loving person. [ a beat ] Sometimes I just --
They’re interrupted when Yindra’s phone rings, vibrating loudly on the table. Both of them jump, ripped out of the moment. Yindra hesitates, dreading it might be from her dad again, but she’s confused when she sees Nigel’s name lighting up the screen.
Yindra: It’s Nigel. I should probably take this -- as we discussed, he rarely talks on the phone, so if he’s calling me…
Charlie: Oh, please. By all means. Do what you gotta do.
Yindra nods and picks up, immediately sensing something is not quite right with Nigel. She gives Charlie an apologetic smile and gets up from the table to hear better, Charlie waving her along as an assurance that it’s all right.
Yindra: [ as she’s walking away ] Whoa, whoa. Back up and say that again…
Once he’s alone, Charlie decides to make a call of his own. Something about the conversation struck a nerve, and considering he’s so close to home at this point, it feels like as good a time as any. He dials the contact for Eleanor, pressing the phone to his ear and tapping his fingers restlessly on the tabletop.
It goes to voicemail. Charlie frowns, glancing at his home screen -- he doesn’t think she should be particularly busy right now. Of course, life is life, and people have stuff going on beyond him. It’s not like he expects everyone from home to be at his beck and call.
Still, he can’t let it go. He dials another number instead, tapping fingers picking up in tempo…
INT. GARDNER HOME - LIVING ROOM - DAY
DAISY GARDNER is sitting in the armchair, doing homework with noise-canceling headset on. In the background, ELEANOR GARDNER is getting an early start on preparing dinner, scolding Skippy for begging at her feet but otherwise enjoying listening to Fox News playing on the TV in the living room.
Thankfully, Daisy sees her phone light up with the call since she can’t hear it. She makes a face and pauses her music, pulling down the headset and answering.
Daisy: Hello?
The scene intercuts with Charlie at the diner, who seems glad she picked up. She’s less cheerful, mildly irritable at being disrupted from her focus. Isn’t she going to see him in like two days anyway? Is a call really necessary?
Charlie: No, yeah, for sure. I just wanted to -- is mom okay? Is she busy with a church thing, or something?
Daisy frowns, like what a weird question, before glancing over her shoulder to confirm. No, mom is still there, doing what she usually does and pointedly not busy -- if mothering doesn’t count as busy.
Daisy: No? She’s fine. She’s right here. I think she’s making pot roast, so that’s a whole ordeal, but.
Charlie: Oh.
A sinking feeling settles in Charlie’s stomach. He doesn’t know why, but something about this information feels like it’s confirmation, but of what he couldn’t say. He can’t really grasp how he’s feeling about it -- the idea that his mom is right there by her phone, likely able to see that he called, and simply didn’t pick up.
Daisy: Do you need her? She’s right here, I can get her --
Charlie: No. No, I’m -- no worries. I was just curious. [ a beat ] Tell her I miss her, and that I can’t wait to see her. All of you.
Daisy: Okay? Sure. See you soon.
Charlie: Yeah. Yeah, see you soon. Bye.
Daisy hangs up without fanfare, leaving Charlie back in the silence on the other end. He places his phone down on the table, trying to understand what about that moment felt so wrong.
Eleanor loves him. He knows she does. Didn’t he just spend minutes explaining exactly how much?
Yindra, pre-lap: “When did you last cry in front of another person? By yourself?”
INT. RENTAL CAR - MOVING - DAY
Charlie and Yindra are back on the road, driving into the setting sun towards the Northeast. At this question, Charlie scoffs a laugh.
Charlie: I have no way of answering that. It’s way too often. Yesterday, probably.
Yindra: Yesterday? I was with you all day yesterday.
Charlie: Not all day. There were gaps. Five minutes is all you need. Anyway, I’m not saying I did, but the likelihood is 50/50.
Yindra: No way. You’re serious?
Charlie: Honestly, you’re lucky I’m not crying right now. I’m such a crybaby it’s unreal.
Yindra: I genuinely never would’ve guessed that. You always seemed so put together and easy-going in class.
Charlie: I mean this in the least offensive way possible, and past me would be thrilled to hear that, but you were clearly not really paying attention to me.
Touché. Yindra raises her hands in surrender.
Charlie: But it’s not always for bad reasons. Like when you all wrote that graduation card for me that Lucas brought to me when you were in the U.K.? That made me cry. Like I literally am just a crybaby. The worst part of it is when I start to get choked up when I really don’t want to -- particularly in front of other people.
Yindra: Oh, big same. Crying in front of other people is like, please skin me alive. It would be less painful. But I don’t usually have that problem.
Charlie: I take it you’re not a crier, then.
Yindra: Not really? I mean, obviously, everyone has their moments. But yeah, I don’t do it much, for good or for bad. I guess I’m more hot-tempered, so I tend to get angry rather than sad like that, but it’s like… no yeah, I can’t even remember the last time. Not off the top of my head. I feel like if I’m crying, then I know something is seriously messed up.
Everybody copes differently. But bottom line, both of them agree, crying in front of someone is torture. Either they are truly at their wits end, or they have a serious amount of trust with that person to be willing to do that in front of them.
EXT. PICNIC TABLE - DAY
The sunset is gorgeous as Charlie and Yindra settle down for an early dinner, opting for the scenery of changing leaves at an outdoor park somewhere in lower Pennsylvania. Charlie is seated cross-legged on the tabletop, raising his head from the map when Yindra approaches with their food.
Charlie beams, thanking her for going to grab it while she settles down on the bench in front of him. He points towards the horizon behind her, causing her to turn and follow his gaze.
Charlie: See right there? Through the trees? There’s Manhattan.
Yindra: Ohh. Wow. How about that. [ a beat ] Am I supposed to be seeing anything right now?
Charlie laughs, shaking his head.
Charlie: Not literally. Like, you can’t see the Empire State Building or anything. But that’s where we’re headed. The horizon holds it all -- the horizon is home.
Yindra tilts her head, unable to hold back a smile.
Yindra: I love the way your mind works, Charlie Gardner.
He mirrors her smile. As they start to dig into their food, Yindra pulls up the questions, commenting that they’re nearing the end. End of the road, end of the questions -- out of thirty-six, they’ve made it to the bottom five. Time to get real.
Charlie: It wasn’t real before?
Yindra: Ahem. “If you were to die this evening with no opportunity to communicate with anyone, what would you most regret not having told someone? Why haven’t you told them yet?”
Jesus… the New York Times is not fucking around. Both of them go quiet, processing the heft of the question and contemplating what to say. For Charlie, it sort of feels like he once again has too many answers to fit the bill… but his fingers automatically drift to fiddle with the ring on the end of the chain around his neck. Yindra notices the subconscious move, getting a better look at the chain, but doesn’t comment on it.
Yindra: Any thoughts?
Charlie: Many. Too many.
Yindra: Classic, as I understand it.
Charlie: Yeah. [ a beat ] I guess I’d say… [ after a moment ] My mom. I think I should’ve told her. The truth about me.
Somehow, that doesn’t necessarily seem like what Charlie originally had in mind, but Yindra doesn’t push.
Yindra: Why haven’t you?
Charlie: You mean, aside from the obvious?
Yindra: [ with a light laugh ] Sorry. Yeah.
Charlie: I mean, it was fear for a long time. Like I said, the obvious. But… I don’t know. I guess it still feels weird, because… I mean, this is gonna be big. Earth-shattering. And it’s not that I don’t think we could weather that, I know she loves me. But it kind of already feels like the ground has shifted, and that was just from me going away for six months. I don’t know if… I want to stop feeling like I’m always going to be one step away from letting her down.
Oof. Yeah… Yindra takes a deep breath, nodding along.
Yindra: Well. This probably isn’t the most optimistic take, but there is a silver lining to that. [ off his hopeful look ] Whether or not it goes well or not -- should you choose to tell her -- that limbo will end. It has to end, one way or another. Maybe you disappoint her; maybe you don’t, and everything works out. But once the sword falls, that’s it. You’ll be free of the potential energy hanging over your head. That’ll be a relief, if nothing else.
Charlie: I guess that’s true. Thanks.
Yindra: So do you think you’re going to? Tell her?
Charlie thinks about it, ultimately landing on a shrug. He wants to -- he wants to find that closure. How, and when, remains a mystery. Unlike other words he’s left unspoken this long, he doesn’t have it all mapped out in his head as to how it should go.
Charlie: What about you?
Oh, now the spotlight is directed at her… Yindra hesitates, also clearly with an immediate answer in mind. But she merely shrugs, fiddling with a piece of her food container.
Yindra: Don’t have an answer.
Charlie: Seriously? Okay, now I know you’re lying to me. What happened to good faith playing the game?
Yindra: I’m not -- I don’t have anything to say. But you know what, if it makes you feel better, I’ll use my pass. We’re this close to the end, might as well utilize it anyway.
Charlie doesn’t look convinced by her excuse, but he’s not the pushy type either. If she’s not going to talk, he can’t make her.
INT. NEW JERSEY HOTEL - ROOM - NIGHT
It’ll catch up to her eventually anyway. While Charlie is in the shower, Yindra gets another call from her father. After ten days of ghosting him with no answer, the weight of her avoidance is starting to feel like the world on her shoulders.
So after a deep breath, she picks up.
Yindra: Hello?
Darius: Yindra? Jesus Christ, baby girl, where the hell have you been? I’ve been calling you non-stop all week.
Yindra: I know. Sorry, I know.
Well? What does she have to say for herself? Does she want to elaborate on her little goodbye note, that offered little to no explanation as to what’s going on? Yindra closes her eyes, chewing her lip while her dad rightfully chews her out on the other end of the line.
Darius: So not only was I worried out of my damn mind, thinking about calling the fucking cops -- really, the L.A. fucking cops -- but now you’re telling me you’re all the way in New Jersey? I mean, talk to me, Yindra, what the hell are you doing?
Yindra: I’m sorry. I don’t know, I’m sorry. I just -- I couldn’t be there. I had to get away for a minute. And Charlie, he was coming home --
There’s the freudian slip. Home. Both of them go silent for a long moment, letting that settle… Darius’s protective anger has abated, leaving concerned resignation in its place.
Darius: I don’t know what to say. Why didn’t you talk to me about this? How you were feeling?
Yindra: I don’t know. I… I couldn’t. I didn’t know how.
Darius: I mean, you know I believe you can do this. We packed up everything, came out here to make your dream a reality. I thought with the masked thing you went to --
Yindra, teary: I know. I’m sorry. I’m just -- I’m not sure.
About anything. That’s been the prevailing feeling all semester, when nothing seemed to go the way she wanted it. It’s not that she ever thought things would be easy, but…
But now she’s left Darius stranded, keeping him out of the loop. If she had talked to him, let him know her mixed feelings, they could’ve worked through it. They could have problem-solved it together. Now, she’s three-thousand miles away running from reality, and he’s stuck there paying the bills.
Darius: … look, your grandma knows you’re coming, so at least we’ve got that figured out. I’ll be there for Christmas, so we can talk about this then. But… we need to talk about this. We need to seriously talk about this.
Yindra: I understand.
Darius: And while I’m glad you’re okay… [ heavy ] I’m disappointed in you, Yindra. I don’t know what else to say.
Yindra’s eyes grow glossy, so she screws them shut. That’s exactly what she was running from this whole time, the thing she didn’t want to hear. Her father set aside everything, put all he had on the line to help her succeed. To help her achieve the dreams he never got to pursue in his own life, of creativity and passion and adventure.
And she let him down. This whole time, she’s done nothing but disappoint.
INT. NEW JERSEY HOTEL ROOM - LATER - NIGHT
Charlie emerges from the bathroom freshly showered, comfy sweatpants and plain white tee on.
Charlie: Okay, I’ve been giving it a lot of thought, and I have to ask -- who in their right mind would play this 36 questions game with someone they just met? Like, we’re different because we’re friends, former classmates and stuff, so we’ve got some foundational trust. Some context. And I know I’m like, a hyper-protective basket case, but I just can’t fathom anyone who would --
Charlie finally realizes no one is listening -- the room is empty. He looks around, confused and a bit concerned.
Charlie: Yindra?
EXT. NEW JERSEY HOTEL - CORRIDOR - NIGHT
Charlie quietly makes his way through the corridors, politely smiling at the few other guests he passes this late in the evening. But no familiar faces… not the one person he’s looking for…
Until he finds her.
EXT. NEW JERSEY HOTEL - POOL - NIGHT
Charlie approaches the pool side, vacant and somber this late into autumn in the dark of the night. Only not quite -- a familiar silhouette is seated on the edge, hunched over and softly sniffling to herself.
For a second, he hangs back, not sure if he should approach.
Yindra’s tears glisten on her face, shiny blue from the reflection of the pool lights. She tries her best to stifle her tears, but it’s not doing her a lot of good -- powerful emotion demands to be heard, demands to be felt. It feels particularly stifling, sitting there all alone…
She jumps slightly when she senses someone approaching, relieved to find it’s only Charlie. But the relief is fleeting -- she does her best to piece back together her confident persona, immediately stumbling through excuses to justify why he’s finding her like that and swiping at the tears on her face. This isn’t what it looks like. She just wanted some air. She was going to come back in a few minutes. He doesn’t have to wait around for her.
None of it makes much sense, but Charlie doesn’t need it to. He doesn’t need her excuses. He doesn’t say anything, simply sitting down on the pool’s edge next to her. Yindra holds it together as best as she can, lip trembling and breathing shaky but acting with all her might as if she doesn’t look one second from breaking down…
Then Charlie looks at her, natural empathy in his green eyes, and she crumbles.
Yindra: [ choking up and shaking her head ] I’m sorry. I’m sorry…
Charlie mirrors her head shake. No apologies necessary.
With that, Yindra fully breaks, descending into tears. Tears for the dad she left behind in disappointment; tears for the dreams still out of her reach that may die before she gets there. Tears for the frustration, the inadequacy, the loneliness and fear and all the secrets she held close to her vest even in a game of exposing their personal truths.
But she’s not alone. Not this time. Charlie gently places a hand on her knee, which becomes half a hug when Yindra scoots closer and leans into him to cry into his shoulder. He lets her sob without comment, without hesitation, draping an arm around her shoulders.
They stay that way for who knows how long, a vignette of safe familiarity in the dark, unfamiliar territory of the unknown.
EXT. NEW JERSEY HOTEL - BALCONY - DAY
The balcony outside their hotel room is pretty pathetic -- if you can call a tiny slab of concrete a balcony -- but damn it all if Charlie isn’t going to make the most out of it regardless. He’s seated on the wide railing and leaned back against the wall, watching the sunrise in the peaceful stillness of morning.
The screen door creaks open a few moments later, Yindra poking her head out. She gives him a sheepish smile, which he returns in earnest. It looks like sleep did her some good, though her eyes are puffy from the crying.
She comes to lean against the railing on the opposite side of the balcony, towel wrapped around her shoulders like a blanket for warmth… and maybe a bit of defense. She clears her throat.
Yindra: So… I lied.
Charlie raises his eyebrows. That so? 
Yindra: When I said I didn’t have a most terrible memory… that wasn’t true. You were playing the game so honestly, good little Catholic that you are, and I couldn’t even meet you halfway. Ironic, considering I’m supposed to be the confident, no-bullshit diva.
Charlie: There’s a lot of things we’re supposed to be. Rarely if ever are we all of them all the time. [ with a shrug ] It’s okay, Yindra. I wasn’t going to make you talk.
Yindra: I know you weren’t. Sweet jackass.
Charlie smiles. That’s a new one… Yindra takes a deep breath, steeling herself for vulnerability.
Yindra: When my parents were divorcing… I’m lucky, all things considered. I was younger at the time, like, twelve or so, so most of it went over my head. My parents tried, too, to make it easy on me. They put a lot of effort into keeping things amicable when I was around. Nothing like the nightmare Riley went through, far as I can tell. They did a good job of it. [ a beat ] Mostly.
It’s harder to talk about than Yindra expected. She takes another breath, hugging the towel closer to herself. Charlie waits patiently.
Yindra: My mom is a pragmatist. Through and through. I get some of that from her, and I think that’s what makes me as strong as I am. My dad is a badass, but he’s got a soft heart. My mom isn’t like that, and neither am I. We’re both warriors, fighters, in our own way. It’s a good thing, for me to have, I think… at least in this industry. Kind of weird for my mom, though, considering her work is so altruistic. But I guess that’s what makes her so good at it. She can stomach the hardships, realist with a heart of steel. [ a beat ] But she doesn’t get the artistic soul thing. Never did. For as kind and selfless as she can be, that never made sense to her. And she encouraged me, because I was her daughter and she wanted me to be happy, but she never would’ve let me pursue this if it were her choice. Logically, it just doesn’t make sense. On paper, there’s no good reason for someone to try and pursue this blistering, draining, thankless career. Sometimes, lately, I’ve been wondering if she was right.
Charlie frowns, shaking his head lightly. But he doesn’t interrupt, letting her work through the thought.
Yindra: I never saw those traits in my mom as a bad thing. If it weren’t for this one time, I don’t think I would now. I wanted to be like her so bad -- a badass. A life-changer. I didn’t see the other edge of the sword. [ a beat ] One night, my parents came home after a long meeting with the divorce lawyers. I was supposed to be asleep, but Lemonade had just dropped, and you know I stayed up all night looking for ways to stream it despite having no money to buy it on iTunes. I was not going to miss that. [ off his amused smile ] I was excited to tell them all about it, even if it meant a scolding for staying up late. Bey was one of those artists all of us could dig -- I figured we could all listen to it and share it. I was twelve, so like a dumbass, I figured… I don’t know, maybe it could fix things. As if it were as easy as music fixing things. I didn’t make that mistake again after that night.
As she timidly goes on to explain, her parents proceeded to get into an argument, and a vicious one at that. All of the vitriol they worked so hard to keep under wraps when she was around was on full display that night, albeit in hushed tones, but that somehow made it feel even more sharp. Barbs were exchanged; true colors came out. But what really struck Yindra was when her mother, cold and unforgiving as ever, tore Darius down for wasting all this time in his life chasing his artistic dreams that never went anywhere. She just eviscerated him in a second, taking him down with calculated words designed and curated to hurt.
Yindra: It wasn’t the worst thing a person could say. She didn’t cuss him out. She didn’t hit him. But she said exactly what she knew would take him down from the inside out -- she went for his passion. His heart. And I could feel the air go out from my dad’s lungs, even on the other side of the door. It felt that viscerally… I guess because in some ways, it felt like she was saying the same thing to me. Our dreams, our creative passions, so trivial, such a waste of time… [ closing her eyes for a beat ] That totally changed the way I saw my mom. She’s still a powerhouse; she’s a life-changer; she’s one of the kindest people I know. She’s admired by and inspired so many people. She’s an incredible woman. But I’ve also heard her… she broke my dad down, in one night. With one shot. She broke something in him, parts of his soul, and he’s still trying to piece them back together. I think that’s why… [ exhaling ] I think that’s why I have such a weird thing about commitment. Because I don’t… I don’t ever want to be in the position to be able to hurt someone like that. [ scrunching her face ] Except I kind of did, since I let my dad down too. So.
Charlie: Not like that. He’ll forgive you. 
Yindra: I hope so. I hope you’re right. But I was supposed to be the one who did it, you know? The one who proved it was worth it. That passion is worth it. Just hard to accept that I just… may not be good enough. [ a beat ] But that’s the other question, too, the one I wouldn’t answer. About things I wish I’d said. I’ve never told my mom about that night, that I heard what she said. And to be honest, I don’t think I ever will. But sometimes I wonder… I don’t know what it would do if I did, but maybe I’d feel better. Maybe that rock would finally get out of my chest where I’ve been carrying it for all these years. I don’t know.
Anyway, that’s her big secret. Sorry she made him wait so long to get the full picture. Charlie thanks her for telling him, even though she didn’t have to. He doesn’t have any advice, or brilliant words of wisdom, but he hears her and he empathizes. If she ever wants to talk about it again, or anything else, he’ll always be a willing ear.
Yindra: Thank you. [ with less strain ] So, how about you?
Charlie: What about me?
Yindra: How are you going to handle your unspoken words? Now that we’re almost at the end of the road?
Charlie: [ with a shrug ] I told you, I’m not sure. I don’t know if I’m going to --
Yindra: I’m not talking about your mom. I’m talking about your other answer; the one you chose not to tell me.
Charlie fumbles through playing dumb. What? What does she mean? But Yindra sees right through him, especially since he’s a terrible liar. She glances down at his chain, then tilts her head, quirking an eyebrow.
Yindra: How long have you had a thing for Zay?
Damn. Clocked with zero mercy. Charlie pauses, a million thoughts running through his head at once -- some old habits going into panic mode -- but they ebb remarkably fast. Safe space, after all…
Charlie: How did you know?
Yindra: [ nodding to the ring ] Recognized that little trinket, once I actually got a good look at it. Only noticed because you seem to fiddle with it a lot. Only knew it because Zay was so fucking annoying about that thing senior year, showing it off like King Solomon’s Seal or something.
Charlie cracks up, tilting his head back. Yeah, that sounds like Zay… and like she needed any further evidence, the fond smile on his face puts the writing in bold print on the wall. 
Yindra: It’s the way you talk about him, too. We talked about Zay so much on this trip, mutual friend and all that, and it was just like… you can hear it. It’s in your voice, every time he comes up. [ with a smile ] He’s all over you.
A couple of years ago, that knowledge would’ve sent Charlie into a full-blown panic. All the work that went into concealing it, all the sweat and tears and sleepless nights torn into pieces in his mind… but now, it just makes him smile.
It’s infectious. Yindra mimics his smile, inexplicably fond of his fondness… and dying to know what happens next.
Yindra: So? What are you going to do?
Charlie: Get home. Then… [ with a shrug ] tell the truth.
His nonchalant delivery doesn’t do any justice to how the mere prospect of it makes him buzz. Yindra obviously doesn’t know the full saga, but just based on what she knows now, she’s in full support. After all the practice they’ve done on this trip, hopefully it should be easy!
God willing.
EXT. NEW YORK STREETS - DAY
New York is seasonably chilly a couple of days before Thanksgiving, a surprisingly early snow falling over the streets of Manhattan. This is no bother to Charlie and Yindra, who are glad to be back in the cold concrete embrace of the city even with the objectively frigid weather. They’ve both got warm coats on, a sharp contrast from the ever-mild L.A. weather they left behind, Charlie in a soft baby blue peacoat while Yindra is rocking a fluffy faux fur.
They’ve dropped off the rental car and made it back to Yindra’s neighborhood by train, Charlie insisting on walking Yindra to the doorstep. He’s planning on walking back to the east side from here, which Yindra finds silly given the weather. But this is waltzing-in-the-rain boy she’s talking to -- she shouldn’t waste her breath.
Before they say goodbye, Yindra hums and pulls out her phone, remembering there’s one last item they need to complete from the article. It’s at the end, after all the questions have been covered… staring into each other’s eyes for four minutes.
Yindra: Game on, Gardner. Let’s do this.
Charlie plays along, blinking to get the snow out of his eyes and make sure they’re all ready for a stare off. They start off strong, holding each other’s gaze… and then the ridiculousness of it takes over, sending them bursting into laughter. There’s a reason that part of the study is less well-documented…
It’s hardly necessary anyway. They’ve bonded plenty on this cross-country adventure, and dare they say it, maybe fallen a little bit in love, too. Yindra leans forward to give Charlie a kiss on the cheek, thanking him for letting her hijack his journey again and for making sure she made it here in one piece. He returns the gesture with a hug of his own, which she tightly accepts.
With that, it’s time to go. She starts to head up the steps to her building, then turns around, questioning if he’s sure he wants to walk in this weather. They can call him a car… but Charlie shakes his head, stuffing his hands in his pockets.
Charlie: I’m good. Want to spend a little time with my city.
His strange, pretty little mind… Yindra shakes her head, giving him one more blown kiss goodbye before stepping into her apartment building.
Charlie releases an exhale, spinning from her building towards the rest of Manhattan. It feels surreal, standing there amidst the wash of grey… like it almost can’t be real. He’s been gone for so long, will it even still feel the same? Could it still be his city, like it was before?
Only one way to find out.
Song Cue ♫ ♪ “Journey to the Past” as performed by Liz Callaway || Performed by Charlie Gardner
The delicate piano floats in as Charlie continues to take in the city around him, still rooted to the spot. Not quite sure if he’s ready to take the plunge, to take the leap of faith back into the old world when so much about him feels so new. Can he bridge the divide? Can his worlds mesh into something he can live with -- can this place still feel like home?
People always say life is full of choices, no one ever mentions fear Or how the world can seem so vast…
But no. He’s ready. He’s been waiting for this moment for weeks -- in some ways, it feels like he’s been waiting his whole life.
As he kicks into the first rendition of the titular line, he scoops his duffle bag off the ground and moves forward, taking off down the street.
EXT. NEW YORK STREETS - DAY
Now we’re on the move, the wonder of New York City coming back to life around him as Charlie makes his way back into familiar territory. His excitement grows as he goes, any of his nerves and reservations melting away the more he immerses back in his hometown. Familiar sights feel warmer than ever after so much time away -- breezing past the dance lot, the angular structures of Haverford through the trees in the distance, the unassuming but iconic exterior of Chubbies.
Charlie unburdens himself as he goes, dropping his duffle by Chubbies’ shop window. He picks up pace, smile brightening as he breezes past the camera --
EXT. AAA - DAY
We’re close on Charlie as he sings the delicate wish of the bridge, letting his eyes flutter closed. As we ease out and reveal his backdrop, the steps and familiar exterior of Adams behind him, the wistful lyrics become all the more powerful.
Home, love, family I will never be complete until I find you!
As the music swells triumphantly into the final verse --
EXT. CENTRAL PARK - DAY
Charlie’s boots -- the Lucas suggested ones, yes -- crunch against the fresh snow as he joyfully bounds through Central Park, crossing the all too familiar path from west to east. His vocals are full of energy now, bursting with emotion, shaky only from the excitement of how it feels to be back. This park, this city, this community, finally back in his reach.
Back to who I was, on to find my future Things my heart still needs to know!
He’s fully free now, coat unbuttoned and hair windswept and dotted with snow. His cheeks are flushed pink, but from the cold or excitement it’s impossible to say. Perhaps both; definitely both. He swings around the trunk of a tree and then bounds through the snow, hopping onto a familiar park bench at the intersection of the east and west side. He spins in a circle and takes it all in, the sweeping, unbeatable scenery of his city.
Let this road be mine! Let it lead me to my past…
Beautiful, stunning, breathtaking New York City. He almost doesn’t remember why he felt he had to go; he doesn’t ever, ever want to leave it again.
He throws his arms out and tilts his head back, basking in the moment and smile impossibly bright as he belts out the final, rhapsodic notes.
And bring me home at last!
Welcome home, Charlie.
Part VI For Nothing
INT. JACK AND ERIC’S PLACE - DAY
All set up for the autumnal season, Jack and Eric convene in the living room and map out their plan for Thanksgiving. It doesn’t have to be a whole to-do, or anything, but Eric does seem a bit frazzled about it considering it’s the first one they’ll be hosting.
Eric: The stakes are high in my head, since my mom was kind of like the queen of Thanksgiving. Matthews know how to do Thanksgiving, and I want us to be able to carry that forward.
Jack: Well, given that Thanksgiving in my childhood was store-bought cold rotisserie chicken and a can of gravy -- if that -- I think you’re going to clear the bar no matter what.
Jack suggests they can invite his family if they want, unless that would make it more stressful. Eric nods, as yes that would definitely be more stressful, but also no way is that happening. His parents are big on being the hosts -- even his dad, though Alan would never cop to it -- so they’d never switch it around and come into the city. They’re already bummed enough that they aren’t going and chose to stay here.
Jack: I didn’t realize it was that big a deal.
Eric: Oh, there will be drama about it. Rest assured. I’m sure Morgan will give me live texts of how many times we get invoked at the dinner table for not showing up. [ raising his hands in surrender ] But we at least have the good courtesy card of already being on the guest list for early Christmas. That’ll soften the blow.
Anyway, enough of the family drama. They’ve got a Thanksgiving to plan, and their own pseudo-family to watch out for. Lots to do in preparation!
INT. LUCAS’S APARTMENT - DAY
The same can’t be said for the Friar apartment. Holidays have never been top of the agenda in this household, if they celebrate at all, so this week feels like just another week. LUCAS JAMES FRIAR is focused on his Davis scholarship applications again, penning out essay drafts in his banged up composition notebook he’s had since freshman year. GRACE FRIAR is equally zoned in, sifting through bills and financial records and trying to make sense of it all. Based on her light frown, it may not be going so well.
A hacking cough comes from the bedroom, and a few moments later KENNETH FRIAR emerges with his suitcase. He’s dressed for travel, though he looks a bit under the weather. Suppose these days, he’s always going to look less than stellar… he clears his throat to get their attention, announcing that he’s headed off to the airport. As they know, he’s going to spend the Thanksgiving holiday with his parents down in Texas -- given their old age and the state of things, they’re aware this may very well be the last Thanksgiving they get together.
Grace manages a smile and wishes him safe travels, telling him to give the elder Friars her love. Kenneth pauses, glancing to Lucas at the back table, then meets her eyes again.
Kenneth: You know, you’re still welcome to come. Sure my folks would love to see you…
Even as he extends the invitation, there’s something stiff in it. Like sure, her going along with him might be the socially expected thing to do, what everyone wants of the ailing husband and his devoted wife… but it’s perhaps not what either of them want. In fact, having all been cramped in this tiny apartment together for much more time than usual, some distance might do all of them some good. Before… whatever comes next.
Lucas, on the other hand, is given no invitation. He’s not extended any acknowledgement, Kenneth doing his best to avoid his eyes. Lucas doesn’t ask for any, but the absence of it speaks loud enough.
Grace: I’ll be okay here. You deserve some quality time with them.
Kenneth nods, then awkwardly leans down to give her a peck on the cheek. Grace offers him a light smile, wishing him a safe flight as he heads towards the door.
Lucas says nothing. Kenneth doesn’t wait for him to. He’s gone without a goodbye, the door closing a few moments later. Grace watches him go, then glances over her shoulder towards her son sitting quietly.
His expression is so hard to read. It’s always been that way -- a puzzle to decipher -- one Grace has always wondered if she’d be better at decoding if she were any good at being a mother. She knows everything about that interaction was wrong, but there doesn’t seem to be any way to fix it at this point. How can she expect it to be different when they’ve never been right?
Lucas swallows his hurt, well hidden as it is, and goes back to his notebook. He scratches out a sentence, starting over again.
Molly, pre-lap: I’ve just never imagined it, you know? The holidays without a home.
INT. NYU - FILM CORRIDOR - DAY
Isa and Molly are heading out of lecture, discussing the upcoming holiday break. The halls have already thinned out somewhat, those without big tests or midterms this coming week already having jetted home for a longer reprieve. Molly is processing the strange reality of no longer being close to home for all these familiar holidays, how weird it is to contemplate not being back in Minnesota with her family.
Isa points out that if she’s looking for a place to shelter, she is more than welcome to come have Thanksgiving with their clan.
Molly: Are you sure? That would be great, but I don’t want to like, crash.
Isa: No worries. My family is about as unconventional and weird as it gets, so we’re more than open to friendly additions. I have zero doubt in my mind Eric would be thrilled to host you.
Molly: Okay, cool. That’s really sweet, tell them thanks for me.
The Jack and Eric clan is a melting pot of misfits, that’s for sure. But hey, the more the merrier…
INT. LUCAS’S APARTMENT - NIGHT
That’s the mentality Lucas has in mind later that night, after he and Grace have finished tidying up the kitchen from a small dinner. He invites her along to the Jack and Eric Thanksgiving as well, since Kenneth won’t be here. She shies away from the kindness, grimacing a smile.
Grace: That’s okay. I wouldn’t want to intrude.
Lucas: You wouldn’t be. Jack and Eric don’t even know what they’re doing anyway, it’s not like you’re disrupting a grand production.
Even so… Grace holds her ground, stating she thinks she should sit this one out. It’s a nice offer, and she appreciates it, but that’s his community. His world. Not hers. He doesn’t have to make room to share it with her.
Grace: You’ve had to share enough.
Lucas isn’t happy with her answer, but he isn’t sure how to convince her otherwise. Both because he’s shit with words, but also because part of her point isn’t wrong. He spent so much of his youth pulling away from her, trying to build his own space to breathe, equating her and Kenneth as one in the same. It took him time to learn otherwise, to identify the nuances in their situation, but the message has already been received. The damage has been done, and even though they’re in much better shape now, he doesn’t know how to remove the scars from the past.
That’s all the two of them are. A patchwork of scars that can’t seem to heal right.
Lucas drops it, knowing he won’t be able to change her mind. If she’s decided she needs to stay in the sidelines, off in the shadows, then it’ll be near impossible to pry her into the light.
He would know -- where do they think he got it from?
INT. NYU APARTMENT - ISA’S BEDROOM - NIGHT
Isa is having another video call with ZACHARY MACNAMARA, catching up before the holiday break. It’s clear they’ve been working on communication over the last month -- things are still a bit awkward, the two of them finding their footing, but slowly but surely conversation is getting easier. They’re getting to know one another, helping each other fill in the gaps in their histories Valerie left behind, and building a dynamic of their own along the way.
Zachary asks how the semester is wrapping up, seeing as it’s just about over. Isa confirms that’s the case, but honestly… when they try to think about how it went, it all feels like a blur. They’ve been so consumed with other stuff mentally, it feels like they’ve just been keeping their head above water. Maybe not totally the way college should be done, but…
Isa: No, yeah, it’s fine. I’ve got a couple of performance reviews with my professors this week before the break, so might be able to get a sense of how my grades will look.
Zachary wishes them luck, but reminds them not to stress too much about grades. Art is subjective, even if they believe they can teach it. As long as Isa is giving their work their all, then that’s all they can do. Isa nods, trying to keep that in perspective, but with Valerie still on the brain, they admit they have their wonders about that too. Like, now that everyone knows about their late famous mother… how much is that going to impact their reception?
Their call is interrupted by someone coming home on Zachary’s end of the line, a new face joining the screen. In an unexpected twist, it’s a face familiar to us -- RUBY is there behind Zachary, leaning over his shoulders to wave hello to Isa and give him a kiss on the cheek. Yes, the mystery woman who comforted drunk Josh at the bar is none other than Ruby MacNamara, wife to one of the most acclaimed actors in Hollywood.
Although they have zero clue about her encounter with Josh, Isa is obviously somewhat familiar with Ruby, indicating Zachary has already introduced them. Ruby enthusiastically asks how things are going, then wishes Isa a happy Thanksgiving.
Ruby: It’s such a shame you’re all the way on the other coast. We would love to have you here with us for the day. You have to promise us you’ll come visit us at some point, one way or another.
Pleasantly, that idea doesn’t fill Isa with dread. They smile.
Isa: That would be cool. I’ll have to think about it.
Ruby gives her a wink and a thumbs up, then states she’s gonna start on dinner. She sings cheerfully to herself as she disappears from screen, Zachary watching her go and smiling sheepishly at his wife’s unapologetic vivaciousness. Isa does their best not to laugh.
Isa: You, uh… definitely have a thing for big personalities, I guess.
Zachary makes a face, raising a hand in surrender. What can he say?
Dr. Cook, pre-lap: So Valerie is still leaving a mark.
INT. THERAPIST’S OFFICE - DAY
Isa holds up their hands, as if to say duh. Understatement of a lifetime.
Isa: Considering how much time Zachary and I spend just talking about her, yeah, she’s done a real good job of maintaining relevancy even in death. I’m sure her publicist would be so thrilled.
Dr. Cook smiles, allowing Isa the dig. For how much work having Isa is as a client -- and boy, are they a piece of work to unpack -- it’s obvious that Dr. Cook has grown fond of them in the last couple of years.
Dr. Cook: And did you talk much more about that? What you said about school?
Isa: Not really. Once his wife came back, he kind of had to get going, so we didn’t get to get into much.
Dr. Cook: What would you have wanted him to say? Do you think?
Isa shrugs aimlessly, slouching a bit further on the couch.
Isa: That my life isn’t going to be overshadowed by Valerie for the rest of my days? That my accomplishments can be my own? It’s like… I get why he made the choices he did. About hiding his relationship with her. Because Valerie -- she’s like Maya. She’s fun to be around, but she’s a black hole. She eats up everything in the room. The solar system revolves around her. Zachary may not have ever gotten to have his own career if his main claim to fame was screwing Valerie De La Cruz -- and I don’t know if I’m ever going to outshine being the product of that.
The way things are at school is already concerning enough. Professor Wright has basically stopped giving them the time of day in film lecture, which is all the more infuriating considering how much he favors the white film boy hacks. And Bennet continues to be a hard-ass, but Isa wonders if he’s now being even more hard on them because he knows about their famous upbringing.
Isa: It feels like the only professor who actually gets me is Chelsea, but she’s always been nice to me. She’s nice to everyone.
Dr. Cook points out that could be a nice relationship to build on, then, if they feel supported there. But she also cautions Isa not to judge the importance of a relationship just based on the surface qualities. Some of the most challenging dynamics in your life can turn out to be the most rewarding.
Isa: Given that basically every relationship I’ve ever had has been challenging, figures.
Yeah, speaking of… Dr. Cook shifts gears, asking how the apartment living is going. Last they had talked, Isa reflected on how things feel fine with Lucas when they’re not there, like being at Eric’s is all good, but having to be in the same apartment together continues to create friction. Has that improved at all?
Isa makes a face, throwing us into another quick montage --
INT. NYU APARTMENT - DAY
In short… improvement is not a word one would use to describe the situation. Lucas and Isa seem to have backed off the outright bickering for now, which is a relief to Riley, but that’s just because the jabs have become pointed and petty. Now, they’re just doing stuff purposefully to get back at each other and get under each other’s skin, in near perfect sibling-like fashion.
INT. NYU APARTMENT - RILEY’S BEDROOM - DAY
Lucas was so concerned about his apples? Well, Isa has the solution for that -- next time he opens his drawer in Riley’s room, he finds two dozen apples stuffed in the dresser along with his clothes.
Lucas: What the everloving --
INT. NYU APARTMENT - DAY
Isa makes their way towards the door, late for class, only to trip over something in the middle of the floor.
Isa: Fuck!
When they upright themselves, they spin to find the source of the problem -- Lucas’s sneakers. Left in the middle of the floor, because he’s a feral cat who was raised in a barn. They growl in irritation and kick his shoes out of the way, storming off to class.
INT. NYU APARTMENT - ISA’S BEDROOM - NIGHT
On. Off. On. Off. The lights battle between Lucas and Isa continues unabated. One night, Isa wakes up from a particularly bright light glowing through the crack under their door. With a huff, they throw the blankets off and go to tell Lucas off --
INT. NYU APARTMENT - NIGHT
Only jokes on them! Lucas isn’t even there. No, he just took petty to the next level and left a flashlight on right outside their door.
Isa: Bitch.
They pick up the flashlight and turn it off, shaking their head as they retreat back into their room.
Isa: Fucking waste of batteries…
INT. NYU APARTMENT - RILEY’S BEDROOM - DAY
Riley and Lucas are enjoying a leisurely afternoon together, one where she doesn’t have class until later and he’s not working a shift at the diner. Even better, Isa does have class, so they’re free to do as they please… they’re just settling into that freedom, exchanging long, drawn out kisses and murmuring softly to one another. Riley descends into giggles as Lucas kisses down her neck, sliding the strap of her camisole off her shoulder and kissing her collarbone…
Both of them jump when the front door slams open from beyond their closed door, alerting them to Isa’s presence. They’re taking care to make sure there’s no chance they could miss it otherwise.
Isa, off-screen: Hello! It’s me, back from class which ended early unexpectedly! Hope I’m not interrupting anything! But just in case I am, please be aware that I am home!
Thank you, Isa, for the major buzzkill. Riley screws her eyes shut and bites back her frustration while Lucas is less shy about his own, rolling his eyes and falling onto his back with a groan.
But Isa isn’t done. There’s a loud, pointed knock on the door, which earns a shared look of apprehension between Riley and Lucas. Moments later, a note slides under the door, just begging to be investigated.
Riley takes the bait, climbing off of Lucas and approaching the door. She picks up the envelope, addressed to her, and pulls out a piece of lined paper from within.
Riley: “Dear Riley, as you may have heard, I am home early from class. I’d like to request an audience with you at your earliest convenience -- whenever Lucas is done defiling you, I suspect. Sorry to interrupt. Thanks, Isa.”
They really know exactly how to get Lucas in his head about being slutty. He cringes and grabs a pillow, pulling it over his face and hoping he’ll suffocate.
INT. NYU APARTMENT - DAY
It continues like this in increasingly rapid succession, all these tiny moments and ticks and petty tricks that put Lucas and Isa more and more on edge with one another. Sure, they may not be arguing anymore, but to say this is better would be a fallacy -- they’re now just simmering, the apartment a ticking time bomb all of them are doing their best to pretend they can’t hear.
INT. THERAPIST’S OFFICE - DAY
Isa shrugs, expression sour from the memories of it.
Isa: It’s been better.
Dr. Cook once again warns about the dangers of letting this go unaddressed -- things may be uncomfortable now, but it could get much worse. Isa claims that’s likely not the case. Even if they’re being petty, all the stuff they’re doing is at the end of the day not a big deal. It’s just… small things, petty grievances. Everyone’s got those.
Dr. Cook: Not necessarily in their safe space, 24/7.
Isa: It’s not 24/7. It’s more like… 12/4. Or something.
Still, more than it should be. Dr. Cook asks Isa to be more specific. Like, when she asks about the things that are bothering them, what’s the first thing that comes to mind about Lucas in the apartment?
It’s actually not the weirdness about food, or the implied intimacy with Riley.
Isa: It’s his stupid boots.
Dr. Cook raises her eyebrows. Go on? Isa sighs, shifting in their seat as they struggle to articulate it. It’s hard to explain, particularly to someone not as sensitive about sound, but it’s like… something about the way he walks around the apartment in his boots drives them fucking nuts. It’s never bothered them before, at Adams or Chubbies or anything, and it’s not like anyone else walking around the apartment sets them off. It’s something about the unique combination of his gait, in those clunky ass boots, on that floor that just sets all their nerves on edge.
Likely a hypersensitivity tied to their autism, no doubt, but obviously not a good sign. If him even walking around their shared home is causing problems, this is in worse shape than Dr. Cook expected.
Dr. Cook: To me, it sounds like you’ve trained yourself to dread that sound, because it means he’s there, and that means you’ll have to deal with it. You’re developing adverse behaviors towards something occupying a space that is supposed to be your space.
Yeah, well, that’s not good, is it! Isa groans, running a hand through their hair in frustration. They claim that doesn’t make any sense -- they literally don’t have a problem with Lucas. They love him, and they want him to be able to have a safe place to stay. They just feel selfish and shitty for being so weird about it.
Dr. Cook: And is it fair to you to have to give up your definition of home so that he can have one? Particularly if neither of you seem to be enjoying it?
Hm… fair point. But one that Isa isn’t prepared to hear. They don’t want to be the thing that puts Lucas out again, and hell knows Riley would never let it happen. The balance of the three of them is so delicate. Isa already fucked things up with their other best friends -- they can’t do anything to ruin Lucas and Riley too.
Dr. Cook tries to emphasize that doing nothing might just be the thing that creates an implosion, but Isa won’t hear it. They can deal -- they can handle the petty annoyances. They’ll muddle through, like they do with everything else. Having Lucas and Riley there, happy, in their life, is more important.
INT. NYU APARTMENT - NIGHT
Isa is intensely focused on a Scrabble board, set up on a card table in the back of the apartment by the window. Although they appear to be playing alone, there’s another row of letters set up. After a bit of deliberation, Isa puts down their word of choice and draws new letters from the bag.
As if on cue, the front door opens, Riley and Lucas coming home together and in the midst of conversation. Isa perks up when they see them, greeting them both. They inform Riley that they’ve officially taken their turn, and they better watch out, because it’s a good one.
Riley’s eyes brighten, twinkling with intrigue as she drops her bag on the couch and goes to look at the board. Lucas follows, curiously looking over her shoulder and asking what exactly they’re looking at. Isa proudly explains that they’ve had this Scrabble game going for months now -- they don’t play it with any rush, but they essentially let it keep going and going through the weeks until the letters run out. This is their fourth iteration of it since they moved in.
Lucas: Who wins?
Riley: It’s not about winning. It’s about the love of the game, a continued tradition.
Isa: I do. Usually.
Riley doesn’t seem at all fazed by that fact, eagerly looking to see what word Isa added. Lucas clearly doesn’t get the excitement, but whatever, it’s their thing -- he instead moves to take Riley’s coat off for her and hang it up, which she happily allows and thanks him for with a beam and nose scrunch.
As the group of them reassemble by the kitchen counter, the conversation shifts to Thanksgiving. Despite any friction that may or may not exist between them, Isa is genuinely disappointed to hear that Riley and Lucas apparently aren’t going to be at Jack and Eric’s for Thanksgiving.
Isa: Why the fuck not?
Riley: My mom invited me to her place. Last-minute, of course, but I really should go. I haven’t seen her since graduation. Been so busy with school and stuff.
Lucas: And considering she was remotely thoughtful enough to invite me, think it would be unwise not to accept. That, and someone has to keep Riley from combusting.
Riley nods gravely, touching her hands to her chest and giving him a grateful look. That’s sweet, and all well and good, but still not what Isa wanted to hear.
Isa: So, what, it’s just gonna be me and Eric and Jack?
Riley: Well, you said your friend from class might come too, right? That’ll be fun.
Isa: I mean… yeah, maybe. But that’s not the same. It’s not…
Family. It was supposed to be something for family. That meant more to Isa than they realized, no matter how much Lucas and his stupid boots are driving them batty.
Riley: I’m going to try my best to see if we can split the day, so we’ll still be there, I just can’t make any promises. With my mom, you never know what she has planned. But we’ll try, Isa, I promise.
Lucas: Fuck knows we’d rather be there anyway.
Ain’t that the truth. But for now, this is what they’ve got. Lucas claims he’s going to go work on his scholarship app, heading to Riley’s room. She assures him she’ll come join him in a moment, then sets about unloading her bag from the day. Isa swallows their disappointment and goes for the fridge.
When they pull it open, they discover the next round fired in the petty game of roommate grievance. It seems Lucas and Isa did adopt Riley’s earlier suggestion of color-coding items they don’t want the other to touch -- only Lucas has purposefully taken it way too far. He’s basically covered half the fridge in little blue stickers, staking out territory like only a feral cat can.
Isa scowls, pulling a stick of butter off the shelf with a blue sticker on it. Seriously, even butter?
Isa: You’ve got to be fucking kidding me.
INT. NYU - BENNET’S OFFICE - DAY
In the same realm of frustrating strikes, Isa’s faculty check-in with PROFESSOR BENNET doesn’t go as hoped. Although they had managed to skate through much of the rest of the semester without note -- negative note, anyway, compared to the start of the year -- he yet again throws them a curveball.
It doesn’t start that way, though. As Isa sits in the chair opposite his desk and watches him flip through his gradebook to discuss their marks, both of them approach the conversation with a cool, nonchalant tone. Bennet because that’s simply the way he is; Isa because they want to come off unbothered and avoid conveying how frazzled they are on the inside.
Bennet: All in all, your standing in the class is fine. Your portfolio has been solid this semester, a fair start for a freshman. And your creativity has been more focused since your… clash at the start.
Isa, calmly: Thank you. I appreciate the feedback.
Bennet: Do you?
Isa: Yes. Thank you.
Bennet: That’s good. What a nice attitude. That’ll be helpful in our next topic.
Bennet closes the gradebook, settling back in his chair. He folds his hands together on his abdomen and eyes Isa, thoughtful yet enigmatic as always. Then, something Isa never expected to hear:
Bennet: I’m not sure you want to be here.
Isa stares at him. They can’t even process what he just said. They must’ve misheard.
Isa: What?
Bennet: That’s my main observation. I don’t believe you want to be here right now.
Isa: I -- what do you -- what are you -- [ stammering ] Film is my whole thing. Film is my passion.
Bennet: I didn’t say it wasn’t. I believe you.
Isa: [ absolutely bewildered ] You literally just said --
Bennet: I said I don’t think you want to be here. Right now. I didn’t doubt your desire to be a filmmaker, or your interest in storytelling. I don’t doubt that you want this in the long-term. I saw that clearly enough in your application.
Isa: … you read my application?
Bennet: Your passion was clear there. Focused. Determined. What I am conveying now is that I haven’t seen that reflected here yet.
Isa might be shutting down a bit. They just can’t process what he’s saying, even as Bennet goes on to carefully, albeit dryly, explain his thinking. He knows Isa has a lot going on in their personal life -- unfortunately, being in the industry means he can’t avoid the tabloid press updates. Grief is complicated. Readjusting to new family is complicated.
Isa, bristling: I can handle it. I can handle college.
Bennet: That’s not at all what I was implying. What I am saying is that you have talent and ambition, but you aren’t focused. You aren’t channeling it properly.
He simply thinks Isa should consider whether they’re in the right place, right now, to be pursuing something they care so much about when their mind is on other things. It’s actually not a bad thought to consider…
But to Isa, it just feels like another suckerpunch, and another strike of proof that Bennet is out to get them. They sit silently through the rest of the check-in, mentally zoning out and into denial.
Lucas, pre-lap: I’m not going to sit here and act like I’m the ideal candidate. I don’t think anyone would kid themselves about that.
INT. SCHOOL BOARD OFFICES - EVELYN’S OFFICE - DAY
Lucas is also in an important meeting, having his interview with Evelyn for the executive assistant position. He’s in his nicest sweater and jeans, but always with the trustworthy boots. Evelyn listens attentively and quietly while he makes his case for why he should be considered for the role, making notes in a small journal. Despite how she’s expressed friendliness towards him in the past, she keeps it cool and professional here, treating him as she would any other candidate.
He makes an honorable effort to twist his prior work experience at the school and diner into the assistant mold -- and honestly, it works pretty well. The stage manager experience is especially applicable, as it requires managing many different people and things and making sure things stay organized and on track. For someone who so constantly drags himself for his articulation, he really does make a favorable impression when it counts.
Evelyn asks one more question of him.
Evelyn: You have a rather close-knit relationship with Jack Hunter, who you’re aware is running for the open board seat.
Lucas: Yes.
Evelyn: As a current board member and presiding head of the committee, it’s my responsibility not to interfere with the electoral process or seem to favor any candidate to skew the vote. How would you handle that conflict of interest if hired for the position?
Lucas: Obviously, I support Jack for the position. Given you’ve been around to witness the last four years, it should be no mystery as to why. [ off her nod of acknowledgement ] But I understand the boundaries at play here. If someone asked my opinion, since I don’t like to dodge, I’d tell them the truth -- frankness, essentially -- but I wouldn’t go around tossing out my thoughts. And as any of my friends and colleagues can assure you, I don’t like the spotlight. You won’t see me featured in any campaign materials or efforts. I won’t give up my beliefs, but I respect when and where the times to express them are. That’s all I can promise.
Evelyn absorbs that, making another note. Then she claims she’s heard enough, standing up to signal the meeting is over. Lucas hastily follows her lead, jumping to his feet and accepting her polite handshake. She explains that she’s hoping for the new hire to start training in December, so they’ll be in touch shortly with their decision.
With that, he’s free to go… but Evelyn calls after him just before he disappears through the doors.
Evelyn: Happy Thanksgiving.
There’s a hint of her usual warmth, like a little wink. Lucas smiles lightly, returning the sentiment.
INT. SCHOOL BOARD OFFICES - HALLWAY - DAY
As Lucas exits the offices, he incidentally runs into JEFFERSON DAVIS GRAHAM. Graham expresses surprise at seeing him there, though it’s not a friendly comment.
Graham: This isn’t a handout center, you know. That’s on the other side of town.
Lucas, sharply: I’m aware. I’m well aware half of the board isn’t in the habit of caring for its constituents.
Graham: Then why else would you be here? Hunter hasn’t misled you to believe he’s already snatched up a seat, has he?
He shouldn’t be so smug… but no. Lucas flatly states he was here to interview for a position. Graham scoffs at that, looking him over once in his nice-but-not-that-nice professional ensemble. He lingers on the boots, the nicest shoes Lucas owns (not that there’s a lot to choose from), and lightly smirks.
Graham: Well, best of luck.
The sentiment is dripping with false kindness. The confrontation is brought to an end when Evelyn clears her throat from her doorway, catching their attention -- and indicating she’s caught much of the interaction.
Evelyn: Jefferson. You wanted to discuss the lunch budget?
Graham nods, passing Lucas by without further acknowledgement. Like he was never even there, a fly he’s just flicked away with his windshield wiper. Lucas watches them disappear into Evelyn’s office, feeling much smaller than when he walked in… and pretty schlubby in his sweater and boots.
INT. NYU - FILM CLASSROOM - DAY
Isa is still in a grumpy mood when class wraps up with CHELSEA SCHWARTZ, which the professor keenly notes. She says goodbye to the other students as they file out of the room but flags Isa to hang back a moment, before tactfully asking how everything is going.
Isa: Fine. I’m fine. It’s all fine. Do I not seem fine?
Well… Chelsea shrugs, raising her hands in surrender. She claims she knows this time of year can be weird for folks, particularly those who don’t have a traditional sense of “family.” In her own experience, these kind of holidays can be the weirdest when your family is wonky.
Chelsea: That’s why I always host a casual gathering of sorts for my students who can’t make it home for the holiday, or rather don’t want to go home. Which you’re more than welcome to attend, by the way -- I’ll be sending an email out this afternoon. It’s a bit of a mixer thing too, a great networking opportunity.
Isa might be a hot ticket at such an event, too, given their theoretical connections already… haha… although Chelsea is being cheeky about it, something about the comment hits a nerve. It reinflames that sore spot from Bennet insinuating they don’t care enough about the work, casting a shadow of doubt on the idea of their career.
Isa: Can I just… vent about something? Really quick?
Chelsea nods -- by all means. She goes and jogs to crack the door and then gestures for Isa to let whatever out. And they do. They quickly spit through all of their frustration about Bennet’s performance review, the things he said, the way they feel like they haven’t been able to make headway with the male professors all semester. And that’s on top of stress at home they don’t want to get into, but it’s just like, what else do they want from them?
For better or worse, Chelsea is the perfect person to vent this out to. She supports Isa’s grievances fully, commiserating about how the men around here don’t take anyone who isn’t also a man seriously. She essentially totally disregards Bennet’s commentary without asking for any additional context -- which definitely is a winning quality in Isa’s irritated mind.
Chelsea: De La Cruz, you are more than deserving to be here doing your thing. Don’t let any of the old male professors in this dusty bin tell you otherwise. You’ve probably got more talent than them in your pinky finger anyway.
And if they ever need a safe space to vent, they are always welcome to find her office. No doubt. Isa releases a sigh, nodding in gratitude. It felt good, to get it off their chest, and for someone else to validate their purpose without challenge.
INT. NYU APARTMENT - DAY
The reprieve only lasts so long, though. When Isa arrives back at the apartment, Riley cheerfully informs them that they’ve got mail on the counter. When Isa goes to look, they discover a letter from Zachary -- an unexpected but not unwelcome surprise. Riley watches them keenly from the couch.
Isa: … you’re dying to know what’s in here, aren’t you?
Riley: It took literally every ounce of my willpower not to open it without you.
Isa cracks a smile. With Riley egging her on in curiosity, Isa tears open the envelope, finding a nice handwritten letter from Zachary to keep up their varied correspondence. But more than that, there’s a little gift included in the pages -- a professionally printed photograph of Zachary and his family on Halloween, all dressed up and looking adorable. Him, Ruby…
And children. Two sons, probably aged between six and ten, dressed to match their thematic family costume. A perfect, picturesque nuclear family.
Riley “aws” from reading over their shoulder, but Isa’s reaction veers in the opposite direction.
Isa: Oh, shit.
Definitely not the outburst you’d expect. Riley looks at them quizzically, wondering what’s wrong. Isa waves the photo pointedly, as if it should be obvious.
Riley: They have relatively basic taste in costumes?
Isa: No! Look at those kids. Look at this photo. [ looking at it ] He has the cutest fucking family. They’re perfect. He has everything.
Riley: Yeah. So?
Isa: So where the fuck do I fit into that? He’s got a beautiful wife and two adorable kids that probably have little to no idea I exist -- I’ve got a dead mom and a smattering of freaky foster siblings and a non-blood brother who kind of makes me want to strangle him because he keeps putting blue stickers on the milk carton.
Riley: Well, we could have more than one milk carton…
That’s not the point, Riley! The point is that Zachary has everything, just wonderfully so, and now Isa is going to step in and muck it all up. The way they muck up everything, since they truly cannot seem to do anything right. They can’t even deal with their brother-who-isn’t-actually-a-brother without extensive therapy -- how the hell are they supposed to prepare for merging with this?
Just another thing about them that isn’t how it should be. That, and since all the aforementioned pressures are still in play, they’re just more sensitive than normal. They take the envelope and photo and storm to their room in a frenzied huff. As the door slams, Riley makes a face, then reaches for the notepad on the countertop and jots something down.
Riley: [ as she writes ] Get… second… milk…
INT. NYU APARTMENT - ISA’S BEDROOM - DAY
Isa retreats to their room to process, putting Zachary’s letter down on the desk with a huff. They get a text moments later, pulling out their phone. It’s from Molly.
“so unexpected good news -- my parents surprised me with a ticket home for thanksgiving!! i’m going to the airport now. sorry for the last minute change but please give your fam a big big BIG thank you from me for considering hosting me”
This stings. Not because Molly isn’t coming -- Isa is happy they get to see their family, and sends a reply to tell them so -- but it just feels like yet another reminder of how not that their own family experience is. Another press on the sensitive wound they pretend isn’t there, that still hasn’t healed after nineteen years.
Their aggravation only grows when they hear the front door open from beyond their room, Riley greeting Lucas as he comes back from his interview. But it’s not Lucas himself that’s the problem, what seems to trigger their anger.
It’s those stupid fucking boots.
INT. NYU APARTMENT - DAY
A quick intercut between Lucas’s boots walking on the floor and Isa reacting to it, practically wincing at the sound, emphasizes the point. Their therapist was right -- leaving the friction unaddressed only makes for a bigger explosion when the pressure becomes too much. The support beams of their fragile roommate existence only continue to bend, creaking dangerously with each argument and stomp of those boots on the floor.
Something snaps.
INT. NYU APARTMENT - NIGHT
In the dark of the night, Isa finally takes action. They lash out and do something, finding a way to grasp for control in all the situations that continually seem to be sliding further and further away from their influence.
In the quiet of the twilight hours, Isa pokes their head out of their room, checking that the coast is clear. Then they scamper into the living area, scoping out their prey.
Isa finds Lucas’s boots by Riley’s door, snatching them and stealing away with them back to their room. Putting an end to the torture once and for all. The evil is defeated!
INT. NYU APARTMENT - DAY
Only the relief barely lasts the morning. When Thanksgiving day rolls around, Lucas is panicked about the fact that he can’t find his boots. He’s practically turned the apartment upside down looking for them, unsettled and anxious in a way Isa has never seen him before. They’re surprised by how visceral his reaction is as they watch him pace the living room, crossing their arms and aiming for nonchalant.
Isa: Is it really that big a deal? They’re just a pair of shoes.
Maybe so, Isa, but value is subjective. Lucas sighs and stumbles through explaining that they’re not just another pair of shoes to him -- pointedly, considering he only owns like two pairs. They’re something he can rely on, and more importantly, they’re shoes that can work for basically any occasion. They can be dressed down or dressed up, and right now, he needs the latter given he’s about to head into the lion’s den that is Topanga Lawrence’s house.
Lucas: I can’t show up to Riley’s mom’s house wearing my trash heap Skechers that I haven’t replaced since 2018.
He can’t afford to risk a ding in his reputation with her, given his acceptance from Topanga is conditional at best. So now he’s screwed just because he can’t find his damn boots!
Isa wriggles with discomfort, guilt creeping up their spine. They didn't expect the stakes to be this high about such a minor thing, but what are they supposed to do now? Confess that they hid them away?
Riley comes to the rescue, stepping back into the apartment in a flurry. She’s already dressed for the holiday in a cute mauve sweater dress. She claims she’s got a solution, presenting a pair of nice but semi-casual mens dress shoes. Apparently, she put out an SOS to all her in-town guy friends and Zay pulled through, allowing her to borrow one of his pairs for the event.
Riley: They might be a little bit tight, but they’ll do for the day.
Lucas doesn’t seem pleased with the idea, but he’ll have to deal. He approaches to take them but Riley hesitates, pulling them back and sighing pointedly.
Riley: There was one condition, which is that I had to deliver a message on his behalf. [ after a reluctant beat ] “Ha ha.”
Oh, Zay… Lucas growls and takes the shoes, allowing the smug dig in their ongoing frenemies dynamic because he has no other choice.
Lucas retreats to Riley’s room to finish getting ready, Riley confirming with Isa that they’re headed to Jack and Eric’s. They nod, and Riley gives a thumbs up on her way to her room.
Riley: Have fun -- I’m sure we’ll wish we were there. Oh, and if you could, keep an eye out for the boots?
Isa manages a tight smile. The boots will be on their mind for days to come, don’t you worry about that, Riles… they watch her disappear into her room, expression growing heavy with the unintended consequences of their strike back against Lucas.
INT. JACK AND ERIC’S PLACE - KITCHEN - DAY
That grim expression stays on their face even at Jack and Eric’s, their movements harsh as they help finish mashing the potatoes in a big bowl. Jack raises his eyebrows as he comes to join them, settling down in the chair opposite and starting to put napkins in napkin rings.
Jack: Give those tots hell, Isa. Make ‘em pay.
Isa gives him a look, but the message is clear. He can sense something is up. And even though Chelsea fed their ego, all of it is still heavy on their shoulders. All tangled together, creating this big knot of anxiety in their chest. They smash pointedly with the potato masher, then crack.
Isa: Lucas is driving me crazy.
Jack: Oh? Story of my life about three years ago. He has a knack for it.
Isa: It’s like he doesn’t know how to live properly. When it’s just us, you know, doing whatever it’s fine. But when we have to share that damn space together… [ smash, smash, smash ] he puts ownership stickers on butter. Butter. Like, butter is for everyone! Who uses an entire stick of butter just for themselves?
Jack whistles. Big problems… Isa sighs, shaking their head.
Isa: But it’s… I mean, I just feel like it’s perfect proof. I’m not cut out for this whole… family thing. 
Jack: C’mon, don’t say that. You know if Eric hears that he’ll be on your case with counselor-like concern in seconds.
Isa: Well good thing you’re not him then. [ with a shrug ] But I don’t know. I know family is like in the eye of the beholder or whatever, but… how am I supposed to be a good sibling to half-bros I don’t even know when I can’t even handle the one I do have?
Ah… yeah, it really is all tied together. Jack thinks on it for a moment.
Jack: Maybe you just need a change in perspective. [ off their eyebrow raise ] I mean, look, it’s not always fun having siblings. You’ve met Shawn, you can imagine this. He’s an ass half the time, and we’ve had more than our fair share of arguments, fights, disagreements, you name it.
Isa: I guess. He does have the techie-brand quality of civil disagreeability.
Jack: But I still love the guy. Even when he makes it tough. And we’re still family, even when it’s messy. That’s kind of the thing about it, for better or worse -- family is family whether you like it or not. But you give each other grace for that. You don’t have to expect yourself to be the perfect shining sibling all the time. I don’t think such a thing even exists.
Jack may have been the best person to ask, actually, considering how unconventional and at times rocky his and Shawn’s brotherhood can be. Isa absorbs his point, attacking the mashed potatoes a bit less forcefully. And he’s right -- family, blood or not, is no guarantee of domestic bliss…
INT. TOPANGA’S HOME - DAY
The gathering at Topanga’s is in full swing, the usual amount of pretentious hostessing on display as TOPANGA LAWRENCE holds court with her wealthy, privileged, upstate community.
Riley and Lucas do their best to endure the company as usual, but admittedly, this time is harder than others. That’s because even with their best efforts, they have way too many conversational road blocks to stumble over every time they make small talk -- like how Lucas had to defer UC Davis, or that he’s technically a drop out in some folks eyes, or that Riley has to split her time up on holidays (though at least she chose the superior parent this time around… ha ha ha). We see this in a quick-cut montage of all the ways they seem to inadvertently kill the conversation.
And truly, just when you think it can’t get any worse…
Guest: Ah, well, deferment is just one year. My father did the same before he went off to school due to unrelated circumstances, and now he’s a big-time banker.
Guest 2: Yes, surely your parents must at least be proud you’re giving it your best shot. Is your dad looking forward to having a veterinarian for a son?
Riley: They don’t really --
Lucas: Maybe, but he’s dying. [ a beat ] So…
Oh… well. Everyone take a sip of your drinks as you process that tidbit… Lucas wouldn’t have said anything, honestly, but when he gets cornered like this by stuffy Topanga colleagues stuff just slips out! Riley gives him an affectionate touch on the arm, silently assuring him they’ll make it through.
Happy Thanksgiving indeed…
INT. JACK AND ERIC’S PLACE - DAY
Folks are starting to arrive at the true superior gathering, SHAWN HUNTER and ANGELA MOORE rolling up and following Jack to the dining room to finish setting up. Eric comes to join Isa by the door, checking on how they’re feeling. Jack mentioned they weren’t too cheerful earlier… Isa shrugs.
Isa: He talked me through some stuff. I’ll live. [ offhandedly ] I guess your boyfriend is pretty cool, or whatever.
Eric grins. He reassures Isa that anything they’re stressed about right now, they will find a way around -- they always do. But for now, they should take an evening off and enjoy being with loved ones. That’s what Eric always values most, even as it shifts and changes with the seasons.
Maybe so… and once they’re alone again with their thoughts, Isa suddenly realizes there’s a loved one they can’t be with right now. That they’ve pushed out completely of their own action -- or inaction, rather -- and if they’re honest, they aren’t happy about that. They have a good enough knack of messing things up and losing people through no choice of their own. They can’t afford to do that with someone they care about most, that they specifically made choices to avoid losing.
Bennet might have one point. Isa’s focus hasn’t been where it should be. Perhaps it’s the time to remedy that.
Isa pulls out their phone, heading towards the kitchen. After a moment, they dial a number, not surprised when it goes to voicemail. Given the holiday, that’s to be expected… but once the beep signals for them to speak, they don’t chicken out this time.
Isa: Hey. It’s Isa. Showing up two months late with Starbucks… heh… [ clearing their throat ] Look, I’m sorry I’ve been so like… off-the-grid lately. It’s shitty. I’m just… there’s a lot going on. As always. And you don’t have to call me back here, or anything, ‘cause I’m sure you’re busy. So no worries. But… [ a beat ] I miss you. Too. I know how I’ve been acting probably doesn’t make it seem that way, but I do. I’m looking forward to seeing you soon.
Isa starts to head into the kitchen, continuing to leave their voicemail and provide some brief updates…
INT. TOPANGA’S HOME - KITCHEN - DAY
Visible through the pass-through to the living room, Lucas seems to have been pulled into a riveting conversation with AUGGIE MATTHEWS about whatever it is he’s showing him on his iPad. At least, it’s riveting to Auggie, but honestly Lucas looks content with the change of pace. Auggie is talking plenty for the both of them, and it’s nice to not be dodging questions about his career or his school plans or explaining the long, tragic tale of his dying father.
Never would he have thought he’d be grateful to be stuck talking to a tween, but hey, there’s a first time for everything.
Riley watches them interact from the kitchen, light smile on her face. In what has been a surprisingly stressful Thanksgiving week, it’s a nice moment of serenity, getting to see two people she loves naturally together. No friction between them to mediate, no wrangling of social calendars.
The peace can’t last long -- least of all at Topanga’s. She enters the kitchen carrying a couple of platters from the meal, thanking Riley for helping with the clean-up and transition to the dessert portion. She gushes about the custom-made cakes and pies she had whipped up from this local bakery, pulling them out of the fridge and asking Riley if she’ll help plate them.
Riley obeys, though she seems to find the notion a bit silly. Some of the pies come in perfectly fine containers convenient for serving. Wouldn’t it be easier to just keep them in there, rather than dirtying a whole set of nice dishware to plop them onto for ten minutes before people devour them? Topanga gives her a fond, condescending look.
Topanga: That is such a Matthews thing to say. Cory was never big on presentation -- he just wanted to get to the eating part.
Riley: It is the best part.
Topanga: Agreed. But presentation matters. Appearance matters, whether or not we wish and dream that wasn’t the case.
Dreamers can wish for a world without judgment all they want, but Topanga is a pragmatist. And in reality, where they all live, the bit of extra effort to make the right impression is worth it. Riley shrugs, dutifully plating the pecan pie as instructed, though not outright agreeing.
Topanga: I’m not going to change your mind, I know. You can’t help yourself -- a dreamer is a dreamer.
Riley, jokingly: Well, I’m dating just about the biggest realist there is, and I’m pretty confident he would say a paper plate is just as good as fine china. So long as you’re not eating off the floor.
That does sound like something Lucas “stale Oreos in the booth” Friar would say, yeah. Topanga humors her, mirroring her smile… but it dims somewhat as she glances out through the pass-through to where Lucas and Auggie are talking.
Topanga: Speaking of… how are things going? With you two?
Riley: Good. Things are great.
Topanga: I see. That’s nice. I heard through the grape vine he had… taken up residence in the apartment. Bit of a big transition.
Riley pauses. Her learning about his moving in isn’t a surprise -- it’s not like they’re keeping it a secret -- but something about her tone hits at a nerve. Why should Topanga be questioning it, when Riley is doing everything in her power to make the situation work? How could Topanga possibly know the rooming situation might not be peachy keen when Riley makes every possible effort to make it otherwise, and no effort to tell Topanga anything?
Riley: Yeah. It’s going well, though. Great. 
Topanga: Great. Glad to hear it. Nothing more stressful than a bad roommate -- don’t get me started on the years Shawn lived with us during college.
Riley manages a smile, but it’s thin. Even so, her protective defensiveness is off-base. Topanga isn’t onto the drama between Lucas and Isa -- like she could care less about either of them. However…
Topanga: It’s just quite a big move, that’s all. Living together.
Riley: I know. But it’s one we made together. And it’s going great, like I said.
Topanga: Surely, surely. [ a beat ] Just, one big decision can lead to another. When your dad and I first moved in together, it wasn’t the bed of roses we thought it was going to be. Of course, we got married first, but --
Okay, now she’s lost her. Where did marriage come into this? Riley shakes her head.
Riley: What are you getting at, mom?
Topanga: Nothing. I’m not “getting at” anything. There’s no need to get defensive. [ a beat ] I think it’s cute, the relationship you two have. You know I’ve always liked Lucas -- never had a problem with him the way Cory did. It’s sweet, the way you care for each other.
The impending “but” lingering in her tone has never been louder. Riley can hear it coming a mile away, and she already can’t help her frown.
Topanga: But living together is more serious than sweet. You’re getting older, there’s a lot of things to think about now. I’ve been getting a lot of questions today, you know, about Lucas. About his situation.
Riley: That’s weird, considering no one has brought him up with me…
Topanga: People are just curious, that’s all. Concerned. Missing his college chance --
Riley: That wasn’t his choice. And he hasn’t missed it. It’s just been delayed.
Topanga: And the unstable employment --
Riley: He hasn’t been unstable. He left the Adams job for good reason, and he actually already interviewed for another position. Not to mention he’s held his role at Chubbies for two years and gotten promoted --
Topanga: [ with a laugh ] Oh yes, diner management, the height of achievement.
Oh, so it’s like that. It’s not just snobby college classmates and the cruel wealthy upper crust of Manhattan that have their minds made up about Lucas -- that prejudice is lurking closer than you think. Riley stares at her mother, at a loss for words.
Topanga is wise enough to clock her offense, switching effortlessly into placating mode. The kind of sympathy she puts on for witnesses on the stand, before she eviscerates them with the holes in their own testimony.
Topanga: I don’t mean anything by it, Riley, sweetie. You know I like Lucas; he’s a good guy. He’s good to you, as far as I know. All that matters. I just… [ taking her arms ] You have so much potential. You’re already doing so many amazing things, at NYU, in your program.
Not that Topanga could probably name any of said things. Riley grits her teeth.
Topanga: I would hate to see that fade because you hitch yourself to the wrong wagon. Take the train going off the tracks rather than the one going full speed ahead. That’s all.
After all, presentation matters… Topanga really thinks she did something. She gives Riley a smile, patting her cheek lightly before taking the first pie plate and going to set up dessert.
Riley doesn’t follow. She’s too angry to move -- she’s practically fuming, hands aching from how she’s clenching her fists to keep them from shaking.
She’s so sick of this. The reading into her relationship, the misconception of her boyfriend, the relentless push from the universe to define him -- both of them -- as something they’re not.
She’s used to Topanga. She can take the little digs at her. But she isn’t going to take her talking about Lucas like that.
INT. TOPANGA’S HOME - LIVING AREA - DAY
You’d never guess her fury, though, as Riley weaves her way back into the midst of Topanga’s holiday crowd. She appears pleasant as always, offering tight smiles to guests who greet her as she passes.
With perfect timing, she reaches Lucas at the other end of the room, as Auggie seems to have freed him at the first glance of dessert. Riley comes to join him, instinctively taking his hand.
Riley: You doing okay?
Lucas: Honestly, that was the least painful conversation I’ve had today. Though I’m not sure I could tell you what we talked about --
Riley: Let’s get out of here.
The words tumble out of her before she can stop them, soft but insistent. Lucas looks at her, surprised.
Lucas: What?
Riley: I’ve had enough. Let’s go. 
Lucas: Are you serious? [ uncertainly ] I don’t think that would go over very well with…
This. This right here is what everyone seems to overlook; that Topanga can’t see. The fact that her boyfriend -- who hates petty social gatherings, who struggles with formality, who rarely gives a damn what most people think about him because who has the energy to care -- is nervous to bend expectations because of what someone might think. Because who that someone is, Topanga, is important to Riley, and therefore important to him. That this man who owns about two variations of his wardrobe stressed for days over having the right kind of shoes for today, and is hesitant about walking out in the middle when he’s never been shy about staging walkouts, because he cares about her.
No one sees that part of him, the part that cares so much, but Riley does. She does, and it matters far, far more than diplomas or diner jobs.
Riley: I don’t care. I thought I did, but the truth is, my mother’s opinion has never been that almighty. And I know… [ keeping her cool ] I know damn well how wrong she can be.
Point is, she’s done placating, and she’s done with this scene. They’ll have many more moments in their lives to be judged, picked apart, and stressed out over good impressions -- she doesn’t want to waste the rest of today like that. They deserve to be having the holiday in a place that’s warm and welcoming, with people who love them.
Riley: We should be with family.
Although he’s still hesitant, she doesn’t have to tell him twice. Anything sounds better than today has been.
Still holding his hand, Riley leads the way, the two of them inconspicuously making their exit.
INT. RILEY’S CAR - DAY
Having safely escaped, the two of them exhale sighs of relief. Lucas admits, now that they’ve made the decision, that he’s glad they decided to bail. Not just because of the socializing, but…
Lucas: Babineaux’s shoes are fucking killing me.
Riley cracks up, tilting her head back against the seat. He mirrors her smile, and when she turns to look at him, she feels more certain in herself than ever. She reaches up and presses a hand to his cheek, caressing his face. Although she doesn’t verbalize it, her gratitude goes without saying.
He tries. He tries for her, every day, and that’s more than enough.
And for now, she can gift him a break. Lucas claims they should stop by the apartment so he can change back into his shoes -- they aren’t going to care if he’s in ratty sneakers -- but then direct to Jack and Eric’s? Riley starts to nod, but then pauses, another thought coming to her.
Riley: Almost. There’s one more stop we should make first.
INT. LUCAS’S APARTMENT - DAY
Grace exits her bedroom and pads her way into the living area, the apartment still and lifeless. No husband to cater to, no son to puzzle out -- no one to celebrate with either. For a moment, as she stands there in the quiet and wraps her cardigan tighter around her frame, she’s struck with the fact that soon enough, this is likely how it will feel all the time.
What’s more daunting -- living with a slight edge of fear, or living alone?
She’s startled out of her fugue when she’s spooked by a knock at the door.
INT. LUCAS’S APARTMENT - ENTRYWAY - DAY
When she pulls open the front door, confused, she finds Riley and Lucas waiting on the other side. They exchange eye contact for a long moment, a million questions unspoken.
Then Riley offers a bright smile.
Part VII For Everything
INT. JACK AND ERIC’S PLACE - DAY
Although they’re the last to arrive, dinner hasn’t even begun when Riley, Lucas, and Grace roll up to the townhome (Lucas back in his ratty sneakers). They’re warmly welcomed by the assembled community, Jack and Eric both coming over to usher them in and expressing delight that they’re here.
No one, though, is more grateful than Isa. All current friction seems forgotten when they rush over to greet Riley and Lucas.
Isa: Thank God you’re here. I don’t think I could’ve handled talking to Shawn alone much longer.
Riley tries to hold back her laughter.
Meanwhile, Grace sheepishly apologizes for the unexpected drop-in and hopes she isn’t intruding. She wasn’t prepared, so she didn’t come well-stocked, but she does have a few cookies from the flower shop to offer. Not quite a custom-made dessert pie, but…
Jack: Don’t worry, no worries at all. It’s great you all are here.
Eric: And we’ve got plenty of food. [ taking the cookies ] Oh, I think I’ve had one of these before! Harper brought them into the teacher’s lounge one time -- she raves about them, here, I’ll have to introduce you.
Eric lets Jack handle adding the cookies to the kitchen stockpile as he guides Grace over to meet HARPER BURGESS, who is in attendance with her girlfriend STELLA CASTILLO. It’s a bit overwhelming, but it seems like Grace is truly thankful for the nonchalant reception.
INT. CHEY APARTMENT - DAY
In a pleasant turn of events, the Chey and Beamon families have managed to come together for the holiday after all. They’re all gathered around the admittedly cramped Chey dining table, but that hardly matters. The atmosphere is welcoming, comfortable, full of laughter, chatter, and good food.
Liezel awkwardly clears her throat to get the table’s attention, only fully succeeding when ELLIOT BEAMON clinks his silverware against his glass. Liezel laughs sheepishly but thanks him, then speaks.
Liezel: I will keep this short, because unlike my children, I am not one for big sweeping monologues or soaking up the spotlight.
Even so, she wanted to express her gratitude towards the Beamons for being gracious enough to spend their holiday with them. It has been a great joy getting to know them through their children this last year, and although this is the first gathering of the sort between them, she hopes they are in for a long friendship and many more dinners.
Ernesto, playfully: [ to Jade and Nigel ] No pressure.
The table laughs, even Jade and Nigel in spite of the irony of the comment. If only any of them had a sense of the uphill climb it took to make it to this dinner table…
But they did. And it’s clear they share the same sentiments, doubly so about each other. The two of them exchange soft smiles. Jade places her hand on top of his under the table, linking their fingers together.
INT. CHUBBIES - DAY
Vanessa’s fingers are twisted in her own as she sits alone at a booth, restlessly looking out the window. The streets have mostly cleared out in the post-parade glow. Chubbies has a handful of customers as it is one of the only shops open on the holiday in this corner of the city, a haven for folks with nowhere else to go and no other hot meals to enjoy on Thanksgiving.
Today, Vanessa looks like one of those wayward souls, forgoing the holiday to spend time with her loneliness.
That is, until Zay walks through the doors.
She immediately straightens up when she spots him, waiting for him to meet her eyes. He does after scanning the diner, watching her from a distance for a long moment. Expression hard to read, guard up again after her no-show earlier this afternoon. Then he makes his way towards her, sliding into the booth across from her.
Vanessa: You came.
Zay: Against my better judgment. So whatever you’ve got to say, if you’re going to gloat, make it quick because my patience is subbasement.
Vanessa: That’s not why I wanted to see you.
Zay: No, go ahead. Tell me how easy it was to pull one over on me. To make me look like an idiot. Another push off the climbing wall, right? You win.
Vanessa: No.
Zay: [ growing heated ] I’m sorry, but -- actually I’m not -- like, was it worth it? Did you get a nice big kick out of standing me up? Did it finally satisfy the vindictive urge? Because you know, I could’ve done without it. If you wanted to fuck me over, you could’ve just said so. We could’ve worked out easier arrangements.
Vanessa: I wasn’t --
Zay: Instead of humiliating me in front of my family, making me go through the same shit I’ve already -- [ shaking his head ] No, you know what, I can’t do this. I don’t have time for this.
Zay starts to get up, but Vanessa reaches across the table and places her hand on his. Her eyes are pleading, a rare shade of vulnerability.
Vanessa: Zay, please. Please. Let me explain. Then if you want to go… I get it. Just… please.
Feels like déjà vu… how does Zay always find himself sitting in this position? But yet, it’s like he’s learned nothing, because he finds himself settling back and gesturing for her to go on. One shot to make her case.
Would be great if that were easy. Vanessa takes a deep breath, searching for what she wants to say… particularly difficult, since words aren’t her thing.
Vanessa: I did not mean to embarrass you. Hard to believe, I know, considering… well, our whole history. But I didn’t. I was going to come today. I wanted to.
Zay: But?
Vanessa: … I don’t know how to explain. I just… things with my… and expectations…
God, what is she saying? Vanessa takes another breath and presses her palms to her eyes, centering herself for a moment. She doesn’t want to mess this up. Zay waits, allowing her the chance, but her obvious vulnerability is softening his resolve.
Vanessa: It’s great, that you know what you want. That you have everything figured out. If you want the truth, I envy that. I wish I could be so sure about things, just jump in feet first like that. But that’s not me. That’s not where I’m at. And I’m not saying that I don’t want it, this… whatever we have. Or might have. But I’m not where you are. If you can just… if you can give me the chance to figure it out, to catch up, then… I don’t know. Maybe this will be whatever it’s supposed to be.
The point is she doesn’t know -- but that doesn’t mean she doesn’t want to try. She understands, though, if Zay doesn’t want to waste the time. What she did today was shitty, and she knows that. She’s not going to pretend otherwise. But if he has it in his heart to give her one more shot…
Vanessa: I just really don’t want to fuck this up.
God, Zay wonders how it is that he always finds himself making these decisions. He doesn’t know if his heart has any more left to give, if he can go through this rollercoaster all over again after all the times he’s been burned. Especially the latest wound…
But he’s given that forgiveness before. He’s allowed others the chance to prove him wrong, and they didn’t disappoint. Why shouldn’t he extend that same kindness to her? He likes her. They have something interesting, something with chemistry. And she’s right that he does know what he wants.
He wants stability. A relationship, something to invest himself in and build into the future.
Zay gets to his feet. Vanessa inhales, thinking he’s going to walk away… but then he comes to join her on her side of the table, sliding into the booth next to her. After a moment, he places his hands on top of hers on the tabletop. Reassuring. Forgiving.
Vanessa meets his eyes. Then, she leans in, initiating a soft, delicate kiss.
Sure, she doesn’t know for sure if this is what she wants -- but they could be something. It could be everything. If she could become whatever he thinks he wants, shouldn’t they give it a fair chance and try?
Guess they’ll find out.
INT. JACK AND ERIC’S PLACE - DINING ROOM - DAY
Dinner is just about to start, all of the guests gathered around the table at Jack and Eric’s. Along with Lucas, Riley, Isa, and Grace, they’re joined by Harper, Stella, Shawn, and Angela, baby NAOMI HUNTER-MOORE also in attendance.
It’s Jack’s turn to give a rousing little speech. He gets to his feet from his spot next to Eric at the head of the table and proposes a toast.
Jack: This was a big day for Eric, seeing as his family are the reigning experts on Thanksgiving, which made it a big deal for me. And dare I say it, I think we pulled it off pretty swimmingly.
Angela: Amen, lads.
The table agrees cheerfully, giving them cheeky applause. Eric bows his head and clasps his hands together in silent gratitude.
Jack: I didn’t get it, to be honest, because Thanksgiving has never been special to me. Shawn can attest to this, but holidays in our childhood were anything but conventional.
Shawn: If we celebrated at all.
Jack: But being here, getting to go through all this with Eric and seeing you all gathered at this table… I understand why it could be so important. I think it’s fair to say that many of us have complicated relationships with the idea of family. What it means, what it requires, who it includes. That was something I struggled with for a long time, something I had resigned myself to accepting was never going to be mine. But I’m old now, and I’ve come to look at it in a different way. I think the thing I love most about family, the idea of it, is that it’s malleable. It has no set definition. It can mean anything we want it to mean. And with that power, it’s never too late to build one of your own.
If he’s not careful, he’s gonna make Riley cry. She’s glassy-eyed, but her smile is wide. Angela swipes a few tears of her own. From their spot next to him, Isa playfully elbows Lucas.
Jack, fondly: This is the image I will always think about when I think about this holiday from now on. Even with all the prep and any stress that comes as the years go by… [ taking Eric’s hand ] this is worth it. This is worth being thankful for.
Eric: [ choked up, raising his glass ] To family.
The table echoes the sentiment, raising their glasses. As the iconic guitar intro kicks up…
Song Cue ♫ ♪ “Home” as performed by Phillip Phillips || Performed by AMBITION Ensemble Cast
Riley’s vocal is what musically leads us in, the rest of the ensemble layering in and adding harmonies throughout the course of the number. But as thematically resonant as the performance is, it’s really only effective when paired with the visuals that accompany the montage.
Mixed in with various shots of each of the warm, loving Thanksgiving dinners, we get a few key shots.
At the Jack and Eric gathering, joy is omnipresent. Lucas and Isa are cracking each other up, showing that their familial bond is forged in steel even as the corrosive friction of roommate drama threatens its foundations. Harper and Jack are even managing to get shy laughs out of Grace, out of practice as she may be. Riley and Eric can’t get enough of baby Hunter-Moore, Shawn and Angela watching on with tickled endearment.
INT. CHEY APARTMENT - DAY
Similar energy is being shared at the Chey-Beamon dinner, even if their connections are newer. Despite what uncertainties lie around the corner, the potential of lifelong camaraderie seems more than possible.
INT. DUFFY HOME - DINING ROOM - DAY
Dressed in one of his best evergreen sweaters, Charlie makes his way from the shadows of the hall and into the bright light of Agatha’s dining room. His smile is unbeatable and natural as it’s ever been as he rejoins his family at the Thanksgiving dinner table. Eleanor and AGATHA GARDNER are still up and about, fussing with last-minute details even as the others urge them to settle and join the merriment.
Charlie slides back into place in his seat next to ROSIE GARDNER. He murmurs an aside to her and she rolls her eyes, but the playful elbow nudge she gives him in return indicates how happy she is that he’s home.
JOHN DUFFY then eagerly engages Charlie in conversation about his travels, Daisy passing the salad bowl across the table to him. AMBROSE GARDNER listens on proudly.
It feels as if, for a beautiful and miraculous moment, that nothing has changed.
INT. YINDRA’S BEDROOM - DAY
The sentiment is not quite the same with Yindra as she settles onto her bed in her room at her grandmother’s place in Harlem. Much of the decor we saw from last season that didn’t make it to the west coast has been relocated here, familiar and known.
And yet, it doesn’t act as the perfect salve. It’s known, but it’s outdated, too. A reflection of who she once was, not who she is now or who she’s going to be. Maybe that’s impossible to capture, since she doesn’t know.
She reaches for her fuzzy pillow and delicately hugs it to her chest, mired in the strange melancholy of being back in a place she loves so much. The camera pans away from her, into the darkness of an adjacent wall…
INT. BABINEAUX HOME - KITCHEN - DAY
And reemerges in another home, placing us in the Babineaux entryway. Through the doorway to the kitchen, we can glimpse Zay introducing his parents to Vanessa, the latter shaking hands politely with Donna. She apologizes for missing the dinner, but they wave her off -- better late than never. Less pressure now after all the meal fuss anyway.
She made it eventually. In some ways, that’s all that matters. Zay gives her a smile and she returns it, albeit shyly.
It’s a start.
INT. GLOBAL BEAT - RECORDING STUDIO - DAY
Much like whatever Maya and Josh developed over the last few days. We get another snapshot of their Thanksgiving day mix process, both of them grooving and bouncing around either side of the recording booth as they create the track she’ll show to Melissa and Justin later. They’re both flashing the cheesiest, most authentic grins, electric and alive with the love of the music.
INT. L.A. APARTMENT - FARKLE’S BEDROOM - DAY
Meanwhile, Farkle finishes adjusting his flannel over his sweater and nitpicks his appearance in the mirror, gearing up to head out for dinner at the Nelson estate. Nervous but hopeful, not sure what to expect -- and never anticipating what he’s about to experience.
As he walks out his bedroom door…
INT. JACK AND ERIC’S PLACE - DINING ROOM - DAY
Naturally, the event isn’t going to pass without Riley getting a photo to commemorate it. She corrals everyone into gathering on one side of the table and sets up the automatic timer on her phone, scampering at full speed to make it back into the photo in time. She pops back front and center on Lucas’s lap, squished between him and Isa, just in time.
The camera flashes --
INT. MACNAMARA HOME - DAY
And then we’re looking at a printed copy of it, stuck in the fold of a greeting card. While the back of the photo has some scribbled notes about who the hell is who in the image, the message on the card is simple.
Thanks for the card and pic. Thought I’d return the favor and send you one of my family too.
See you soon (maybe?),
Isa
Zachary smiles, thoroughly charmed by the card and the picture when he receives it later. It sure does paint a more colorful picture of the world Isa inhabits on the other side of the country -- important features of their life that any knowledge of it would be incomplete without.
INT. JACK AND ERIC’S PLACE - ISA’S BEDROOM - NIGHT
Back in the present as the song comes to an end, Isa makes their way to their room looking exhausted. But tired in a good way. The socializing was draining, but like Jack said, worth it. It doesn’t feel quite as taxing when it’s family -- a sentiment Isa never thought they’d have the privilege to get to believe.
They get a text on their phone as they flop onto their bed, Riley sending the photos taken from earlier to a group chat with everyone. Isa looks at it thoughtfully, comparing it in their mind to the one Zachary sent. How different is it, really? Same endearing goofy energy; same amount of love.
Maybe they should give him a glimpse of their existing family too.
Another text comes in, causing their heart to race when they see the contact name. Farkle Minkus. For a second, they dread clicking on it -- what if he’s understandably telling them off? Or pulling a Maya, and requesting they never contact him again?
It’s none of the above.
“Just listened to your voicemail. It was really, really good to hear your voice. No worries about the delay -- I know stuff is crazy right now”
“Looking forward to seeing you soon too”
Somehow, that prospect is both exhilarating and terrifying all at once. Isa hugs their phone to their chest, staring up at the ceiling but unable to hold back a light smile.
INT. GLOBAL BEAT - RECORDING STUDIO - NIGHT
Preliminary mix of the soon-to-be hit single done, Maya and Josh have rewarded themselves with a dinner break. Maya is getting some version of her idealized Thanksgiving plans, as Josh has ordered take-out from a couple of the best places on the strip the GB folks like to eat. They’re picking at the food and loading up their plates, Josh giving Maya advice about which items to try. She’s not reluctant to take it this time.
Once they’ve settled in -- Josh in the rolling chair, Maya in the cozy armchair in the corner -- and spent a bit of quiet happily digging in, conversation slowly resumes. Josh dares to ask why Maya didn’t go home for the holiday again, though he’s (amazingly) not complaining. After Maya rolls her eyes, she decides to bite.
Maya: I made other plans. Originally. But those fell through, and then I was stuck here. So… at least I could make something out of it. If this helps boost my visibility, then I guess the rejection was worth it.
Josh: Yikes. Sorry about that.
Maya: Thanks. I’m sure you’re very used to rejection, so.
Josh: [ smirking at the dig ] Actually, truth is, I’m usually the one flaking. Which I know makes me a shitty friend.
Maya: You said it, not me.
Josh: My roommate could tell you all about it -- to say nothing of my parents. But… I don’t know. I know I can count on this place. It makes sense to me. Even if everything else gets fucked up --
Maya: You’ve got your music.
She fills in the sentiment almost automatically. Instinctively. The two of them lock eyes, and for a moment, it’s like they’re actually seeing each other for the first time. Underneath the bravado, the pride, there’s something real to discover.
And just maybe, it’s damningly familiar.
INT. BEAMON HOME - JADE’S BEDROOM - NIGHT
Jade enters her room, in a good mood after dinner. Now that she and Nigel have come together, truly confronted their friction, things feel manageable again. They’re not perfect, and there’s work to be done, but there are paths forward. She can see the potential of the future again. She can work with this.
However, as she should very well know, the universe loves to throw curveballs.
She crashes onto her bed and opens up her phone, ending up on the Instagram app. She sees she has a DM and expects it to be one of the techie boys, clicking open the thread.
It’s not one of her friends. It’s an unfamiliar account, Pinhead Threads.
“Hi Jade!
I’m Luz, one of the co-founders of Pinhead Threads. We’re a spunky and spirited design workshop based in Los Angeles, specializing in unique and memorable pieces for film, television, events, and more. We’re small but mighty, growing every day, and we’re proud to boast that we’re an entirely women-run and eco-friendly company. We want to revolutionize the industry from the inside out, without sacrificing style!
We saw the work you did on the Halloween costumes for @dylanporlando, and we were blown away. First of all -- bravo! Secondly, after doing some research and seeing some of your other work, we could not ignore how perfect of a fit you seemed for our team. We understand if you’re already engaged or simply can’t consider the offer, but if you’re at all interested, we’d love to schedule some time to get on Zoom or Teams and chat.
Let us know whenever you have the chance. Thanks, and once again, incredible work!”
Jade stares at the screen, sitting back up and rereading the message again. Then a third time, to confirm it’s real. Clicking into the account’s profile, it doesn’t seem like a scam -- their page is full of samples from their design studio, as well as snapshots of the team doing promotion and seemingly having a great time working at their small Koreatown office together.
To be honest, it seems like the kind of place Jade would have fun -- the employees featured on the page seem authentic, quirky, similar vibes to her former techie crew. What would be the harm in an interview… but it’s in Los Angeles. And she’s already committed to her apprenticeship with Anya Kelly. Even if that is losing its rosy hue by the day, and the shudder of Anya shouting at her is still fresh in her muscle memory, she can’t just back out to jump ship. It would make her look flighty, and risk Anya’s retribution. Not to mention she would be letting everyone there down. It would be foolish. And unrealistic. It’s just too much to contemplate. She can’t possibly consider an offer like this.
…or could she?
INT. LUCAS’S APARTMENT - NIGHT
Lucas comes to join Grace on the couch with a couple of plates of leftover pie, insisting she take one of them as he sits down next to her. She tries to wave him off, but he’s not letting her refuse, so she accepts it with a chuckle.
Grace: Thank you. For coming to get me. It was fun to be there tonight. I’m glad I went.
Lucas: Thanks for coming. [ a beat ] I’m glad you were there.
Yeah… it’s nice, isn’t it? To feel warm, safe, supported -- to come home without having to hold your breath. Grace gives him a gentle smile, the moment of quiet camaraderie speaking to a thousand sentiments that words can’t articulate.
They’re interrupted by Grace’s phone ringing, which she reluctantly breaks the peace to answer when she sees it’s Kenneth.
Grace: Hello? [ expression shifting ] I’m sorry, who is -- oh, Caroline. How are -- oh. [ heavy ] Oh.
Lucas stares at her, sensing her panic even though it’s subdued. She continues to respond to the person on the other end of the line, holding him in suspense.
Grace: Okay. Okay, um… yeah, I’ll book a flight. Keep us updated. We’ll look out for your call. Okay. Thanks.
She hangs up, emotion stymied mainly from shock. She meets Lucas’s eyes, not sure what to say.
Grace: Kenneth… he collapsed. At Thanksgiving. He’s in stable condition now, but --
But the decline has truly started. No treatment is going to magically save the day; there’s no more aces to play. Kenneth Friar is dying -- no longer a matter of if, but simply when.
Lucas lets that sink in, expression impossible to read as the shock settles over him too. The quiet in the apartment no longer feels cozy, but foreboding.
Count your blessings, and in all things, give thanks.
END OF EPISODE.
6 notes · View notes
cheezritsu · 4 years
Text
Haikyuu Couple Aesthetics
Daichi Sawamura: good luck charms, front row seats at his games, the mature couple; “mom and dad” of the friend group; saying “goodnight” to one another on your doorstep, sentimental captions on their instagram posts, eating dinner and talking about your day like you’re already married; making plans for the future with one another involved; impressing one another’s parents; the thrill of doing everything together; being each others emergency contact; sleeping so well because your love is reliable and stable. You two are the timeless high school sweethearts, making the unattainable look so easy.
Sugawara Koushi: cafe dates, doting words, “sweetheart” and “darling,” laughing just from looking at one another. The secretly chaotic couple, perfectly curated dates, being approved by all his friends, soft, sweet pecks; random flower bouquets on your doorstep; kissing away your tears; hugs warmer than fresh baked cookies, grading student papers over dinner, smiley face post-it notes in your bento boxes, farmers market dates, always, always knowing each other’s favorite things; thoughtful gifts, mistakenly being called “Sugawara-san” before you’re married, shy smiles, kissing his beauty mark, a relationship as easy as the breeze. You two are like bees and flowers, working in tandem to create something natural and sweet.    
Nishinoya Yuu: cutting class to hang out in the hallways, popsicles melting in the summer heat, tongues dyed red and blue from convenience store slushies, dinner dates with no leftovers, neon colored band-aids, learning to hop a fence, scuffed sneakers, bruised arms. The lawless couple, squad posing in couple pictures, matching dyed streaks, sneaking out past midnight, pulling pranks, sitting on the swingset in the middle of the night, counting the stars over head. Adoring stares, “I’m so proud of you!”, kissing his bruises, screaming out the window of your car on a road trip. Traveling the world together, video messages, blowing kisses to each other, saying “I missed you!” after one day apart. You two are twin stars, constantly orbiting each other and burning brighter, together.
Tanaka Ryuunoske: shaving his head, mini skirts, being Saeko’s favorite, troublesome trio antics, late night food runs, horror movie marathons, couple gym workouts. The unexpected couple; getting compliments from the eldery on how cute you two are, flipping off his teammates while you kiss in front of them, excessive worrying, scaring off any boys that look at your wrong, the “Will Smith gesturing to his Wife” meme; thinking you’re too good for this world, calling each other “bro” romantically, kissing him after winning games, placing a beanie over his head in the winter, taking unflattering photos of one another with the most sincere captions. You two are the moth and the flame, drawn together by an inexplicable pull. 
Tsukishima Kei: Wool overcoats, headphone splitters, dogeared textbook pages, study dates, strawberry desserts, “This song reminded me of you.” The better than you couple, wearing his t-shirt to sleep, borrowing each others sweaters, kissing his bruised fingers, hiding in his jackets, going to the same university, softly singing in long car rides, always slightly touching one another, quick, secret kisses, height difference jokes, moon-centric nicknames (“moonbeam,” or “moonshine”) trying on his glasses, mirror selfies,sharing record collections, concert dates; weekend dinners at Tsukishima’s childhood house, being adorded by his teammates, dinosaur themed gifts as a joke, Studio Ghibli movie marathons, listen parties as dates, opening up to one another, “quit staring at me” “but I love you;” him constantly smiling when you’re next to him and denying it ever happened. Sharing insults as a love language, being soft when the time comes, humming into his hair as you fall asleep together. You two are a sweet, slow ballad; a duet between lovers in perfect harmony. 
Akaashi Keiji: library dates, meet cutes, book recommendations, fancy dinner dates, proofreading each other’s work, cuffed trousers, trench coats, french perfume, dainty jewellery, knuckle kisses, the academic couple; good grades, pet names, longing glances, visiting each other’s jobs, sharing clothing, reading books over his shoulders, cocooning in linen blankets, the scent of fresh laundry and lavender, running your hand through one another’s hair, smoothing wrinkles out of his works shirts, working around each other in the bathroom in the morning; matching schedules, museum dates, “you’re the Romeo to my Juliet.” “please don’t die for me.” Literature references, letting Bokuto third wheel, being the smartest couple in the room, massaging one another’s shoulders after long days, words of affirmation, sitting on top of his desk, smiling as he edits another page; “are you coming to bed?” ‘quick, secret smiles. You two are matching portraits in a museum, your love equally as timeless and beautiful. 
Oikawa Tooru: alien bandaids, golden hour selfies, matching skin care routines, wrapping his bandages, phone calls to remind him of things, leaning his head on your shoulder, the king and queen couple; listening to each others insecurities, being his biggest cheerleader, holding your face like it’s the whole world, helping him learn spanish, constantly bragging about one another, stupid nicknames in each other’s phones,  “~Iwa-chan!~”, the Seijoh team rolling their eyes at your PDA, threats from Iwaizumi, making promises you intend to keep, being his rock, letting him cry if he needs to, petty rants, keeping nail files in your purse, knowing the real him, framed couple pictures, teasing him with the team; “I have faith in you;” being there when each other needs it. You two are beloved monarchs, ruling your domain hand in hand with benevolent smiles. 
Kuroo Tetsuro: matching leather jackets, red lipstick kisses, theater hopping, chemistry puns, trying (and failing) to get rid of his bed head, constantly handsy, late night drives, cram sessions, lipstick smudges on his neck, “I’m always this kind,” Yamamoto crying in the distance, “Kenma, love us!”, being double trouble, the power couple; better grades together, singing off key, ugly couple photos, sleeping on the train, awful, cackling laughter, adored by his grandparents, stroking your hair as you fall asleep curled onto a too small couch; making it work no matter what, your eyes shining with pride at all his games. Being on the same wavelength, adoring stares while brushing your teeth, kissing him by his tie, making out in the back of taxis, pulling him into a well needed hug without thinking, playing with your food, whispering ‘I love you’ into the crown of your head. You two are immortal lovers, reunited in this life, and all those after. 
Osamu Miya: late night diner runs, lazy mornings in, being business partners, staying up late drafting new menu items, slow dancing in the kitchen, all you can eat buffets, roses before every date, subtle pda; the domestic couple; matching outfits, holding hands with intertwined fingers, clutching your chests with heavy laughter from each other’s jokes, eating half each other’s plates on dinner dates; devouring ice cream by the tub while bingeing television shows, treating grocery store runs like dates, falling asleep to his heartbeat, comfortable silences, long talks while washing dishes, baking cookies at ungodly hours, hanging onto one another’s arms, sneaking away from parties to be alone, tracing patterns on one another’s skin, whispering “I love you” when the other isn’t listening, temple kisses, side hugs, growing into one another, cooking food as a love language, having immense pride for the one another. You two are best friends, falling in love with each other over and over again every day.
Atsumu Miya: neon colored lights reflecting off his hair, open mouthed kisses, toothy smirks, house parties, being one another’s arm candy, diamonds glinting under flashing lights, breathlessness, wandering hands, showering together, black lingerie, superfluous travelling, first class seating, poorly concealed hickies, clinking champagne glasses, “That’s my girl/boy!” wearing his track jacket, selfies in expensive hotels; the celebrity couple, “I don’t speak broke,” shiny engagement rings, paparazzi photos, explicit pictures, red sports cars, winks meant only for you, hands on your waist, matching manicures, tipsy kisses, flaunting cash, making out on kiss cams, holding ring covered hands, never being alone; cheesy romantic texts, only having eyes for one another. You two are wrapped around each other’s fingers tighter than a bandaid, and that’s how you like it. 
2K notes · View notes
forthehpfanboys · 3 years
Text
Hush-Hush
Tumblr media Tumblr media
Pair: Ron Weasley x Reader; he/him.
Summary: After pestering  Ron about your romantic relationship for far longer than you anticipated, Your relationship with Ron was more than a mystery to his two friends, but one day, it comes tumbling out in the library, in the middle of the night, with a few witnesses.
Warnings: Swears, arguing.
Notes: I love Ron so much, oh and friendly Draco. And Slytherin reader. And I’m posting this at 4:35, so it isn’t the best.
~DO NOT REPOST ANYWHERE~
-
You didn't even want to look at him, not in class, not in the corridors. You ignored his longing glances and his little notes during class. If he’d kept his promise, you would be sitting beside him, joking with his friends, not having a care in the world, but of course he didn’t. Ron had already made you more promises than you could count on both hands and he, somehow, managed to keep none of them. Almost every night he made a new empty promise. 
So, you sat across the dining hall, your nose stuffed in one of your favorite books to distract yourself from the big blue puppy dog eyes a table away. You turned the page, your eyes gliding across the words with ease. Your brain effectively blocked out the empty threats, loud laughs and extra noise of the cramped room. 
“I’m surprised you weren’t put in Ravenclaw.”
You barely casted the owner of the voice a three second glance before going back to your book. The body next to you let out a silent huff of annoyance before filling your empty cup with water. He never did like being ignored.
“If you’re gonna be petty, at least drink some water. I did warn you this was going to happen. His pride is higher than his squeaky voice.” The Slytherin next to you snatched the book from your hands before setting the glass in front of you.
“I don’t need you to take care of me, Draco.” Your nose scrunched up, your eyes scanned across the room, almost on instinct, and rolled seamlessly over the pouting redhead. “I can handle myself.” You gave Ron a sneer, causing him to flinch. The sneer quickly vanished as your gaze moved down to your plate. Reaching forward, you grabbed your goblet of water and took a sip.
“Good boy.” Draco’s words had you close to spewing water all over the book and poor students in front of you. Instead, it slid down the wrong pipe, resulting in a coughing fit that had you seeing shooting stars behind your lids. “Now maybe you can actually talk to him?” Draco gave your back a few pats, pathetically helping you recover from the near-death experience.
“No. I’ve spent too many nights sneaking out with him and too many hours in hidden tunnels arguing over this shit.” Your nose scrunched up again at the idea of experiencing another fight, the words from the night before still echoing in your conscious.
You didn’t like saying Ron had many flaws, most of them were stereotyped or just gossip floating around, but this was one of, like, five. He was thick-headed. He hated losing, hated arguments, and hated losing arguments more. He was a redhead that was hot-headed and he could be a nightmare. Swearing, interrupting you, yelling- however, he never insulted you head on. Just the occasional ‘don’t be daft!’. 
Oh, and the topic of argument never really changed.
“So, you're going to break up with him? That’s… Well, as much as I hate the weasel, that might not be the best idea.” Draco held his hands out, palm side up, teetering his hands up and down, weighing the options. You watched him, now chin on your own palm, elbow on the table, eyes rolling. “I’d just talk to him.”
Your eyes moved from Draco’s silvery ones to Ron’s baby blues. A silent sigh left your body as he gave you a sad smile and a shy wave. He was doing that adorable thing where ears turn pink and it spreads across his cheeks and down to the tip of his nose. It wasn’t something he could control, but it was still adorable. 
“They’re gonna pick up on it. Seriously, you’re making it far more obvious than he would like, (Y/n).” He gave you a soft nudge in the arm. Naturally, your attention moved from the Weasley trying to get a smile out of you to the blonde at your side. You missed Ron’s smile dropping off his cheeks. “I won’t beg you to talk to him, but you really should. Sometimes, words speak louder than actions, (L/n).”
“Says the one who decided the best way to ask out Zabini was knocking him off his broom during practice.” You smirked, raising your eyebrows as your friend's cheeks quickly changed from the usual pale to pink. You couldn’t help but snicker at his flustered expression. It wasn’t easy to fluster Malfoy, especially when he knew he was one of three people that knew this secret topic.
“Shut up, this isn’t about me. Focus, (Y/n). Just ta-” He was cut off by Dumbledore announcing that breakfast was over. He let out a groan, his hand coming up to rub his temples. “Look, please just talk to him. I’m sick of hearing him cry and bitch and moan and whimper and whine about how he’s so touch deprived.” Draco stood up, sliding your book off the table and into his hands. “Now stop reading and comfort your idiot lion.” 
With a pat on your shoulder, he was following the rest of the Slytherin table out the colossal doors. You kept your eyes on his retreating figure until he got lost in the crowds. Soon enough, you were left alone, sitting idly by yourself in a huge dining hall. You watched the house elves come in and the food disappear, so you decided to find your way out. 
You were swimming in your own thoughts, eyes not fully seeing and ears not fully hearing. You didn’t want to break up with Ron, you loved the idiot, but he was absolutely terrified to tell people he was dating you. Not because he didn’t feel the same way, but rather because of your house.
Not like your home status, like money and all that jazz, but over your Hogwarts house. He didn’t want to face the shit he’d get from his brothers, family and both houses in question. Ron was more worried about you than him. He didn’t want you being bullied, being thrown off the quidditch team or targeted by Snape like every other Gryffindor out there.
As you were walking out, you passed the Golden Trio, who were all chatting and chuckling, until they noticed you. Then the chatter died down, and two scowls were directed in your direction.
“What?” Your voice was flat and unwavering. Your eyes flicked between emerald green and cocoa brown, completely avoided the baby blues right between them. “If you're gonna say something, do it now. I’m really not in the mood for more of your biased shit.”
When no one spoke up, you nodded your head and turned away. You missed your ginger boyfriend taking a step forward while you hurried down the corridor. However, you didn’t miss the not subtle ‘Ron, what are you doing?’ and a soft ‘nothing’ following after. You rolled your eyes hard enough you almost tripped on an uneven tile. 
They still didn’t know.
You stomped to your first class, ignoring the echoing footsteps a few feet behind you. You peeked over your shoulder and couldn’t help but let out a dramatic sigh. You ducked into transfiguration, hurrying over to an empty desk, claiming one of the last few empty seats. The trio that had followed you to class filled in after you, all three freezing at the sight of the desks. 
It was usually two students per desk, meaning one was going to have to branch off to sit next to you. Hermione offered to split off, but Ron beat her to the desk, setting his stuff down on top and sat on the bench next to you.
“(L/n).” He greeted, watching his friends move into the empty desk from his peripheral vision. The redhead was trying to play it off like you barely talked to each other and that only fueled your disgruntlement. 
“Weasley.” You responded, voice just as flat as before. You crossed your arms over the desk, hopefully signaling you weren’t in the mood for playful chatter during the class, but of course he didn’t pick up on it. 
“How was breakfast?” His voice was quieter, softer than before. He played with the quill that once sat at the top of the desk, watching the drops of ink land back into the well.  “I saw you talking with Malfoy.”
“Yeah?” You didn't even turn to him or show him a hint of a smile.
“Yeah.” Ron set the quill back in the ink before looking up at one of the many cages that surrounded the room. The silence that spread between the two of you quickly dispersed as McGonagall finally entered the classroom and started a cheerful good morning. She quickly slid into the lesson, the chalk effortlessly floating in the air as it wrote out the spells they’d be learning. 
You rested your cheek against your hand while your dominant hand scribbled away on parchment. Soon, the various animal sounds were accompanied by the sound of writing and you really couldn’t complain. It was a nice sound, but you noticed your boyfriend hadn’t even picked up his quill. Giving him a harsh nudge brought him back to reality, allowing him to catch up on the topics.
“You never answered my question.” Ron leaned over to whisper to you, still actively scribbling his notes. Granted they were messy, but if he could read it, who cared? “How was breakfast?”
“Fine, Ronald. It was fine.” You still didn’t turn to him or look at him. Like Draco, Ron didn’t like being ignored. He licked his lips before opening his mouth again. He knew why you were grumpy with him, but he was hoping his charming demeanor would shove the frustration away from you.
“Can you at least look at me? I miss your pretty eyes.” He tried to flash you a charming smile, but it quickly faded when you gave him an unimpressed look. He swallowed thickly, turning back to the front of the classroom. “Sorry.”
You let out a sigh, glancing at the table to the right of Ron, accidentally meeting brown judgmental eyes that belonged to your boyfriend's friend. You faced the front quickly, letting out a sigh through your nose.
“Alright, I’m sorry for being sour. I have every right to be, ya know.” You whispered quickly, repeating the spell with the class after McGonagall, like she instructed. You brought your pointer finger to your mouth, nibbling on the skin next to your nail. It was a stress habit you had picked up recently.
“It’s ok, lovie.” Ron couldn’t help but smile, albeit a small one. He reached out, gently placing his hand on your knee. “I- hey, stop that.” He smacked your hand away from your lips, shooting a soft glare at you. “I know you're stressed. It’s gonna be ok.”
With a quick glance back at the table to Ron’s right from the corner of your eye, you gently moved his hand off your leg. When he opened his mouth to question what you were doing, you cut him off.
“They’re getting suspicious. I’ll meet you in the library tonight, usual time.” You tried not to smile at the enthusiastic nod he gave. And you especially tried not to nod when McGonagall called on him.
“So, Mr. Weasley, you do know the answer?” Her tone had a hint of judgement to it, and the sudden attention drawn to him had Ron’s cheeks brightening in color again. You almost snorted as he stuttered out a loud ‘n-no ma’am!’.
The classes dragged on from there, leaving you tired, frustrated and more touch deprived than ever. You were excited to have some time alone with Ron and prayed to Merlin that it wouldn’t lead to an argument. You wanted to lean against him while he read the Beedle the Bard stories- more specifically the Tale of the Three Brothers that he knew by memory.
The daydreams of being pressed against him while he read to you helped you get through dinner. You borderline sprinted through the halls, weaving through everyone to get up to your dorm. You grabbed a few books from your collection before you were running through all the halls again. Balancing the thick books against your chest, you pushed open the towering doors of Hogwarts library and hurried in.
“Ronnie?” You whispered, walking deeper into the dark room. Your eyes were naturally drawn to the faint light of a lantern illuminating from one of the many tables and figured it must be Ron. It was far past curfew to be anyone else. “Ron?” You called out, louder this time, weaving past the study areas and great book shelves.
“Over here, darling.” His distinct voice filled in the room, immediately putting you at ease. You quickened your pace, breathing heavily from the weight of the books. Once you made it to the table Ron had deemed his, you set the books down, wincing at the volume of the bang. “Merlin! What did you bring?” He teased, looking at each book title.
“What? They're just books. I know you can read, so I plan on extorting your vocabulary.” You smiled, slipping into the seat next to him. You reached for his hand, enjoying how his calloused skin finally eased the itch you’d been feeling for the past few hours. “Will you read to me?” The edges of your smile twitched downward when he broke out in a fit of giggles. “What?”
“First of all, that’s adorable.” His sideways smile and charming voice had you blushing under his gaze. “And second, we’re in a library. I’m gonna say the words again. We’re in a library. Why did you bring your books when we’re surrounded by them?”
“Because.. I did not feel like looking for them.” You stammered, nudging your boyfriend away from you when he wrapped an arm around the back of your chair and tugged it closer. 
“I have a feeling that’s not the real reason, dollie. Is it because my boyfriend forgot what a library was for?” His smug tone had your face turning a darker shade of red.
“Shut it, Weasley. Just read to me.” You stood up, ignoring Ron’s deep laugh. You effortlessly slipped out of his grasp and transfigured your chair into a medium sized bean bag for you and Ron to share. While you moved the bag against one of the book shelves, Ron regathered the books and the lantern.
He plopped onto the bag, enjoying how his body sunk into the middle of the bag. He set the books down next to him in a stack and balanced the lantern on top. Then, he opened his arms, allowing you to sit on his lap and lean back into him. He was able to wrap his arms around your waist and peer over your head, making this the best reading/snuggle position known to wizard or man.
“Pick your poison, (Y/n). What story do you want?” Ron kissed the back of your head before naming off the stories. 
“What about Babbitty Rabbitty and her Cackling Stump?” You looked up at him, craning your neck to see his expression. His eyes gazed into yours before his tongue was poking the inside of his cheek. 
“You just wanna hear me say Babbitty Rabbitty and think it’s cute. Not gonna happen, cookie. Pick a different one.” He gave your stomach a pat of affection, his eyes twinkling in the lamp light.
“Fine, the Three Brothers, then. I knew you would end up picking that story anyway, it being your favorite and all.” You grumbled the last part, jokingly crossing your arms with exaggeration. He rolled his eyes, not that you saw, and began to tell the story, by heart, like usual.
The only unusual thing was his story telling kept getting interrupted by his own yawns, causing him to lose his place and nearly start the story over. He removed an arm from around you to rub his eye, trying almost desperately to stay awake. The ginger was so focused on staying awake he almost missed you speaking, but managed to catch the tail end.
“-like the brother who asked to hide from death, don’t you think?”
“Come again, love?” Ron ran his fingers through your hair, enjoying the way it moved with his hand. His grin matched his joy, easily, especially when he thought his amazing and talented boyfriend had a question about the story. However, he was no wear near ready for the curve ball coming his way.
“I was just saying maybe we.. We could actually sleep if we told everyone. We wouldn’t have to sneak around.”
“Not this again, (Y/n), come on.” he spoke, putting his hands on your waist and moving you forward on the bean bag, trying to signal you to stand. “We’ve talked about this dozens of times! I’m just not ready.”
“When will you be ready?” You stood up, turning toward him. While he thought over his reply, you ran a hand through your hair, foot tapping impatiently as tension filled the once related and happy room. He just pathetically shrugged his shoulders. “Ron, that isn’t an answer.”
“It isn’t fair for you to ask me to set a date to tell my friends I’m frisking with the enemy!” His frustration over the topic was quickly coming back, as it usually did. You, on the other hand, just felt pissed. Your jaw was hanging open in disbelief. 
“I’m sorry. ‘Frisking with the enemy’ might not be the term you're looking for. Would you like to try again?” You stood up, crossing your arms over your chest, this time with actual anger. 
“You know what I mean!” He shouted while struggling to leave the bean bag’s slippery grasp. “Damnit!” He grumbled through his teeth, effectively slipping and falling back into the soft chair.
“All I’m saying is that it’s just beneficial. We could be open! We wouldn’t have to stress about looking at each other too long or brushing shoulders in the hallway! We could be a normal teenage couple!” You didn’t think you were being unreasonable. 
“I thought you could let this go for one day!” Ron had finally stood up, moving around you to now pace in the empty library. He put his hands in his pocket, turning back to you again. “Just one day, let us, maybe, not fight.” 
“It isn’t my fault you don’t listen to reason.” You grumbled. Ron made a confused and almost betrayed sound.
“Me? Oh, no, darling. You’re the one that’s being all mental. Do you know what they’ll say about us? A Slytherin and a Gryffindor?” He pointed to you, then himself. “We’ll be a target for both teams. They’ll drag us apart and run us through mud!’
“Ronnie, I’m not asking you to wear a sign that says you're boning a Slytherin and share it with the whole school. Just our friends.” You ran your hand through your hair again. Your stress from the day was beginning to boil over. “You can’t keep  brushing this off like it’s not affecting either of us.”
“It isn’t! I’m perfectly content like this.”
“The bags under your eyes and the constant yawning say otherwise.” Running a hand down your face, you looked around at the empty library. You were sure Madam Pince was out, due to the fact that she would’ve already had a cow over the fact you both snuck in. “I..” Draco’s words from earlier were ringing in your skull all over again. You brought a finger to your lips without even realizing it and began to chew at the skin anxiously.
“What’s wrong?” Ron tried to keep the anger out of his tone, but he failed. It shined through like a dirty penny being whipped clean, exposing the shiny copper beneath the grime. “Is it something I did again?”
“I don’t know how long I can keep doing this, Ronnie.” As you spoke, your nose began to sting while your eyes burned. You didn’t want to say it, and maybe you shouldn’t have, but you did. His face changed between a few dozen emotions before finally landing on confused. Ron took careful steps toward you, his eyes swirling with worry and fear. Fear of losing you. When he was close enough to feel the short breaths leaving your mouth, he grabbed your arms, giving you a soft squeeze.
“What do you mean?” His eyes bounced back and forth between yours, his arms squeezing a tad harder. “Do you want to break up with me?” His heart felt like it was caught in his throat. Once the words were out, you realized that was far from what you actually wanted. 
“No!” Your anger was making a sequel appearance in the argument. “I just can’t keep sneaking around! It hurts!” You didn’t care that you sounded like a child, it felt like everyone was waving a relationship in your face and you couldn’t do anything about it. 
“What do you want me to do? Stand up on a table and shout it out? I’ll do it!” Ron ran over to one of the few tables not crowded by carbon copies, putting one foot on a chair and the other on the top of the oak polished. He easily put all of his weight on the table, flaring his arms out before allowing them to fall back against his legs.
“Ron, get down!” You whispered harshly, hurrying after him and tugging on his hands. You’d gladly tug him down and continue this argument anywhere else. “Please get down.” 
“Nope! Not until you stop being mad at me!” He crossed his arms over his chest, ignoring the sting of his lip trapped between his teeth. The Gryffindor took a deep breath before he let out a sigh. His fingers tapped along the side of his biceps and his gaze moved to the old high roof of the library.
“I have every right to be mad at you! Now come down right now!” This time you tugged at his pant leg, a groan of frustration leaving your lips as he took a step back. The table creaked in protest, but both of you ignored it.
“No! If this is what I have to do to make sure we can keep staying together, then I’ll do it! Because you mean more to me than anyone in this school and I can’t afford to lose you!” He stomped his foot to emphasize his point. While he was doing his tangent, you made eye contact with some students who really should’ve been sleeping.
“Um, Ron?”
 “I really should say it more often but I love you! And-”
“Ron-”
“Don't interrupt me, lovie, I’m trying to save our relationship. And I should prove it more often too, so, tomorrow, I’ll stand up on the dining tables during breakfast and announce I have been dating (L/n) for the past year and that nothing can change that!” He tossed his head back, holding his arms out like a man feeling rain for the first time in a century. 
“Are you done now?” You watched him carefully, crossing your arms over your chest. Once his arms dropped to his sides again, he nodded his head. “Cool, cause they know.” Ron’s head snapped around the empty library before he turned around, seeing Harry and Hermione standing just a few feet behind the table he was standing on.
“Oh. Hi, guys. I thought um.. What aarre... Why?” He took a step back, effectively shifting the weight from the middle, resulting in the table tipping. With a shout, the ginger collided with the floor. You, Harry and Hermione flinched at the thud that echoed in the dead silent room. 
“Ronnie? You ok?” You walked over to him. You couldn’t help but snicker at the strawberry tint that covered his pale skin. You bent down, obstructing some of his view of the beautifully articulated ceiling, which he quickly brought up, hoping to cause his friends to forget about what they heard.
“Wow. They really put a lot of work in the detailing, huh? Brilliant! It’s truly fantastic. Is that oak?” He rubbed his head as he sat up, looking at the titled table. He looked up at his best friends before standing up, albeit clumsily. 
An awkward silence quickly fell over the room. Ron shifted his weight between his feet. You chewed on your nail. Hermione played with her hair. Harry rubbed the back of his neck.
“Well? Are you going to explain yourselves?” Hermione spoke up suddenly. She put her hands on her hips, clearly not happy with the outcome of everything.
“Or we could just let them be. They seemed to be having a moment.” Harry spoke up, awkwardly putting his hands in his pockets and looking down at his shoes.
“Nonsense. You dragged me out of bed for this, Harry. I expect a full explanation.”
So, with that, Ron fixed the table, everyone sat down and the story of how your relationship with Ron morphed from enemies to lovers in a few years time. Both of his friends listened intently until the story was over. Hermione asked a few questions about some basic things, one of them being if that was why he was rubbing your knee earlier that day, but soon enough, the four of you decided it was late. After transfiguring the bean bag back into a chair and putting the lantern out, you split up, heading back to your different common rooms, but not without a kiss and a good night from Ron.
The next morning came quickly and Ron was waiting by the entrance to the dining hall. He had woken up early, despite the few hours of sleep he’d gotten from the night before. Talking to his best friends about his secret boyfriend went far, far deeper into the night than he’d expected. So, here he was, waiting patiently for them to show up so he could keep his promise.
He nodded to his brothers and their friends, and his sister and her friends, before his own finally came trotting along. His heart physically fluttered when he saw Harry, Hermione and you, not just walking side by side, but joking and laughing. He bit his lip to try to prevent his smile from growing too wide.
“Hey guys!” He called out, ignoring everyone in the hall and rushing over. This time, he didn’t hesitate to grab your hand, even going as far as kissing your knuckles. You couldn’t stop yourself from grinning or blushing over the simple affection, and you felt the touch starved itch disintegrate inside of you slowly.
“Hey, Ron.” Hermione chimed in, catching her breath from laughing.
“Good morning, mate. Ready for the big day?” Harry asked, nudging Ron in the side.
“As ready as I can be.” He replied with a grin, shooting your confused expression a wink.
“What are you guys goin’ on about?” Your eyes danced between Harry’s and Ron's, that seemed to have an invisible way of communication that you were quickly becoming jealous of. 
“Nothing, prince. I’ll tell you while we eat.” Ron casted you his mischievous grin while getting the door and was hoping Merlin you couldn’t see the nervousness in his eyes. When you walked in, you instinctively began to head over to the now waving Draco, ready to tell him the news, but the hood of your robe was grabbed and you were being dragged to the Gryffindor table.
You were sat down and Ron was scuttling up to the teachers table, but before long, he was coming right back to the table to sit next to you. Except, he didn’t sit, he stood behind you, fixing your robe.
“Seriously, Ron, what are you doing?”
“Nothing, bunny, just relax.” He kissed your head, shooting you another wink. “I just want to keep my promise from last night.” Before what he said could even click in your head, he was climbing onto the Gryffindor table, grinning down at you. “Oh, and before I forget, or get buried alive by my family, remember that I love you, yeah?” All too suddenly, he was whistling to catch everyone in the dining halls attention and he was dramatically clearing his throat.
Why McGonagall let him stand on a table and talk for almost fifteen minutes about how he was dating a Slytherin, you still don’t know, but you couldn’t help but smile up at him as he ranted about your gorgeous smile and your perfect hands and shiny eyes to the entire school.
And, of course Draco started chanting ‘kiss! kiss! kiss!’ after his speech was done.
378 notes · View notes
ithebookhoarder · 3 years
Text
Prequel Star Wars (Head-canons): Dealing with a sick reader
A/N: After the request for these head canons for the original trio I kind of got inspired for the other trios too... oops?
Tumblr media
Masterlist: 
Anakin:
Ok. There’s only one word for Anakin when you’re sick: worrier.
Yep. This man is on red alert real quick the minute you mention even thinking you feel a bit under the weather. In fact, he’d have you back in your chambers and buried under a pile of blankets before you can even try to tell him it isn’t necessary.
“You can’t be too careful, and you do feel rather warm. You may have a fever-”
“Anakin! Say that once you’ve felt my forehead again, but with your non-robotic hand this time.”
“Oh.”
It’s rather sweet actually, watching the way Anakin scurries about getting anything and everything you could possibly need. 
It’s also ironic considering this is the man who always insists he is fine, even when he has blaster wounds all over him. He may have been adversed to letting people take care of him, but he’s only too eager to take care of you. 
After all, since his mother died, you are all he really has in the way of family. He’s not about to let something as simple as a cold kill you. 
So, you let him fuss, knowing it’s just as good for him as it is for you, to let him play nurse maid for a while. 
“Do you need more pillows? I also can get Obi-wan to get some more of that tea you like from the market too if you want.” 
“I’m fine, Ani.”
“Are you sure? You still look pale-“
“Just come cuddle with me, ok? Just a for a while?”
Needless to say, he’s only too happy to cradle you in his arms and let you drift off to sleep against him, softly humming under his breath as he brushes the hair off of you face. 
This is how it stays for the next few days or so, until you’re finally strong enough to get back up and move around the temple. 
Even then, Anakin is like a shadow, following you around incase you’re wrong and it turns out you’re not strong enough yet to be up and about. 
“Ani, honey, I’m fine. I promise. I’m not made of glass, you don’t have to always worry something’s going to break me.” 
He knows you’re right, even if he’s reluctant to admit it. So, he settles for a kiss and a compromise that you at least let Ahsoka keep an eye on you while you work. It has been nearly a week since either of you left your quarters and people were going to start getting suspicious soon if he didn’t let you be by yourself. 
However, he doesn’t need to worry. 
It’s only a day later he starts coughing and feeling sick himself. 
It’s hard not to laugh at the irony as you take his arm and start hauling him back to bed, ready to return the favour. What was one more week of seclusion, just the two of you? At least this time you’d get to play nurse maid. 
Obi-Wan: 
Unlike Anakin, Obi-wan is rather calm when it comes to handling any kind of problem. So, when he finds you slumped over, face down, in the text you’d been trying to read in the archives, he merely chuckles.
“Darling, wake up. You fell asleep again.”
“Obi?” You blink, groaning as you try to sit up without falling over from the sudden dizziness you feel rushing through you.  
Of course, one look at you is enough to tell him something is definitely wrong with you. 
“Oh dear, you look dreadful.”
“Wow. Such a charmer.”
“I try,” he teases, helping you up and wrapping an arm around you as he starts to escort you back to your rooms. You need some rest, clearly, if you’ve become rundown enough to catch some kind of bug. It’s probably the same one that’s been going around the younglings recently.
“Here we are. Let’s get you changed and settled in to bed, alright?”
His voice is so soft and soothing as he mothers you, seeing to your every need with barely a complaint. He has you out of your robes and into something comfy in the blink of an eye. He also makes you some tea and retrieves some medication from his bathroom cabinet, insisting you take some before sleeping. 
Obi-wan is also a patient man. Being Master to Anakin for the last ten years has ensured that, meaning he is more than prepared for your whining and moaning. 
He simply smiles, laughing at the rather adorable pout you wear whenever he tries to get you to take some more medication or agree to stay in bed for another day. 
“But I have a report due tomorrow for Master Fisto-“
“I’ve already explained the situation to him. He has someone else finishing it for him.”
“Well, I also have that class with the younglings-”
“Which Master Yoda has also agreed to cover, so you have nothing to worry about except recovering, alright?”
It is alright, despite you pretending otherwise. When else do you get to spend so much time along together? In fact, despite feeling like death warmed up, you rather like letting him take care of you and entertaining you with whatever book he’s been reading lately. 
He always looks happiest when he has you nestled under his arm, and a book in his free hand. Needless to say, he has no problems reading you off to sleep every night, watching as you drift off by the time he’s finished another chapter. 
“Sleep well, my love.” 
And you do. You sleep remarkably well with Obi-wan next to you which is why, even after you’re better, you’re quick to invite him to sleep in your bed as many nights as you can.  
You’re also eager to return the favour and read to him instead, as he eventually falls asleep to the sound of your voice night after night. 
Who knew the great General Kenobi was so adorable when asleep?  
Padme:
Now, Padme may be royalty, but she is a public servant first and foremost. Her entire life is dedicated to the service of others, so when she sees you struggling to keep yourself upright at your desk, she is all over you. 
“Y/N? What is it? Are you feeling alright?” 
“I’m fine, Padme. It’s just stress.”
“Sure you are. Why else have you been staring at that page for the last hour and a half?” 
She pauses, frowning at you and trying not to roll her eyes at your stoic nature. On one hand, it’s rather ironic for her to scold you when she herself has been known to burn the candle at both ends. However, there comes a point when it was impossible to ignore your body’s obviously worsening condition. 
So, she swiftly orders you to bed and instructs a physician to check nothing is terribly wrong with you - even if you insist it isn’t necessary. 
“Well, it is to me, alright?” 
And of course, how can you say no to that sweet face when she pouts and bats her eyelids? 
“Ugh! Fine!”
One annoyingly tedious check up later, you’ve been diagnosed with a mild stomach bug and told to rest for the remainder of the week. 
“Here. I have some juice for you. You need fluids if you’re going to recover quicker.” 
You smirk at the idea that a queen is serving you as she bursts into your room the following day, carrying a tray laden with fruit and a pitcher of your favourite juice. 
You’re quick to thank her, downing the glass within seconds, much to her amusement. 
“Thirsty are we?”
“And bored,” you whine, grinning as Padme passes you a data pad with a knowing wink. “You angel!”
“Hardly. You get one hour to work, ok? Then I’m taking it back and you’re having a nap? Understood?”
It seems like a fair enough compromise as you sit up and read the briefings she’s downloaded for you. In fact, by the time your hour is up, your eyes are drooping and you’re struggling to sit up by yourself. 
“No protests? I am surprised.”
She clearly isn’t, but she’s too kind to say so as she kisses your forehead and clambers in to bed next to you as you nestle in close.
The soft scent of her perfume and the sound of her heartbeat is all the lullaby you need as you let yourself grab a few more hours of sleep. 
A few days of this routine, and of Padme’s diligent care, and you’re back to your old self in no time. 
In fact, a small part of you rather looks forward to the next time either one of you are sick given how nice it is to have the time to spend together. 
So, you still insist on taking a nap together every afternoon despite being off bed rest. “Merely as a precaution” - or so you insist as you steal Padme from her office every day without fail for a small escape. “Wouldn’t want our favourite Senator to fall sick now, would we?”  
186 notes · View notes
a-edgar-allan-hoe · 3 years
Text
The Last Chthonian
Part 17
Bucky x Reader, Sam x Reader, Zemo x Reader
A/N: It is here! So sorry for the late update lovelies! I’ve been having really bad writers block lately and my job keeps switching my hours up so now my sleep schedule is all fucked up. And after writing this part I want to go stargazing so bad but the light pollution kind of sucks where I live. 🥲 Also this is my first time writing a steamy scene so I’m sorry if it’s awkward. Feedback is much appreciated and let me know if you want to be added to the tag list. 😊
Summary: Imagine being Hekate, the Greek goddess of magic and witchcraft, the night and the moon, doorways and crossroads, creatures of the night, and ghosts and necromancy. You stumbled upon Earth many centuries ago and since then have resided on the foreign planet. During the recent years you created an alias for yourself to hide your true identity, and after the war against Thanos you chose to live out your days in the Scottish countryside, until a certain trio appears at your doorstep one day.
Warnings: language, angst, some foreplay and making out
Tumblr media
You had still been wrapped in Zemo’s arms, the two of you indulging in each other’s presence in a silence, which combined with the faint beating of his heart, you only found to be comforting. The meteors still swept by the earth’s atmosphere above you in flashes that lit up the sky, leaving behind trails of white that resembled the strokes of a brush, as if your mother Asteria had painted the celestial bodies using diamonds onto a canvas that was the night sky. You could only make out the few stars and constellations that were scarcely scattered across the vastness above you, caused by the light pollution that unfortunately managed to mantle the wonders and beauty that settled just beyond, separating humanity from the marvels of the universe. The stars flickered like the diminishing of the flame of a candle, a farewell to the billions of years lived by the remnants of those enormous spheres of hot plasma, thus leaving behind the birth of other stars to fulfill their legacy. However, there was a certain star that did not flicker like the ones around it, a certain spectacle distant in time and space that still managed to burn bright despite the innumerable amount of light-years that separated Earth from it. The remaining light of your planet Olympus. You stared at that particular star, your brows knit together and your face etched with this certain melancholy that one could not explain. How could one thing be so near, within the reach of your fingertips, and yet be entirely outside the capacity of reach.
“Draga.” You heard Zemo softly speak, his chest slightly wavering beneath your cheek from his words.
“Hm?”
“Something troubles you.”
“What makes you say that?” You stared off, your eyes still fixated to the fading existence of your world.
“Your eyes draga.” Zemo looked down at you, his eyes scanning over the troubled creases that masked your features. “I have seen this shadow in your eyes that has seemed to occupy them as of recently. What troubles you?”
“…………You see that star there, right between those two constellations?” You pointed above you.
“Mhm.” Zemo nodded as he followed the line of your finger, his eyes now focused on the same exact star yours have not yet left.
“That’s my planet………Olympus.”
“You’re welcome to tell me about it if you’d like.”
“Well, when I was little, I used to live with my mother in this quaint cottage by the sea, similar to the one I live in now with my daughter. She used to bring me out most nights for stargazing. She had built this outdoor platform with bedding and blankets and we would have a small fire going to keep us warm as we watched the stars and constellations while she told me different tales and epic poetries. As silly as it sounds, she would make shooting stars appear in the sky for me knowing how much I loved them. Gods, I wish you could’ve seen my home back in its days, back when everything still remained. Everything was so…..beautiful, and the skies, gods the skies, you could see the different planets and galaxies as if they were only miles away. To this day, I have yet to see anything in my travels that compares.”
“I would have loved to seen it Schatzi. Your mother sounded like a wonderful person.”
“She was the kindest soul I knew.” You turned your body so that you could look up at him, resting your chin on your hand.
“You miss her.”
“There’s not a day that goes by that I don’t miss my family and planet.”
“I’m sorry about what happened to them Schatzi. I wish you never went through what you did.”
“If only I could bring them back. I’d do anything to be able to just see them again.”
Zemo was silent, believing that no amount of words could have provided you comfort, no matter how deep the meaning or how significant. He could not imagine what you went through. He had lost his country and his family, and you had lost your family as well, but you lost your world, your entire race, leaving you to be the last remaining entity of your people, the last Olympian and the last Chthonian. Words could not bring your family back, just as they could not with his. So he only did what he was able, making a silent unspoken promise within the abyss of his damaged heart to be there for you as he held you closer to him and pressed a kiss to your forehead.
A sudden feeling of guilt crawled up your spine like a venomous scorpion ready to sink its stinger in your skin with means to cause nothing but pain and suffering. You felt guilty for being here, lying next to Zemo wrapped in his arms like a pair of star-crossed lovers from the pages of a novel. A part of you felt selfish for what you did, undeserving of the affection that was bestowed upon you from a man who had suffered enough from the loss of his family. How much longer did you think you could give in to your mindless emotions without a single thought of the consequences it might bring about. Did you really think you could go on as if nothing is happening? As if you can conceal your true form from him forever. No. You could not. You did not have the heart to keep such knowledge from him. If you wanted to pursue what you had with him, you would have to tell him the truth when the time came.
“We should probably get back before Sam and Bucky notice.” You mumbled, blinking back the tears, your heart aching to go back to the way things used to be, wishing you could leave all of this and just be able to go back home. You didn’t belong here on earth, an immortal amongst mortals. At least on Olympus, if your titaness form had been revealed, many would not have bat an eye. They had already seen the likes of Titans before and the locals had become accustomed to you. But here on earth, you were nothing but a stranger, a drifter.
The two of you walked back to his place in silence, the only sounds being the whistling of the wind, the chirping of crickets, the voices of the few pedestrians and the humming of the cars that drove by. Your hands brushed against each other, craving to intertwine your fingers with his as you walked down the stone paved streets lit by the lamps that lined it, the two of you still withdrawn despite what occurred between you both. You felt it would have been silly, holding his hand like a couple of teenagers, though a century ago, you wouldn’t have gave it a second thought.
You arrived at his place, standing at the bottom of the steps in front of the double doors with Zemo opposite you, illuminated by the street lamp that stood just behind. Feelings of conflict washed over you, drowning you in waves of despair. As much as you wanted to be with him, a small part in the back of your mind kept telling you that it was wrong. Neither of you wanted to go through those doors just yet, wishing you could have spent the night under the stars. But life seems to have a way of working against your favor. The Wakandans would be here to collect him possibly tomorrow, and you would have to bid him farewell, separated from each other for what could be forever. As much as you did not look forward to that moment in having to turn him in and never see him again, you wouldn’t stop the Wakandans from what they were promised. And though you hadn’t said a word, Zemo had already knew what your decisions were regarding it, and he could not blame you for it. You were a woman of justice and you followed a code, and he respected that.
“Zemo.” A frown appeared on your face.
“Please,” Zemo whispered to you as he pushed a strand of your hair behind your ear, “Call me Helmut.”
You looked at Zemo once more, a look of longing hidden behind your eyes as you unconsciously swiped your tongue across your mouth, watching how his eyes followed the movement before lingering on the wetness of your lips that resembled the petals of a rose after the pouring of cold rain in the midst of spring. Oh how he wished to be the drops of rain that were gifted the pleasure of grazing upon the velvety petals that belonged to such beauty of a flower, a symbol of union between the two domains in which the heavens came down to declare its love for the earth. A pulling sensation filled within your core, drawing yourself to Zemo as if he were the sweet berries of deadly nightshade that have lured many unfortunate souls. Banishing the thoughts of doubt that clouded your mind, you grabbed him by the collar and pulled him to you, crashing your lips against his in a heated kiss. Zemo was initially shocked by your bold gesture and stiffened from the way your mouth moved against his, surprised you would pull something like this when just a wall away Sam and Bucky were awaiting your arrival, before loosing himself into your embrace.
Your fingers clenched the collar of his sweater and your fingers grazed across the exposed skin of his neck while his hands went to your waist in a desperate attempt, fumbling to grab at anything and bunching up the bottom fabric of your sweater as he pulled you against him. The tips of his fingers brushed against the skin of your waist that was exposed below the hem of your sweater, leaving behind goosebumps in its trail. You smiled into the kiss from the way he completely melted under your touch, a part of you amused from the affect you held over him as you managed to elicit a moan from deep within his throat. Zemo’s brows were furrowed in the passionate moment, something you have noticed when you first kissed him, a small crease in the muscles of his face that showed just how lost he was when encased in this moment with you, and it absolutely melted you. He was addicted from the warm numbness, the ecstasy he felt from kissing you. Your lips were like heroin to him, leaving him yearning for more, and it didn’t ameliorate the fact that his years spent in a German prison had left him somewhat inexperienced and filled with a chasmic longing for touch and intimacy from the lack thereof. Deep within him, masked by his ideas and objectives, Zemo wanted to be able to love someone again, a chance at a new life and a family, and perhaps, he saw that possibility with you. But, behind the passion of the kiss you shared with him, there was something else, a poison that laced your lips with feelings of despair and forbidding that consumed you as if you had tasted those sweet berries of nightshade, slowly loosing yourself to its malice. His lips which were at first warm to the touch, now felt cold like ice and sent shivers of dread through your veins, as if this would be the last kiss you shared with him.
You pulled away from the kiss to catch your breath, your teeth softly grazing against his bottom lip as you did so. Both of you were left breathless as you rested your foreheads against each other, panting as your breaths fanned each other’s face as if you had just been trapped in the depths of the ocean before breaking through the surface to allow oxygen to fill your lungs.
“If you keep doing that Draga.” Zemo rasped between breaths, “I won’t be able to compose myself.”
“Good. Maybe I don’t want you too.” You smirked before placing a playful kiss on the tip of his nose. “But I really should go back inside, and you should do the same. Just make sure you go unnoticed.” You slipped his coat off your shoulders, his cologne that lingered on his fur collar leaving your senses with discontent as you returned his coat to him before going over to the doors, stopping to turn back to him with a smile before stepping inside and closing the door behind you. Gods, what the hell did you do that for???? You felt your cheeks heat up in embarrassment as you wanted to slap yourself for pulling a move like that.
“Gods I’m stupid.” You muttered to yourself.
“Hey.” Bucky smiled once he spotted you, his voice soft as if he were afraid you would shatter at any moment from the discussion that took place earlier. “How was your walk?”
“It was nice, relaxing. I went to the park to stargaze.”
“That’s good. As long as you feel better.”
“I do, actually. Thanks Bucky.”
“You look flushed. You okay?” Sam noted as he stepped over to you.
“Huh?” You stopped short. “Oh yeah, I’m fine. I just had to kind of uh power walk back here so you guys wouldn’t get worried. But I’m fine, yeah. Anyways, I’m going to hit the sack since I’m feeling a bit tired. Goodnight you guys.” You waved them off before going to your assigned room, making Sam and Bucky give each other questioning looks before they both shrugged it off.
You shut the door behind you, letting out a breath of relief that they had not caught on to anything and praying that Zemo had managed to sneak in. You had just gotten off the phone with Maze and your daughter, catching up on their activities after cleaning yourself up and changing into your nightgown. You had pulled up a chair next to the window that was in your room, your feet tucked underneath you and a warm cup of rose and blackberry tea in your hands. Your robe hung loosely off your shoulders as your index finger twirled above the small silver spoon that swirled in your cup, mists of violet wrapping around the handle of the spoon as you used your powers to stir the contents of the tea. You stared out the window onto the old streets of Latvia before glancing down at the teacup that was nestled in your hands, the glow of your eyes reflected off the window pane along with the tiny stars that swirled through the small globe of your necklace your mother gave you. You hadn’t stopped thinking about the moments that passed and the ones that have yet to come.
There was a knock on your door, interrupting you from the thoughts that had resided in your mind. “Come in.” You spoke as you looked through the reflection of the window and saw a figure step in. “Zemo?” You stopped using your powers, the clinking of the spoon scraping against the sides of the porcelain cup coming to a stop. “You know, you gotta stop sneaking into my room.” You teased before frowning, seeing the expression that sat on his face. “What’s wrong?” You got up from the chair, setting your cup down on the table before walking over to him.
“The Wakandans will…….be here for me tomorrow.” His eyes were lowered to the floor, the browns of his irises which reminded you of the dunes of the Sahara desert were whirling in thought, resembling the dunes caught in the midst of the fury of a sandstorm, as if searching for an answer to his troubles.
“Ze-Helmut, I………” You sighed, your tongue and mind lacking the ability to compose any words that might have provided some solace. “I’m sorry………..I don’t know what to say.”
“Y/n, schatzi” Zemo grabbed your hand, tracing his thumb over the bumps of your knuckles. “You don’t have to say a word. My actions………must be accounted for.”
You were silent, your brows knit together and your lips sealed as if your voice was ripped from your throat. Your heart wanted to tear itself from your chest, begging to be released from its cage so that it could be free to lament, so that it may be able to express the words that held it captive. But your tongue was tied, held back between the prison that was your teeth as you clenched your jaw. Zemo’s hand still held yours, stroking the soft skin on the back of your hand which were a contrast to the small rough patches on your palm, before you heard him speak again. “Can I kiss you?”
You blinked at him, lips parted in surprise that he would even ask such a question when you were honestly willing to kiss him any time of the day. The Zemo you had come to know was far different than the one you had heard about, his cold demeanor seemed to completely fade when he was around you, like a fog that dissipated with the coming of daylight. A part of you pondered whether this was how he used to be, before the events that happened. Though he hadn’t had a chance to share such affection with anyone and lost practice, you still found him to be great kisser and it always managed to leave you breathless. “Yes, please.” You whispered, your voice barely audible before you felt his lips brush against yours. What was sweet at first became more feverish and filled with hunger as an unfamiliar spirit seemed to possess your body, darkening the amethysts and golds of your eyes that resembled the galaxies, into the blackness of the abyss that swallowed the outer edges of space where not even the slightest bit of light could reach, almost as if you were sinking your claws into your prey.
A heat pooled in the pit of your stomach, filling your body with an electrifying warmth as his mouth moved against yours more confidently this time, catching you utterly by surprise and leaving your knees weak, a feeling similar to the stillness in the air a mere second before lightning strikes the ground beneath your feet. His hands slipped down to grab the flesh of your waist, dehydrated, and filled with an intense thirst that could only be quenched by your body that was the ocean, your skin separated by the silk fabric of your nightgown. Your hands went up to grip his shoulders as a gasp escaped your lips upon feeling him move down to your jaw and neck. Gods, since when was the last time you were touched like that?
“Helmut.” You rasped, struggling to hold back a moan as his lips sucked on the skin where your collarbone met your neck, making you lean your head back to allow him better access. Your robe had fell to the floor, leaving your arms completely bare while Zemo’s hands caressed the skin that lined them before resting on the dorsal part of your upper arms, the combination of the frigid air and his fingertips that felt like the touch of fire sending shivers through your body. “What if they hear?”
“Let them.”
“No……….I’m…….serious.”
“Well if you’re that worried Draga.” Zemo stopped to look at you. “The walls are thick enough.”
Gods that completely sent you over the edge. It felt as if you were on a high, your mind was not even within this dimension as Zemo met your lips again. You had to throw your arms around his neck to keep yourself from collapsing as the two of you shifted in the room, Zemo guiding your body before the back of your knees came in contact with the side of your bed. You let yourself fall back into the soft mattress, bringing Zemo down with you. You both were a mess, your hair disarray, the thin straps of your nightgown fallen past your shoulders had almost left your breasts exposed, and the skirt of your nightgown had ridden up to your thighs as you wrapped your legs around his waist. Zemo squeezed at the soft flesh of your thigh before attacking your neck again. He didn’t know how to describe it but you tasted absolutely divine. Perhaps being a goddess made you taste of ambrosia; the golden, honey-flavored fruit that grew on the trees of Olympus. You were in absolute bliss and thanked the gods he wouldn’t be able to leave a mark, at least you hoped not.
“Helmut.” You moaned, your nails digging into his biceps as his warm lips made a trail down your collarbone and lower to where the lace trim of your nightgown met just above the curve of your breasts, lingering on the space between, filling your mind with thoughts of a certain region you desired those lips to be. “Fuck.” You hissed from the contact, your hand moving its way to his head as you ran your fingers through his soft hair, your nails raking across the back of his scalp as the heat between your thighs only grew. You unconsciously pressed your heel to the lower part of his back, beckoning him closer to that heat between your thighs as you bucked your hips up. Zemo growled at the movement, slightly nipping at the skin where your breast had started to form, causing you to gasp and your eyes to fly open from the sensation.
“Apologies draga.” You heard him mutter before tenderly kissing the spot where his teeth had been.
Seeing Zemo in a close proximity above you in such a position had you dazed, wanting him to take you right then and there and not caring if the others heard you or not. And as your eyes wandered lazily over the sight of him, they widened in horror once they glimpsed at the image of your hands. Your nails became sharp, claw-like, and that deathly color had returned once again, slowly making its way up your arm like the tendrils of a shadow belonging to a demonic spirit.
“Helmut.” You whispered, your voice becoming panicked as you loosened your grip on his arms, being careful not to pierce his skin. “Helmut wait.”
Zemo stopped, pushing himself up to meet your eyes as his concern grew from seeing the frightened look that filled them. “Schatzi, what’s wrong?” He brought his hand up to your face, brushing away the strands of your hair. “If you’re uncomfortable let me know.”
“No, gods no. If anything I don’t want you to stop.” You breathed out, trying to catch your breath. “It’s just that………….”
“What is it schatzi?” His voice was soft as his fingers caressed your cheek, afraid that he might have offended you in some way, afraid that he might have been too forward.
“I’m sorry Helmut. I want to, I really do, but not like this.” You shook your head as you got up, shifting over to where the dark shadows of the room fell on the bed to hide your arms, afraid to meet his eyes as if you had made a fool of yourself. “Not like this.”
“You don’t have to apologize to me y/n.” Zemo smiled at you. “If you’re not ready, than I’m not ready.”
“Thank you Helmut.” You smiled back before giving him a delicate kiss. “I’d………uh like to think some things through.” You prayed that he didn’t see your hands, hoping that the darkness of the room managed to disguise it.
“Of course draga.” Zemo placed a lingering kiss on your forehead before leaving your room, stopping at the door to give you a comforting smile as he carefully shut it behind him.
Your eyes still lingered on the door, waiting to make sure he didn’t come back before turning on the bedside lamp and staring down at your hands. You had managed to stop the color from spreading up your arm, yet it strangely still remained, stopping halfway up your forearm. This wasn’t good.
“What the hell?” You scrunched your nose, trying to use your powers once again to remove it but to no avail. Fear coursed through your veins as you attempted to remove the color, spell after spell, hoping those vine like tendrils would crawl back down your hands and disappear. You cursed under your breath as each attempt proved to be as futile as the one before. What the hell was going on? Why were your spells not working? It vanished before from your magic, why wasn’t it doing so now? You were struck with a sudden realization that perhaps this change would become permanent, that maybe suppressing your true form for all those years had caused it to spiral out of control and in turn try to overpower you as if it had a mind of its own. You growled through gritted teeth, the furniture around you shaking as your fists were clenched in frustration, the violet mists of your powers encompassing your hands and sparking with small bolts that corresponded with the vexation that overwhelmed you.
You closed your eyes and took a deep breath, the mist around your hands disappearing and the shaking of the furniture coming to a stop. You had to work something out. You were left no choice but to keep your hands covered from now on until you found a solution. If any of them questioned it, you had to have a damn good lie. Getting up from the bed, you walked over to the double doors that led to the small balcony and opened them, your hands gripping the cold iron rail as you stared out at the view of the Latvian streets and buildings before you. Oh how you wished your sister Athena were here. She knew everything.
“Oh Athena.” You stifled a sob as you stared up at the stars, focusing on the light of your planet as if she could have heard you, a tear cascading down your cheek and dropping to the streets below. “Gods I wish you were here. I really need your help.”
Despite your pleas, you knew she wasn’t there, her existence only an artifact of the past. You were praying to nothing but a memory. It was extremely urgent that you got information on this matter of your form and the words of the prophecy that still threatened and echoed within the depths of your mind. And since you couldn’t obtain such knowledge from another Olympian, you would have to gather it from the old texts. Muttering a few words in Ancient Greek, you waited, searching, until a small white moth came into view, fluttering in your direction. You held out your finger, letting the tiny creature come to rest upon it.
“Hello little one.” You smiled at the moth as you gently stroked it in greeting, bringing it closer to your face so that you could speak to it in your language. “Please send word to my familiar and tell him to gather as much information he can on Titans and the prophecy. And tell him to come find me when he is done. Thank you.” The moth looked at you with understanding behind his tiny black eyes, it’s antennaes twitching before fluttering away into the moon. You sighed, watching it disappear into the night before giving your distant planet one last glance before shutting the doors and going back over to the bed. You laid down under the covers, your hands rested on your stomach as you stared up at the ceiling, dreading the day to come. How could you face Zemo? And however were you going to keep your hands a secret? Surely the three are bound to find out sooner or later? You just prayed that the message you sent would be returned in a short time. You needed to fix this before it would be considered too late. And the sooner you found Karli the better. Your mind was racing with thoughts, but you closed your eyes, desperate to get some rest and forcing those thoughts away. Gods help you from this moment on.
Tag List: @girl-obsessed-with-things @aerynchromie @sunshinepower17 @viviace @kakimakiloh @thehornyles @awhorewithissues @gambitsqueen @spookycereal-s @lulu-yuming @mochminnie @Gabitanaka47 @s00nhi @vanteguccir @tomhollandsslilslut @dracoxxyoflam @suchababie @uhhhcrypticbastard @on-my-way-to-erebor @thewinterrbucky @mylifeispainandiloveit @fillechatoyante @padmoonyfeorge @montypythonsholysnail @pollynx @aziraslowlylosestheirshit @roundbrownlover @awesomeowlbook @bookloverfilmoholic @hargreevesd @death-is-beautiful @ilovespideyyy @peakyrogers
66 notes · View notes
Text
You Saved Me - Derek Halex fem!reader part 14
-------------
For the first time in a while, I woke up happy. Sure, the situation we were all in was no reason to be happy, but I would take waking up next to Derek over anything. In this moment anyway. 
Derek hummed in his sleep, nuzzling his face into my neck. I smiled, turning my head a little to press a kiss to his cheek. He opened his eyes that seemed to sparkle when he smiled. 
“Good morning.” He mumbled, pulling his arms away and sitting up. I turned on my back and pouted up at him. 
“Someone doesn’t like cuddling in the morning?” 
He got out of bed, getting dressed, “Any other day, yes. But I have something to do this morning.” He threw a shirt in my direction. I caught it, got out of bed and dressed myself. 
“I’ll remember that.” I took off my clothes that I had worn throughout the night and pulled on Derek’s shirt. It was soft cotton and it smelled like him. It was a little big so it would have to be tied with a ponytail holder. I looked over, seeing my jacket hanging up on the back of his door, “Mind tossing me my jacket?” He grabbed it off the door and tossed it my way. As it flew through the air, an envelope fell on the floor. Derek stared at the envelope and picked it up, looking it over. 
“Oh my god, I completely forgot about that.” I took the envelope from his hands. It had some water damage but the words were still readable on the outside. 
“The Lunar Circle?” His jaw clenched. 
“Yeah, do you know anything about this?” I asked, opening it up. 
“Your parents were a part of it.” 
“Really?” I grinned, opening up the very official looking letter. 
To (Y/N) (Y/M/N) (Y/L/N), 
We send our condolences in the matter of your parents passing, all of us here at the Lunar Circle cherished your family and we think of them fondly. 
As two of our founding members, your parents were meant to travel to our facility to discuss relations between them and the clan of hunters in your area, the Argents. Since they have passed, this duty falls to you - the sole survivor of your clan. 
We will have a messenger arrive soon to bring you to Shetland, in the northern Isles of Scotland. Please pack warm. 
We look forward to meeting you, 
Sincerely, 
Praetor Lachlan McLeod
I read the letter aloud, Derek was becoming more and more stern. 
“I mean, it seems like they want me to go whether I like it or not. But I think they would be able to take the rest of the spell away so I could remember.” I smiled and looked up. The smile dropped, “But you don’t seem as enthusiastic as I do.” 
“Only werewolves who get invited can go. I can’t go with you.” 
"I mean, they probably wouldn't care. You're my partner."
“That’s not the point.” He walked back to his dresser, grabbing his leather jacket that he had draped there. 
“Then what is the point, Derek?” He didn’t answer, walking out the door and into the hallway. 
“Hey, I’m talking to you.” I called, storming after him. 
He stopped abruptly in the hall and turned around, “The point is that I can’t be there with you. I can’t stop any of those people from taking you away from me.”
“Are you insinuating that I would cheat on you?” I glared.
“No.” His face softened, “But they could use the spell against you. A condition that they could have would be to break our bond so you can get your memories back.” He held my face in his hands, making me look up into his eyes, “I want you to remember, but I want to be there for it.” 
“You said I’m stubborn. Maybe I could convince whoever is going to show up that I need you to come with me.” I smiled, “I’m gonna go home and look through some of the stuff from my house.” 
“I’ll call you after I get done here.” He kissed my nose. 
“And what are you doing?” 
“Erica’s getting Jackson so we can test if he’s the kanima.” He started walking again. 
“Uh and what if he is?” I asked nervously, “Listen, I am all for killing him on a good day but you can’t kill him. There has to be a cure.” 
“And if there isn’t?” 
Rubbing my temples, I thought for a moment. Pros: - No more kanima...No more Jackson... Con: Prison for Derek. Regardless of morals, the kanima was dangerous to everyone. 
“Make it look like an accident.” 
As I made my way out of the depot, Erica was walking in, dragging Jackson by his bicep. 
“Erica.” I nodded, smiling brightly. 
“(Y/N).” She smiled back. It seemed like after the kanima attack there was a silent understanding between the two of us.
“Wait!” Jackson called, trying to get out of her grasp, “Wait! (Y/N)!” There was a sick part of me that was going to think about his calling to me for help later and smile. 
-
It was late morning when I got home. Stiles had given me hell through text but that was just how he showed his love. The next thing was to stop staring at the cardboard boxes that held the remaining pieces of my life that had been stashed in my closet. Out of sight, out of mind since I really wanted to distance myself from the memory of my parents death and all of the fact that my parents had unfairly taken memories of my life away. I understand that they did it to protect our family, but at the end of the day... that didn’t seem to make much of a difference. 
Time to bite the bullet. I kneeled down in front of the closet and pulled out the box labeled: (Y/L/N) Evidence #24. I looked over my shoulder to make sure the door was closed, then grew a claw on my pointer finger to cut the tape on the box. Was that lazy? Of course, but I think anyone in my position would. I took a deep breath and opened the box. I wish that I was hit with a wave of nostalgia, the smells of home, but all I could smell was smoke. 
I squeezed my eyes shut, gripping the sides of the box, “Come on, don’t cry.” I sniffled, trying to keep the tears at bay. Blowing out air, I opened my eyes again. Inside the box were photo albums. I took out the one I recognized most, it was a dark teal color with our last name in gold cursive font. I traced the letters fondly. Opening it up, I saw pictures with my parents from when they bought this house, bringing me home from the hospital, pictures of my parents and Stiles’ hanging out. They all looked so happy, they were laughing and having fun. I lightly touched Aunt Claudia’s smiling face. It was still hard to believe that she was gone, but she was sick... She couldn’t live like that any longer. I flipped through the book, watching Stiles and I grow up. Birthdays, slumber parties. Slowly Scott popped up in the pictures until we became a trio. But Stiles and I were always together. Which made me wonder how much of my life was missing if he was the only friend I could remember. 
The rest of the box was documents that had been found in the safe in the basement. It was a miracle that had found the safe since it had been hidden in the wall. Deeds, marriage license, birth certificates, social security. In the next box, there were some of my baby things. But this box has become more interesting. Family heirlooms that I had only seen once when they were being cleaned. At the bottom of the box was a wooden box that I definitely didn’t remember. 
“Jack pot.” I smiled and lifted it out of the box. It was a dark stained wooden box with intricate vines and flowers decorating the borders. There was a stamp burned into the top. My last initial in a full moon, stars randomly placed around it. 
I opened the clasp, lifting the lid open carefully. There was a glass bottle, sealed with teal wax. The neck of the bottle was wrapped in twine with a bronze charm, on the charm was a wolf. It was filled with dried herbs and what looked to be a lock of hair, my hair. I set the bottle aside, wanting to bring it to Deaton to figure out what was inside. But I was fairly certain this was the spell jar that took my memories away. The next thing inside that I pulled out was a scroll, sealed with the same teal wax and this time the crest was more visible, it was the same crest as on the box. 
I carefully removed the wax from the paper to not break the seal, unrolling the papers. The larger of the two was a family tree, more family that I could even imagine that I had, going back ten generations. But the tree got smaller and smaller until I was the last branch. I am the last member of my family. That made me feel more alone than before. 
The next paper was more recent looking and it was addressed to me. 
𝘛𝘰 𝘰𝘶𝘳 𝘥𝘦𝘢𝘳𝘦𝘴𝘵 𝘥𝘢𝘶𝘨𝘩𝘵𝘦𝘳, (𝘠/𝘕).
𝘛𝘩𝘪𝘴 𝘭𝘦𝘵𝘵𝘦𝘳 𝘴𝘩𝘰𝘶𝘭𝘥 𝘩𝘢𝘷𝘦 𝘣𝘦𝘦𝘯 𝘨𝘪𝘷𝘦𝘯 𝘵𝘰 𝘺𝘰𝘶 𝘢 𝘭𝘰𝘯𝘨 𝘵𝘪𝘮𝘦 𝘢𝘨𝘰, 𝘢𝘯𝘥 𝘯𝘰𝘸 𝘵𝘩𝘢𝘵 𝘺𝘰𝘶 𝘩𝘢𝘷𝘦 𝘨𝘳𝘰𝘸𝘯 𝘶𝘱, 𝘪𝘵'𝘴 𝘵𝘪𝘮𝘦 𝘵𝘩𝘢𝘵 𝘸𝘦 𝘵𝘦𝘭𝘭 𝘺𝘰𝘶 𝘵𝘩𝘦 𝘵𝘳𝘶𝘵𝘩.
𝘞𝘦 𝘵𝘰𝘰𝘬 𝘴𝘰𝘮𝘦𝘵𝘩𝘪𝘯𝘨 𝘧𝘳𝘰𝘮 𝘺𝘰𝘶 𝘵𝘩𝘢𝘵 𝘸𝘦 𝘴𝘩𝘰𝘶𝘭𝘥 𝘩𝘢𝘷𝘦 𝘯𝘦𝘷𝘦𝘳 𝘵𝘢𝘬𝘦𝘯. 𝘞𝘦 𝘵𝘰𝘰𝘬 𝘱𝘢𝘳𝘵 𝘰𝘧 𝘺𝘰𝘶𝘳 𝘭𝘪𝘧𝘦 𝘢𝘸𝘢𝘺. 𝘈𝘯𝘥 𝘵𝘩𝘢𝘵 𝘸𝘢𝘴𝘯'𝘵 𝘧𝘢𝘪𝘳 𝘵𝘰 𝘺𝘰𝘶. 𝘞𝘦 𝘵𝘩𝘰𝘶𝘨𝘩𝘵 𝘵𝘩𝘪𝘴 𝘸𝘰𝘶𝘭𝘥 𝘱𝘳𝘰𝘵𝘦𝘤𝘵 𝘺𝘰𝘶, 𝘣𝘶𝘵 𝘭𝘰𝘰𝘬𝘪𝘯𝘨 𝘣����𝘤𝘬 𝘪𝘵 𝘰𝘯𝘭𝘺 𝘤𝘳𝘦𝘢𝘵𝘦𝘥 𝘮𝘰𝘳𝘦 𝘭𝘪𝘦𝘴.
𝘉𝘺 𝘯𝘰𝘸, 𝘸𝘦 𝘩𝘢𝘷𝘦 𝘵𝘰𝘭𝘥 𝘺𝘰𝘶 𝘸𝘩𝘢𝘵 𝘸𝘦 𝘢𝘳𝘦 - 𝘸𝘦𝘳𝘦𝘸𝘰𝘭𝘷𝘦𝘴. 𝘈𝘧𝘵𝘦𝘳 𝘵𝘩𝘦 𝘳𝘪𝘵𝘶𝘢𝘭, 𝘺𝘰𝘶 𝘸𝘪𝘭𝘭 𝘩𝘢𝘷𝘦 𝘩𝘢𝘥 𝘺𝘰𝘶𝘳 𝘧𝘪𝘳𝘴𝘵 𝘵𝘶𝘳𝘯 𝘢𝘯𝘥 𝘸𝘦 𝘬𝘯𝘰𝘸 𝘵𝘩𝘢𝘵 𝘺𝘰𝘶 𝘥𝘪𝘥 𝘴𝘰 𝘸𝘦𝘭𝘭.
𝘛𝘩𝘦𝘳𝘦 𝘪𝘴 𝘮𝘰𝘳𝘦 𝘵𝘰 𝘵𝘦𝘭𝘭 𝘺𝘰𝘶 𝘵𝘩𝘢𝘵 𝘸𝘦 𝘩𝘢𝘷𝘦 𝘵𝘰𝘭𝘥 𝘺𝘰𝘶 𝘵𝘰𝘯𝘪𝘨𝘩𝘵. 𝘞𝘦 𝘩𝘰𝘱𝘦 𝘺𝘰𝘶 𝘸𝘪𝘭𝘭 𝘧𝘰𝘳𝘨𝘪𝘷𝘦 𝘶𝘴. 𝘈𝘯𝘥 𝘸𝘦 𝘩𝘰𝘱𝘦 𝘵𝘩𝘢𝘵 𝘸𝘪𝘵𝘩 𝘵𝘪𝘮𝘦 𝘺𝘰𝘶 𝘸𝘪𝘭𝘭 𝘶𝘯𝘥𝘦𝘳𝘴𝘵𝘢𝘯𝘥 𝘸𝘩𝘺 𝘸𝘦 𝘥𝘪𝘥 𝘵𝘩𝘪𝘴. 𝘓𝘰𝘷𝘦,
𝘔𝘰𝘮 𝘢𝘯𝘥 𝘋𝘢𝘥
I wiped my eyes with my sleeve, making sure my tears didn’t smug the ink on the page. They acknowledged that they did wrong and they were planning on reversing the spell. And seeing my mother’s handwriting again? The best. 
In the bottom of the wooden box was a white package that had been faded yellow. The package was labeled with the name of the local pharmacy where you could also get photos developed. I took out the thick stack of photos and gasped. Christmas morning when I was twelve, I was looking up into the camera but my face was hidden by the glare coming from my eyes. Another picture had me with a wrist brace on, a thumbs up and a smile. Then the next pictures lifted my spirits. It was pictures of Derek and I. From the time we were toddlers until six years ago. Smiling, laughing. Some where he was in his basketball uniform, others when I was in my lacrosse gear. It seemed like Derek was just as much a part of my life as Stiles was. There were pictures of me with Laura Hale, we were on the floor cross legged while she sat behind me, braiding my hair. There was another where I was holding a little toddler on my lap, who I could only assume was Cora. There were even baby pictures of me with this woman I couldn’t recognize...but something told me that it was Derek’s mother Talia. Wait, Talia Hale. I never knew that name before. I was starting to remember. But it wasn’t enough. I needed to remember more. 
But these pictures were important to what I needed. I slipped them back into the package and grabbed the vial, putting them in my bag. 
I started walking down the stairs, feeling happier than this morning, but it all went away when Stiles’ text message. The first was a picture of Lydia at the front of Finstock’s class with someone help me written on the board from an hour ago. The next was a message that had come over that minute.
Stiles:
Isaac and Erica are testing Lydia to see if she’s the kanima... And I think she failed. 
I got downstairs and was stopped by Uncle Noah in the kitchen, his arms were crossed over his chest. I was definitely in trouble. 
“Hi, Uncle Noah-”
“Where have you been?” Straight to the point. 
“Busy. With work and stuff.” My lying was not getting better. I tried to walk past him but he called my name. 
“(Y/N)” I stopped, slowly turning around, “I know you’re an adult, but I promised your mom and dad that if anything happened to them that I would protect you. I mean, you’re gone all day and all night. I get vague text messages after hours.” 
“I’ve just been busy with work, that’s all. Believe it or not, Coach puts in long hours-”
“Now, why am I having trouble believing you?” He looked up at the ceiling as if the answer was written there.
Probably because I’m lying, I’m actually a werewolf, one of many in this town and we’re fighting a teenage mutant murder lizard that may or may not be Lydia, you know Lydia, the girl Stiles was in love with?
“I don’t know. Maybe because you’ve been working long hours on four murder cases and overworking your brain.”
“Is this about that Lunar Circle thing you got in the mail? What is that thing anyway?” 
I sighed, “It’s nothing.”
“It’s not nothing. If it were nothing, you would say that it’s junk.” 
I sighed, “It’s a group my parents were a part of and they want me to go there.” 
“To Scotland? No way.” He shook his head. 
“What? You can’t tell me what I can and can’t do. I’m an adult.” 
“You are apart of an open murder investigation where the murderer is still at large. I can’t in good conscience let you leave the state, let alone the country.”
“That’s not your decision to make.” I glared, “I am a legal adult, I am not a suspect, I can leave whenever I want.” 
“Not true. As a part of the agreement with your parents, if they were to be killed, I am to be your guardian for six months, no matter how old you are.” 
I pulled at my hair in frustration, “That’s ridiculous!”
“Call it what it may, but that’s what your parents wanted.” 
“Screw what they wanted!” I snapped, “They took everything from me!”
“And what is that supposed to mean?” He barked back.  I sighed in frustration, grabbing my keys off the counter and storming towards the door. 
“Hey! We’re not done talking!” I kept going, “(Y/F/N) (Y/M/N) (Y/L/N), you get back here!” 
I opened the door and looked back, “YOU’RE NOT MY DAD! STOP ACTING LIKE IT!” I slammed the door shut and hurriedly got into my car. I gripped the steering wheel hard, the plastic cracking against my palms. I shouted into the wheel, breathing hard to make sure I didn’t turn in the car. After a few minutes and a lot of breathing, the anger turned to guilt. Uncle Noah was just trying to make sure I was safe and what I said wasn’t fair. He treated me like his own and I should appreciate that more. I’m just relieved I didn’t see the look on his face when I shouted at him, I’m sure I would never be able to get his face out of my head. 
My cell phone ringing brought me out of my thoughts, I pressed answer and held the phone to my ear. 
“What do you want?” I snapped.
“(Y/N)?” 
“Jackson?” My eyebrows scrunched together in confusion. 
“Duh.” He said in his usual douchey way. Just my luck, the last person I wanted to talk to was calling me. 
“What do you want, trust fund?” I put the phone on speaker and started driving. 
“Look, we need your help. We need you to distract Derek.”
“No problem.” I hung up the phone, driving the short drive it took to get to the depot.
-
I leaned against the doorway leading into the depot, grabbing Derek’s jacket as he walked out.
“Where ya goin’, Der?” He looked back at me, backing up. 
“I was on my way to see you.” 
I smiled, “How coinvent. I just got into a huge fight with my Uncle which I’m sure you felt and I found pictures of us together that I wanted to show you.” I held up the package of photos. 
We had gone back inside the depot, sitting on his mattress. Derek turned the bottle in his hands to get a look at all the herbs inside, “I can see monkshood, mistletoe, salt. Not sure what the rest is.” He handed the bottle back to me. I filled his empty hand with the package of pictures. He took out the stack. He stared at the pictures for a long time, almost like he was memorizing them.
“I lost all my copies of these photos in the fire.” He smiled as he looked through them, “Did you remember anything?” 
“Just one thing.” I handed him the photo and his mother holding me, “I remembered her name, Talia.” He stared at the photo, his face changing. 
“She’s so young here.” He whispered. I rested my head on his shoulder, looking at the photo. She was smiling at me in an exaggerated way, her dark hair tucked behind her ear. She was so beautiful. Derek looked over at me, then out the window. He set the photos down slowly and stood up. Shit.
“You were sent here to distract me, weren’t you?” He stared down accusingly. He felt betrayed, a feeling I didn’t like giving him. 
“I came here to show you the pictures.” I stood up to face him. 
“That may have been what you wanted to do originally, but on your way here they told you to distract me so I couldn’t kill that monster.” He gritted his teeth, moving towards the door at a determined pace. I caught up to him and grabbed his arm. 
“Derek, it’s not Lydia!” 
“How do you know that?” He spun around, his gaze was menacing, but he didn’t scare me anymore, “She failed the test, the kanima venom didn’t affect her. It has to be her.” He slammed the door of the depot open, walking out into the night with me hot on his heels. 
“And what if it’s something else? You told Scott to trust his instincts and I trust mine, it’s not Lydia.” 
“I’m doing this to keep you safe, keep them all safe. Isn’t that what you want?” There was a growl in his voice. I stopped following him, opting to get into my car and speed to Scott’s house. 
I pounded on the front door when I got there, praying that they hadn’t completely padlocked the door yet. Stiles opened the door and pulled me inside, slamming the door shut behind me. 
“I thought you were distracting Derek.” He whispered. 
“I was. He saw through it.” I whispered back. Stiles looked out the window, a grim look on his face. I looked out the opposite window and saw Derek standing outside, with Boyd, Erica and Isaac behind him. I looked back and saw Allison standing in the hall. 
“You need to tell Scott to get here right now.” I looked back on the window, reaching over and touching Stiles’ shoulder. 
“It’s me. You need to get here right now.” 
-
Allison was staring down at her phone, her other hand occupied with a small crossbow. 
“What are you doing?” Stiles asked. 
“I think...” She paused, “I think I have to call my dad.”
“Are you nuts?” I asked. I mean, what could the pack outside do without drawing the attention of the police, not much. Derek wouldn’t go that far... Or at least I hoped he wouldn’t. 
“But if he finds you here, you and Scott-” 
“I know.” She cut Stiles off, clearly frustrated, “But what are we supposed to do? They’re not here to scare us, they’re here to kill Lydia.” She said the last part a little quieter. Jackson and Lydia were upstairs doing... whatever it is exs did. I wouldn’t know, my ex was dead haha.... I wish there was therapy for people like me. Were there werewolf therapists? 
After staring at the pack for a while, Stiles spoke up. 
“I have an idea. Shoot one of ‘em.” Allison and I looked at him.
“Are you serious?” She asked. 
“Stiles, if they get in, I’ll handle it.” I said, not really believing myself. 
“You can’t take a whole pack by yourself. That’s literally impossible. I think.” He said, “We told Scott we could protect ourselves, so let's do it! Or at least give it a shot, right?” 
“Okay.” She sighed. 
“No, not okay, have you ever heard about how you’re not supposed to poke the sleeping bear. Shooting one of them would be like-like whacking a sleeping bear with a baseball bat.” I said, very not okay with the plan. 
"They don't think we're gonna fight, one of them gets hit, guarantee you they'll take off. So just shoot one of them."  Stiles said. In theory, yes. In practice, probably not. 
She peeked out the window, "Which one?" 
 "Ummm...Derek. Yeah, shoot him. Preferably in the head." 
“Stiles, are you trying to kill me?” I shoved him, having to pull my arm so I didn’t use my full strength. He yelped, holding his arm. 
"If Scott's able to catch an arrow, Derek definitely can." Allison said, looking out the window.
"Okay, um, just shoot one of the other three then." 
"You mean two." Stiles and I stared at her like she had three heads. 
"I mean three." Stiles said. We smushed our cheeks together to look out the window at the same time. Isaac was missing. 
“...Where the Hell is Isaac?" Stiles asked, looking around. Isaac had left his position besides Derek, probably when we were trying to figure out a plan. 
“I’m gonna go protect Lydia.” I backed away from the door and ran upstairs, I got into the room right as I heard the crashing downstairs. Isaac had gotten in. 
“Why are you here?” Lydia said, she breathing was quick and she was on the verge of a panic attack. 
“Me?” I looked around, “Where the hell is Jackson?” I saw Scott’s open window. That slim ball ran at the first sign of danger. I grabbed her hand, pulling her into the bathroom. I closed the door quickly and locked it. 
“What’s going on?” She whispered, tears falling down her face. 
“Someone’s breaking in.” I lied, “Just stay quiet.” I put a finger to my lips. I could hear growling and shouting, a body being slamming into the door hard. I pressed my body against the door, hoping my body could keep it there. 
“Hi-hi- I need the police.” I looked down, seeing Lydia on the phone with the cops. I groaned under my breath, blocking out her phone call to try and listen to what was going on outside. 
“Stiles! It’s here!” I heard Allison shout. My eyes widened. The kanima. It was here, it wasn’t Lydia. I backed away from the door and started to unlock it. 
“What are you doing?!” She shouted. I held out my hand.
“I’m gonna keep you safe. You have to trust me.” She stared at my hand, “Look, Stiles trusts me. And I know somewhere inside of your cold exterior you know Stiles would never let you get hurt. So if you don’t trust me, trust Stiles.” She stared a moment longer before taking my hand and pulling herself up. 
“You will not mention this to him.” She huffed. 
“Wouldn’t dream of it.” I opened the door, leading Lydia through the house and out the front door. And when we got outside, I stared at all of them in confusion. 
Isaac and Erica were both on the ground, Derek, Boyd, Scott, Allison, and Stiles were staring at the roof as police sirens were getting closer. 
“Would someone please tell me what the hell is going on?!” Lydia shouted. 
"It's Jackson." Scott whispered. I stepped off the porch and looked at the roof, the kanima was on the roof, slithering just out of sight. 
--------------
Read part 15 here!
Likes, Reblogs, and Comments are appreciated! 
Please comment or message me to be added onto the taglist :)
YSM Tag:
@nyotamalfoy
@fruitloopzzz
@babygirl-angel-love
@aestheticeggs
@akuri-shinsou 
@geli2297
@coruscaret
40 notes · View notes
daydreaming-nerd · 3 years
Text
Hands (Draco Malfoy x reader)
Requested by anons: omg that hands anon *chefs kiss* if you were working in the library or his dorm and he’s writing an essay you’d def say something like “idk how you can do such sexy things with your hands, and then casually sit here for regular stuff” and he would laugh a bit turn to you and go “you talk to snape with the same mouth that sucks me dry” and it’d leave you speechless 
Okay I’m the anon that sent the hands one, but imagine it being in the great hall or library or something, and he just starts playing with the hem of your skirt, and goes farther up ☺️ the exhibition kink is here 
Okay but like dracos hands. Like imagine just playing with his hands all the time, and sometimes your mind wanders, and he starts to whispering in your ear asking what’s got you all bothered cause you’re rubbing your thighs together. And responding confidently about how it’s been too long since you too have been alone and you miss the feeling of one hand around your throat while the other is inside of you... oops went too far
Summary: I think you can read the requests and understand it pretty well lol
Warnings: dracos hands being incredibly hot, SMUT (but c’mon you knew that already) dirty talk, choking, bad grammar 
Tumblr media
There’s a lot of things to love about Draco Malfoy. His charm, his smile, his laugh, the way her can’t stand Potter and how even though he’s cruel to others he’s always a sweetheart to me. Though at the end of the day I don’t think any of those things compare to his very best quality, his hands.
It was very late at night and we were one of the last people in the library, besides the golden trio down the way no doubt playing Nancy Drew again. I had finished my homework early but Draco was still grinding through his studying. I sat and read a book while I waited, I could tell he was getting stressed when he started drumming the fingers of his right hand on the table. 
Naturally this distracted me from my book as I could see his silver ring glistening against the candle light. Out of habit I grabbed his hand and began to play with his ring and fingers. This didn’t disturb him at all, I frequently played with his hands when I was bored or anxious. 
“I don’t know how you can do such sinful things with your hands and then sit here and study like you’re still the Slytherin golden boy,” I said fiddling with his ring. 
He let a small laugh and came up with a witty reply.
“You talk to Snape with the same mouth that sucks me dry?” he said looking up from his book. I felt my stomach do a flip and a pool of heat beginning between my legs. 
“Touché,” I said letting him go back to his work since I was speechless.
As Draco continued to do his work I couldn’t stop thinking about his remark. Something about it just got to me. I began rubbing my thighs together trying to give myself some relief in the most low key way possible.
“Whats got you all hot and bothered darling,” He said quietly.
“I was just thinking about how long it’s been since we’ve been alone,” I said leaning in till my lips brushed his ear. “I miss you putting your left hand around my throat while your right hands inside me, you know so I can feel you ring, and remember who I belong to,” I whispered in his ear. I sat back in my chair and gave him my bedroom eyes. 
“Well you’re going to have to be a good girl and behave for a little while longer while I finish this up,” He said nodding towards his book. 
I huffed and sat back in my chair with my arms crossed upset that a book was suddenly more important. I spent the next few minutes looking around at the books in our little nook we were working in. I read all the book titles to myself in a lame attempt to try and distract myself. History of Magic, Evolution of Dragons, Herbology 105.
I suddenly felt a warm hand and a cool metal land on my thigh. I looked down to see Draco’s right hand resting on my bare thigh. I looked to see if he had finally closed his book but he still sat reading as though nothing was going on. It wasn’t uncommon for Draco to tease me. I would be bold enough to say that our sex life thrived off it. 
His hand rubbed up and down my thigh, silver ring leaving goosebumps in its path. I tried to not let on that I was drenched underneath my skirt. That all became a lot harder when I felt his hand slip under my skirt and began rubbing closer to my heat, causing my breath to hitch. I looked from his hand to where he sat turning the page of that damn book he was reading. The power this man held was incredible and he knew it. 
The inevitable came and his hand slid farther up and pushed my wet panties to the side and began circling my clit. He still sat there completely unfazed as if the whole situation wasn’t even happening. 
His finger trailed lower and he shoved two lanky fingers inside me causing me to lose all composure and let out a porn star worthy moan in the middle of the library. 
His lustful eyes snapped up to mine and in that moment I knew my wait was over. He slipped his hand out of me and slid everything off the table. He lifted me onto the table and stood between my legs locking our lips together. His hands wandered to the buttons on my uniform and started ripping it off. Buttons cascaded to the ground and rolled all over the hardwood. 
“Draco we can’t do this here!” I said “Potter, Weasly and Granger are just a few rows down from us!” 
���I guess that means you’ll have to be quiet then,” He smiled. “Though knowing you, you’re probably not opposed to them hearing us.” he smirked connecting our lips again. 
His hands skimmed the backs of my arms and down to my skirt. His right hand continued pumping in and out of me like it was previously, while his left hand was gripped around my throat. He looked deep into my eyes loving seeing how fucked out I was. 
I came quickly all over his hand due to already being wound up. He slipped his fingers and admired my cream all over his two fingers. He put his index finger in his mouth and sucked it clean finishing with a ‘mmmmn’. 
“As much as I’d love to devour my little pussy right now I just can’t wait any longer,” he said.
I felt the butterflies in my stomach again.
“Open,” he said making me suck my juices off his middle finger. “Good girl. Now lay back for me” he smirked. 
I did as I was told and he unzipped his trousers freeing his erection. He pulled my hips down giving himself better access to me as he slid himself in me. 
I let out a small moan trying to keep quiet and he started thrusting into me right away. My finger nails left scratch marks in the wooden table as I desperately tried to find something to grab onto. 
Draco saw this and reached his right hand down to my neck adding pressure as he continued to thrust harder, his breath becoming more labored as he got lost in the moment. I gripped my hands around his wrist as he choked me. 
“Ah fuck y/n!” He moaned out completely lost in what he was doing.
Meanwhile tears started to prick my eyes as the pleasure was too much to take. 
“D-Draco! I’m gonna cum!” I said hoarsely. 
“wait for me!” He said with a determined look in his eye.
But it was definitely easier said then done. I felt his thrusts begin to go off pace.
“Now!” He said completely burying himself inside me as we both came hard. 
We took a second to both catch our breaths while he was still inside me. He looked up at me with a sparkle in his eye.
“Round two in my dorm?” He asked.
“Duh,” I said.
We both got up and began to get dressed. I had to tie my top like some sexy school girl since Draco had ripped all the buttons off, not that he seemed to mind. We made our way to the exit of the library, Draco’s hand protectively on my back leading me out. On our way out we could hear the golden trio converting. 
“I told you it was Draco and Y/n!” cried Ron.
“I can’t believe we just heard all that,” said Harry.
“I can’t believe they would do... THAT! In public!”Ron said in shock.
“It’s Draco and Y/n all they ever do is snog and...well... that,” said Hermione.
Draco and I just laughed and continued on our way.
(Plz comment your feedback! It helps me write better fics for you guys!)
177 notes · View notes
Text
Torn a New One
This is based on the @drarrymicrofic​ prompt for pretend, and got very long. Heres the ao3 link :).
The shirt is supposed to make Harry look like that one Bratz doll meme; you know the one. 
Thanks for reading <3 <3
Tumblr media
Harry is a stoic man. That’s what Hermione calls him.
He’s sitting on Ron’s plush carpeted floors in his shiny new flat. Ron himself is passed out on a couch that costs more galleons than a year of Hermione’s tuition, with Hermione herself teetering on the edge of both her couch and hers and Ron’s refusal to bring up that they’re still fucking on the side of their tumultuous breakup. She brings up Harry’s problems to distract herself, and Harry tells her not to bother. Harry also tells her that she and Ron should just own up to their idiocy and sort their crap out sooner rather than later, and then Hermione yells loud enough to wake Ron with: Harry James Potter, you’re a complete and utter hypocrite. Ron does wake up when their voices raise like this, and then cordons Hermione off to the main bedroom leaving Harry to pretend that he’ll floo home, before the three of them end up eating cereal whilst sitting at/on Ron’s granite countertops the next morning.
All three look a right picture. Hermione is staunchly refusing to acknowledge that she’s wearing a t-shirt of Ron’s – old Canon’s merch that she’s absolutely swimming in. Harry, in solidarity, is also wearing one of Ron’s shirts without pants – the newest Wheezes rollout collection, classic stylized lettering (Ron’s got this beautiful flat because every single Witch and Wizard between the ages of 14 and 37 owns Wheezes now). And Ron himself is shirtless and in nothing but underwear.
They’ve seen more of each other than is completely normal over the last 15 years, but they’re still indulgent enough not to bring up any of the shit they refuse to talk about. They need a balancing force, Harry often thinks, someone who is outrightly honest and refuses the stupid little games that the golden trio fall into to avoid talking about their true feelings. That’s what Harry thinks inside his head, but his body ends up groaning and bending forward so his forehead smacks the countertops none too gently. His consciousness sounds more and more like someone he refuses to think about whenever he’s been drinking. Merlin save him.
“Oi,” Ron admonishes without looking up from his bowl. He’s leaning atop the counter on forearms and staring into his cereal, swirling the spoon around the stodgy mess and eating no longer.
Harry grunts first, and then says “gonna sick up, Ronnykins?” and gets glared at by Hermione who is onto her third bowl of cereal at this point. Right. Can’t joke about Lavender either, apparently. That fling definitely didn’t help the dynamic, Harry reminds himself.
“Jus’ don’t wan’ you bruising my bench with your fat head.”
Harry kicks out at Ron with his closest foot and makes contact, gets an immediate groan for his efforts, before Ron’s pulling up from his slouch and getting Harry into a pretty tight headlock. Harry resorts to elbowing Ron in the gut over and over. Ron groans and releases, making a mad dash for the fancy powder room into which he projectiles.
Hermione, for all she looks dazed and noncommittal this early into a hangover, manages to give off an air of created aloofness about the violent noises coming from down the hall. Harry smirks at her, and gets his own kick in response that makes him exclaim “ow, fuck. You two are so bloody violent.”
Before she responds, there’s a tapping at the window. Owl. Hermione stares at Harry to let him know that there’s no way she’s moving from her lounging for the bloody post, so Harry straightens up to open the window for the tawny. Efficient things these post owls are this morning; just drops the paper on the countertop near Harry’s bowl before flying right out the window without even waiting for a treat.
Harry’s shaking his head to brush away the last fuzz of the evening with the assistance of the scent of fresh air. Hermione gasps out loud. That makes Harry turn around quick enough for whiplash, and then he wishes fervently for death by sustained head trauma when the figure on the front of the paper, unfurled and sepia, winks right at him.
“Fuck,” Harry says. His gut churns, and then he’s running down the hall, past the occupied powder room to Ron’s master bath, and vomits up his guts.
 ***
Ron’s back in the kitchen by the time that Harry stumbles back in. Three strong cups of tea are quick-brewing under Hermione’s wand, even though both her and Ron’s attention is maintained by the Prophet’s front page. Because that is Draco Malfoy wearing a Wheezes “I shagged Harry Potter and all I got was this stupid shirt” collectable.
“It’s ironic!” Ron and George had insisted on its’ inception 4 years back. Only 100 had been made, a necessity: scarcity is key. They resell for a lot of money these days. Harry would rather die than see another in person. His face, a terrible photo of him caught by photographers during a pretty brutal night out, is plastered right on the middle along with stylized fireworks that go off every couple of minutes. He’d been convinced into making them, to try and control the narrative or whatever bullshit the Weasley’s had spouted just a couple of days beforehand when Harry had started stomping around the burrow or the floor of the joke shop or Hermione and Ron’s old shoebox apartment in anguish. It worked, he guesses, and he doesn’t see many of them anymore, as they’re kept in the strongest of imperturbable charms and modified protegos by anyone lucky enough to get one. But this one. This one he didn’t know about.
Hermione’s been muttering to herself as she read the accompanying story, when her voice perks up. “Merlin, listen to this: ‘this intrepid reporter asked what I’m certain all our readership will be most curious to uncover now that we are sitting down with the one and only Draco Malfoy. When we had sat down in Mr. Malfoy’s beautifully appointed drawing room, I too was especially shocked at his choice of attire,’” Hermione pauses here to roll her eyes and mutter “oh here we go,” before continuing in a higher and haughtier voice. “‘We all know the poise that Mr. Malfoy holds, one of Wizarding Britain’s most darling Stars, his performance in Wizarding Wireless serials having taken our world by storm the past 6 years. I must myself mention the serialisation of the modern take on the Wizarding classic story of Millicent Mimbletonia’s Marvelous Manor; captured this reporter’s heart, it did.’ What a load of absolute nonsense.”
“Oh, come on, Herm,” Ron says and knocks into her arm to get her to continue the story.
“Fine, but this is all absolute tripe. What was Draco thinking! Okay. Blah blah blah, you can’t believe how long this person goes on about Draco’s drawing room, blah. Okay here. ‘On questioning Mr. Malfoy’s choice to wear the now famously collectible Wheezes’ Harry Potter shirt, the gentleman seems to look slightly pensive.’
“‘‘Monsieur,’ our Star addresses me, ‘when you have been in the business of telling stories for as long as I, you start to have a great fondness for truth. I must now admit to you, and all of your lovely readers, that I bought this shirt on release and whilst under Polyjuice’. Now readers, you must bear with Mr. Malfoy here. Yours truly was very shocked-’ Good God, can this man obfuscate. Okay, then Draco says, ‘‘I’ve kept my ownership of such an item close to my chest, and away from my closest relationships. I have found over the years that true mutual affection, friendship, and love, have foundations built on beds of uncertainty and trust simultaneously, and thus I was afraid to expose myself.’ I but in here and ask what we must all be thinking at this admission: is he such a big fan of our Saviour that he is ashamed? But Mr. Malfoy continues: ‘No, monsieur. In all honesty, I am the man’s biggest critic.’’” Harry ducks his head, his hands shaking as he reaches for the now over-brewed tea.
Hermione looks up at Harry and Ron with wide eyes. Ron looks back at her wide eyed too, glancing small looks at Harry every now and again when he finds something particularly salacious, but he says nothing. Harry is hiding his trembling hands and trembling mouth behind a blisteringly hot cup of tea. She receives no objections, and continues. “‘‘I am livid that he’s been out of the public eye for so long regardless of his exceptional ability to bring about change in those around him; Potter has worked the same archival job in the Ministry for 5 years, with no end in sight, I fear. He refuses to allow those outside of his closest friends and family to know him in any sense, and I would argue that this is truly detrimental to his relationship with the Wizarding community. Although I disagree with the man on many things, I will be the first to say here and now that if any person deserves privacy, it is him. But the relationships we build with those we love-’’” and Harry snatches the paper out of Hermione’s hands.
“Harry,” Ron starts, reaching out a hand and grasping his upper arm. Hermione too has hopped down off the counter and is crowding Harry’s other side. He wants to shake them off, but he can’t. He can’t stop looking at the paper in his hands with Draco’s figure. Draco’s white blond head of hair turned beige on paper, his eyes sharp and flirty to readers, his hands restlessly gripping at his shirt. The shirt with Harry’s face.
Harry is a stoic man. Hermione tells him that exactly, Ron tells him that adjacently, and Draco. Draco has said the same thing in so many ways and at so many times that Harry has had it drilled into his head. His eyes are watering now, a little. And he can’t read much more of the article, but he doesn’t really need to. Because Draco will skate around enough of his personal life that it seems as though he’s come clean about something when he’s actually just marketing his next serial; it’s what he does.
This time, though, he’s wearing one of those terrible shirts that almost single-handedly sparked the Wheezes fashion line and bought Ron this apartment, and he’s saying things here that Harry knows are true. Knows are directed right at Harry. Knows because a week ago Harry had walked right out of Draco’s “well-appointed” drawing room, slamming the door and not answering the following owls. Harry hasn’t slept at his own sparse flat for a week. He’s spent time at Ron’s, spent time at Hermione’s, spent time at the Burrow. He’s even spent time in the dark halls of Grimmauld, which he hasn’t wanted to touch for years, no matter how many people around him shared their opinions on it being the perfect. Home. One day.
They’re standing there, the three of them, when a knock sounds on Ron’s front door. Harry freezes, but Ron staggers out into the hallway, still in nothing but underwear.
“Sweet Merlin, Weasley, could you put on some bloody pants? You do know it’s ten o’clock?” Says the visitor, and Harry just lets his back go limp, setting out to truly bruise Ron’s beautiful granite countertops with his forehead once again. He can hear Ron sarcastically mumble something along the lines of ‘yes Malfoy, of course you can come in’. Hermione grips his arm slightly in sympathy, but turns to face the entrance to the kitchen anyway. Like a traitor.
“Hermione, lovely as always. I see the three of you are in similar states of distressed undress this morning. Have you finally succumbed to your polyamorous destiny?”
“Nice to see you too, Draco. Lovely article.”
“Thank you. Do you like the shirt, too? Catches a sweet mint in resale these days.”
“You don’t say…”
“Yes, yes. Now, Harry, please pick yourself up off of the place we civilised people prepare our food.”
Harry groans into the cool surface, but can’t stop himself from responding. It’s a natural reaction to the bullshit that comes out of Draco’s mouth most times. “If you’ve ever made a meal by yourself in your life, I’ll eat the countertop.”
“Harry,” his voice is menacing, and his footsteps are getting closer, “I’m not civilised.” And at that Draco grabs Harry by the shoulder and turns up around and back up against the counter top with not a small amount of force.
Harry’s reply comes out breathless from the impact. “You said ‘we’.”
“It was a universal ‘we’.” Draco says this through gritted teeth. His blond eyebrows are sitting right on top of his grey eyes and they scream murder louder than they’ve ever done before, which is saying something since Draco was once a Death Eater, no matter what the admiring general Wizarding public would like to remember.  
Harry doesn’t have a retort prepared, per se. It would be a more concise comment on how Draco hadn’t taken a single English language course his entire life, and what would he know about the universal ‘we’, but Harry meets Draco’s eyes and he’s a bit lost. A week of blanket non-communication. A bit extreme. Not gone longer than a couple of days without talking for years, have they.
“Cuppa, Draco?” That’s from Ron.
“Yes. Two sugars. Level.”
Ron scoffs, but Draco beats him to it. “Weasley it’s two-level sugars, please, for once, reorient your sense of balance before you spill the entire sugar pot into the cup.”
“Just don’t give him any sugar, Ron. He’s obviously already mental, we don’t want him to go into cardiac arrest.” This from Hermione.
“Uh-”
Draco scoffs before Ron can respond. “Settle down Granger. I’m not going to pretend to like black tea for some sense of superiority like some of us.”
“It’s better for your-”
“You know what’s good for your health?” Draco all but yells and spins around to face Ron and Hermione. Ron, still next to naked, and Hermione drowning in Ron’s clothes. She’s back to sitting on the counter, Ron leaning back next to her. They look like they’ve looked for the past 10 years – drawn to each other, allies, et cetera. Draco huffs. “What’s good for your health is you two sitting down and talking about your absolutely bloody insane coupling. What’s good for your health is not getting blackout drunk every Friday night and ending up sleeping with each other, and then not talking about it, until the next week when you can do it again.”
Ron and Hermione are shifting where they sit, Hermione, looking as though she’s getting herself ready to argue back, and Ron in a more protected position behind his ex-girlfriend. Harry feels a little sorry for them, getting the third degree from Draco when he looks as unhinged as he does now. The Harry on his chest, a mess when the photo was taken, is now looking at them disappointedly like he’s on Draco’s side. Like a magical recreation of a Harry who was in quite an intense meltdown at the time has any right to be “on Draco’s side” about any issues of wellbeing.
Hermione does get the strength to pipe up. “Don’t take that tone with us, Draco Malfoy.” But that’s all she can get out. Harry’s pretty sure she’s stumped. Doesn’t have an argument. Draco, Harry knows, has refused to get involved in this situation. Has watched from the side-lines and stewed. Harry’s been all for letting the two of them work their shit out in their own time, but he’s a stoic man, what does he know about all that?
“Don’t take that tone with us, Draco Malfoy,” is Draco’s retort, mocking back in a high-pitched squeak that Harry winces at. Hermione was about to hop off the counter, he could see, but Ron’s sudden arm around her waist kept her down. “You two just have to talk about it. So what if Hermione slept with Lavender? You guys weren’t together at the time!”
Hermione splutters, eyes wide, all thoughts of advancing physically on Draco gone. Ron sat eyes wide too, flicking between Draco and Hermione as if waiting for more.
“Wait-” he starts.
Hermione wails “Ron I’m so sorry. I’m so sorry. I know. It was such a bad thing to do-”
“No wait! You’ve been acting weird because of that?” And Ron looks incredulously at Harry. Harry sends him an incredulous look back, equally as surprised that Draco hit the nail on the head.
“What! You knew?” Hermione is still wailing.
Ron turns fully to face her and wails himself: “Of course I knew! How could I not know! Harry told me! Draco told me! Lavender told me! Hell, a month ago you got so drunk you told me.”
Hermione’s eyes are so wide that Harry’s afraid she’s going to start crying, and he grabs Draco’s arm in shock. Draco tenses all of a sudden and then Harry consciously remembers why he’s not doing that and shrinks back again. Ron and Hermione aren’t really focusing on anything but themselves now, so they don’t notice how Draco turns slowly back to face Harry, backed against the kitchen’s island like he has been since Draco arrived.
“And you, Harry Potter.” Draco pauses, and Harry has time to do a quick pass over. Draco on the front page of the Daily Prophet and Draco in the middle of Ron’s stylish London flat are two very different Draco’s. Quiet, pensive, charming and loveable Draco in the papers. Thoughtful. Friendly. A bloody myth.
This Draco. Angry, flustered, dishevelled, loud. This is the same Draco who, when Harry slipped up the other week – the week when everything changed – went red, went silent, went unresponsive in so many ways. Harry, fresh off the first love confession he’d ever given, so incredibly off the cuff that it had shocked him and scared him, had had to storm out of the apartment, slam the doors behind him, and apparate away to his own flat he barely spends any time in.
He’d slipped up. They’d never even suggested anything romantic between the two of them. They’d been close for a long time at this point and. Feelings. His feelings. They were supposed to be unspoken. He’d been nursing the growing beast of his feelings behind his stupid chest, which was okay as long as they were unspoken. Pretending every day that they weren’t eating at him alive.
Eating at him when he woke up in Draco’s spare room on more mornings than he’d liked to count, early enough before work that they could sit for breakfasts in Draco’s kitchen. And then Harry’s co-workers at the Ministry archives asking him questions about Draco’s new shows or his schedule or his favourite foods. Draco and Harry having dinner with Ron and Hermione at hole in the wall restaurants in the muggle world. Birthdays together; dinners at Draco’s or Ron’s nicer flats; bickering over anything and everything they could get their minds on.
“You hate my job.”
Harry’s eyes bulge open. Did he mean to say that? Sweet Merlin. It was definitely him, and now Draco is staring at him in confused consternation, as if he has to come to terms now that Harry’s gone insane.
Harry doubles down, though. Trusts his subconscious decisions. “Yeah, you hate my job!” he repeats.
“Are,” Draco starts, slowly, “you kidding me.”
He could respond, but Harry just shakes his head instead.
Harry’s thought Draco’s been properly angry this whole time. He was wrong. “I hate your job? Who doesn’t hate your job!” Draco’s arms reach out and grab tightly around Harry’s upper arms. Harry’s not above flexing, just a little. He tells himself it’s to test the grip, but honestly, he’s hoping to distract Draco from the rage.
“It’s not that bad!” Harry repeats, and Draco groans loudly.
“Not that bad? Are you trying to give me a stress induced ulcer?”
“What do you know about stress induced ulcers?” comes a faint response from Hermione.
Draco turns his head, hands still tight around Harry’s biceps, and says “don’t you two have make-up sex to attend to?”
Harry responds. “Ron’s sick.”
Draco glares back at Harry for a second, and then turns back to where Ron and Hermione haven’t moved. “Get out, you’re distracting him from the fight.”
“We’re the emotional support,” and “lame fight” come respectively from Hermione and Ron.
“Oh, that’s rich!” Draco yells in their direction, but Harry’s sure that he’s ignoring Ron’s comment. “Emotional support! You two have let this wanker,” a thumb thrown at Harry from over Draco’s shoulder, “probably crash on your couches rather than forcing him to face me. You’re all as bad as each other.”
“Draco,” Harry feels he has to say, and draws Draco’s attention from his two best friends who definitely have been letting him crash on their couches and had not once tried to force Harry to face his problems. He loves them a hell of a lot.
“Don’t you try to lessen this, Harry Potter.” Harry’s been on the receiving edge of worse glares from Draco, so this one isn’t that bad. Harry’s actually feeling a lot better now that Draco is in the same room as him. Feels his terrible, traitorous heart almost relax. “I’m sick of you three. You’re the worst bloody enablers for each other.”
Harry scoffs. Sure, they’d never force him to do something he didn’t want to, but it’s not like they agree with his decisions all the time.
Draco hears the scoff of course, and gives up on trying to chase the others out of the kitchen. He turns around towards the entrance, faces away from all of them and talks to himself at top volume. “This is what my life has become. The sole source of constructive criticism for the bloody Golden Trio.”
Ron snorts to cover up a laugh.
“I survive working for a fascist dictator, successfully rebuild my image, forge a new path for myself in the world, but I’m here. An overworked, under-rewarded, glorified therapist!”  
Harry, Hermione, and Ron exchange glances. The other two look at Harry in commiseration, but Harry is starting to think that Draco has a bit of a point when he realises that Ron’s arm is still around Hermione’s waist who is leaning right into his side.
“Okay.” Draco takes a deep breath and turns around to face Harry. “Since they’re not leaving, you all get to hear this.” He steps closer. “I hate your job. I hate your flat. I hate that you won’t face up to hard things, and I refuse to be okay with any of that.”
Harry swallows hard.
“People are letting you get away with anything at the moment, and when you told me you loved me, I got scared. Because I thought that I’d become one of those people to you too.”
“That’s not-”
“No.” Draco stops Harry for butting in. “No. We’re not pretending any longer. I love you-” thump goes Harry’s heart in his chest, eyes bulging and smile unable to be stopped “-but sometimes I seriously don’t like you.”
Harry’s smile does dim at that, but only slightly.
Draco looks away at last, his hands on his hips, and starts pacing. “I couldn’t believe-” sharp glance at Harry through the pacing, “-you just left after you said that. I couldn’t believe you’d actually not answer my owls. You’re an absolute coward sometimes.”
“You didn’t say anything…” Harry mumbles.
“Oh,” Draco responds with an eyeroll, still pacing, “so you get to freak out for a week, but I’m not allowed longer than a couple of minutes to compose myself?”
Harry ducks his eyes, ashamed.
Draco hmphs, and pauses in his pacing to look down his nose at Harry. “That’s right. You should feel bad.”
Shirt-Harry shakes his head at real-Har- “God Draco, take the shirt off!”
“What?” Draco is shocked into pausing his restless movement. “Take my shirt off? You haven’t even apologised and want to get me half naked like the rest of you? I think not!”
“That’s not- ugh, forget this.” Harry reaches forward and grabs Draco mid-pace. “Draco.” Deep breath. Harry meets Draco’s eyes. Draco looks like he’s been through his paces. He doesn’t even look angry anymore, he just looks like the culmination of a week of stress. Ron and Hermione are eating dry cereal right out of the box from their perch as they watch, and they both give Harry nods and a thumbs up in encouragement when his eyes stray to them.
He’s a stoic man: Draco and Hermione are right. He hasn’t had to be brave in a long while. This is a moment that’s worth it though, even if he has to fake it at first.
“I’m sorry.” He has to pause at that, because he can feel the emotions bubbling up a bit too high. He takes a deep breath, and makes sure that Draco’s eyes don’t stray. “You’re… you’re right. About a lot of that-”
Draco buts in with “I’m right about all of it, actua-”
“Shut up, do you want me to get this out?”
Draco concedes.
Harry takes another breath, but the nerves have disappeared in the face of Draco’s unfiltered verve. “I shouldn’t have left. I was-”
“A coward.”
“Draco.”
“…sorry.”
“I was. I was a coward. I was scared. You didn’t respond, which never happens. You’re so good with your words.” He has to take a minute to collect his thoughts, but finds the right thread. “I love you, and have done for a while. I ran because I kind of didn’t mean to say it then. We were already fighting about something, and it just came out, which wasn’t right, and sometimes I’m so afraid that things will change, because you’re my best friend-” “Hey!” “-my best friend and I didn’t want to lose that.”
“You should have said that then.”
Harry closes his eyes. God, feelings are so bloody hard. “Yeah, yeah I know.”
“Oh well, as long as you know.”
“Draco. Shut up.” He swallows. “I like my job.”
“No, you don’t. You come home-” a sharp breath “-you come to mine, I mean. You come to mine after work and you can’t stop complaining. We like our jobs. I’m sure when Hermione finishes her ChP and becomes the Minister she’ll love her job too.” (“It’s a PhD, Draco, I’ve told you a million times.” “Maybe another time, Herm.”)
Harry has to breath deeper, because his blood is pumping a bit too fast in his ears. He drops his hands from Draco and takes a couple of steps back. A retreat. “I think,” and he has to swallow a couple of times before he can force the words out of his throat. He looks up and meets all of their eyes. “I don’t think I can do important things anymore. I. I don’t want to- I.”
“Merlin sakes, Harry.” Draco says. “I think it may be time we force you into therapy.” And Draco just looks impatient. “You can’t keep pretending it’s not a problem, and we can’t keep letting you!”
Harry. Harry nods. He thinks he nods. It’s what he wants to do, but he’s not really looking at anyone anymore, eyes to the ground, heart a bit too fast in his chest for comfort. He wishes that he was still eating soggy cereal in the kitchen before the post arrived this morning. He’s a stoic coward.
Draco seems to take a deep breath, and then he turns around to face the others. “Okay, get up. I’m sick of standing in Weasley’s kitchen.”
Harry takes a pause and looks at Draco’s face. He’s perfectly serious, and so is the Harry on his shirt.  Harry’s heart is still racing, but Draco just looks resigned and present. He can’t help himself from smiling a little when his eyes catch on Draco’s. He gets a pretty severe glare in response, before Draco just walks right out of the kitchen and into the living room.
Harry follows, and hears the small grunt from Hermione hitting the ground behind him. Two sets of feet follow his own.
“Don’t forget my tea, Weasley!”
Ron scoffs, but still walks back into the kitchen to make a tea he’d promised about 20 minutes earlier.
Harry sits down on the floor in the same place he sat last night. Draco’s chosen the armchair near the fire; where he usually sits. Hermione stomps over to take the seat on the couch closest to the armchair, and Ron can be heard pottering around the kitchen.
“PhD.”
Draco looks to Hermione with a frown. “What?”
Hermione looks haughty yet contrite. Like she actually can’t help herself from making sure that Draco knows he was wrong, and feels a little bit sorry about it. “It’s a PhD, not a ChP or whatever you called it.”
“Honestly Granger, what does it matter?”
A harrumph from Hermione as she settles back into Ron’s expensive couch cushions. “It’s a very important thing.”
Harry chucks her a grin, and she smiles back proudly.
Draco rolls his eyes. “Why do you all insist on patting yourselves on the back constantly. You don’t see me singing my own praises.”
Ron let’s out a violent laugh from the kitchen, and Draco flushes a little bit, his eyes flicking to Harry who grins at him too.
Mugs float out from the kitchen, Ron trailing behind. Harry grabs his out of the air and cherishes the sent of the strong tea. He can’t help but laugh when Hermione grimaces at the taste of her milkless cup, and Draco looks at her as if he’s won something.
Harry’s won something. He’s won Draco sitting here in Ron’s expensive apartment, Draco rolling his eyes when Hermione chides him about his too sweet tea, then Draco chiding Ron when he argues that Ron made it too sweet anyway, and that if he has to have teeth work done it’ll be Ron’s fault.
“You can make your own tea, you know, you’re not that famous.”
“Actually, Weasley, I’m more famous than all three of you, currently. The only thing getting you through is dumb luck and a gullible consumer base. I get by on pure talent.”
“Sure, Draco.”
“Also, I expect thanks when Wheezes gets the significant boost in sales it’s sure to this week, what with the Prophet this morning.”
“Sure, Draco.”
Harry smiles. His arse will probably start hurting before his mug is drained, and the sounds of arguing will get tiring soon after that. He’s smiling so hard his cheeks hurt a little. He takes a deep breath. “Okay, fine. Therapy. I’ll do it.”
Ron and Hermione smile at him like they knew it was coming all along, pressed up against each other on the expensive couches. Draco just looks at him with a raised eyebrow, waiting for who knows what. Probably an oral manifesto of Harry’s recognised faults and his plans to change them. Harry just smiles right back at Draco, wide and unashamed. Draco shakes his head a little bit, lips pulling up too.
Harry’s worried that if Draco keeps looking at him at all that he’ll have to walk over there and kiss him without warning. He picks his mug up and keeps sipping though, pretends he doesn’t absolutely need to do just that. Because there’s going to be time. Lots of it.
His stoicism has its uses sometimes, maybe.
33 notes · View notes